NEW AGE PHYSICS FREE CHAPTERS

Theory of Everything Based on Consciousness, Expansion, Frequency and Density of Matter. Physics Breakthrough in UFOs, Ultraterrestrial Technology and Interdimensional Worlds

ROLAND MICHEL TREMBLAY

New Age Physics: Theory of Everything Based on Consciousness, Expansion, Frequency and Density of Matter. Physics Breakthrough in UFOs, Ultraterrestrial Technology and Interdimensional Worlds by Roland Michel Tremblay

Published by The Marginal

www.themarginal.com

Grove Cottage, Abermule, Montgomery, Powys, Wales, SY15 6NL, United Kingdom

First Edition

First published as an ebook on 19 September 2022

First published as paperback and hardcover on 3 November 2022

Version 2.0, last updated on 18 June 2024

This is the draft of the second edition with an added first chapter

Copyright © 2022-2025 Roland Michel Tremblay

ISBN 978-1-915633-00-2 (ebook)

ISBN 978-1-915633-01-9 (paperback)

ISBN 978-1-915633-02-6 (hardcover)

ISBN 978-1-915633-03-3 (audiobook)

B&N ISBN 979-8-823117-94-4 (paperback)

B&N ISBN 979-8-823117-96-8 (hardcover)

1. UFOs and Interdimensional Beings, 2. Paranormal and Unexplained Phenomena, 3. New Age Metaphysics, 4. Alternative Physics, 5. Theoretical Physics

BISAC subject codes:

OCC025000 BODY, MIND & SPIRIT / UFOs & Extraterrestrials

OCC029000 BODY, MIND & SPIRIT / Unexplained Phenomena

PHI013000 PHILOSOPHY / Metaphysics

SCI055000 SCIENCE / Physics / General

SCI098000 SCIENCE / Space Science / General

All rights reserved. No portion of this book may be reproduced, copied, distributed or adapted in any way, with the exception of certain activities permitted by applicable copyright laws. For permission to publish, distribute or otherwise reproduce this work, please contact the author at rm@themarginal.com.

New Age Physics book cover designed by Roland Michel Tremblay. Image/artwork used under extended licence from the creator Neven Bijelić (www.pixelparticles.com).

Section 5.9, Figure 17 - Three different planetary orbits around two suns, made by Roland Michel Tremblay. It is a modified reproduction of an image by Philip D. Hall, available under an Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International licence. His image is called Schematic of a binary star system with one planet on an S-type orbit and one on a P-type orbit. Own work, CC BY-SA 4.0: https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=55001016

Figure 21 - Book cover of The Final Theory by Mark McCutcheon, photo by Roland Michel Tremblay. Published by Universal Publishers, used under fair use:

www.universal-publishers.com/book.php?method=ISBN&book=1599428660

Figure 23 - Atomic and Subatomic Expansion Equation image, made by Roland Michel Tremblay.

Photo of Roland Michel Tremblay by Patrice Bégin, used with his permission.

Destructivism: The Path to Self-Destruction and Anna Maria book covers, designed by Roland Michel Tremblay. Images/artwork used under extended licence from the creator John Moore (www.noir33.com).

All other figures in this book were made by Mark McCutcheon, most are from his book The Final Theory, and they are used with his permission (www.thefinaltheory.com). The original numbering has been kept in parentheses to help locate them in his book. They correspond respectively to the chapter and the image number in that chapter.

* * *

Contents

Foreword by Mark McCutcheon

1. Physics Breakthrough in Ghosts, UFOs, Ultraterrestrial Technology, and Interdimensional Worlds

1.1 An entirely new science is required to explain any paranormal phenomenon

1.2 Gravity and orbits finally explained in physics breakthrough

1.3. Is time truly relative and the speed of light constant?

1.4 E=mc^2 should be replaced by the kinetic energy equation Ek=½mv^2

1.4a Particle interactions and energy in Atomic Expansion Theory

1.4b Einstein’s equation E=mc^2 is a kinetic energy equation for the momentum of light

1.4c How both E=mc^2 and Ek=½mv^2 are for non-reflective surfaces, and must be multiplied by 2 when the light is fully reflected

1.4d Problems with Einstein’s famous equation E=mc^2

1.4e The square in Einstein’s equation E=mc^2 is related to an acceleration inconsistent with a constant speed of light

1.4f The half in the kinetic energy equation Ek=½mv^2 is related to an acceleration

1.4g What difference does it make, to use the velocity instead of the constant speed of light, while measuring kinetic energy?

1.4h Why the kinetic energy equation should replace Einstein’s famous equation

1.5 Unifying the physics of the very small and the very large in a theory of everything

1.6 The physics explaining interdimensional worlds

1.7 How can UFOs defy gravity and travel so fast?

1.8 Moving in fast forward or slow motion, interdimensional time is relative

1.9 The true nature of our flimsy and changing psychological reality

1.10 Are we living in a computer simulation?

1.11 Why only certain people see ghosts or UFOs?

1.12 How to see and record ghosts, interdimensional beings, and UFOs

1.13 In time all particles orbit slightly faster, as we continually move into higher dimensions

1.14 Why time and space are an illusion, and how to instantaneously travel anywhere in time

2. New Age Physics Introduction

2.1 New Age Physics - A working and credible Theory of Everything

2.2 Five types of expansion and contraction of matter to explain the entire physics

2.2a The first type of expansion and contraction of matter

2.2b The second type of growth and shrinkage of matter

2.2c The third type of growth and shrinkage of matter

2.2d The fourth type of expansion and contraction of matter

2.2e The fifth type of expansion and contraction of matter

2.3 UFOs, interdimensional worlds and beings

2.4 Gravity, orbits, attracting and repelling forces

2.5 The four different perspectives required to understand gravity and orbits

2.6 The best proof for Atomic Expansion Theory, the physics of a falling suspended slinky

2.7 The formation of planets, solar systems, galaxies, neutrinos, electrons, and atoms

2.8 What is truly relative in physics, and the end of the space-time-mass-energy concept

2.9 Debunk of Standard Theory

3. New Age Physics - Short and Long Summaries

3.1 New Age Physics Short Summary

3.2 New Age Physics Long Summary (the remainder of chapter 3)

3.3 The constant expansion of all atoms is gravity

3.4 Everything is just expansion and contraction of orbiting and vibrating matter

3.5 Reality is more like a virtual reality, computer simulation or holographic universe, where there is no distance

3.6 What are other dimensions and planes of existence?

3.7 How to move to other dimensions?

3.8 How to raise the vibrational rate or interdimensional frequency of matter?

3.9 How can UFOs fly so easily and how to build an anti-gravity device?

3.10 The infinitely small is identical to the infinitely large universe - New models for the atoms as galaxies, electrons as solar systems, super-neutrinos as suns, neutrinos as planets, and sub-neutrinos as moons

3.11 Gravity - No speed of light limit, the speed of light is relative and variable even in a vacuum

3.11a Atomic and Subatomic Expansion Equation to calculate gravity between expanding objects made of atoms and/or electrons

3.12 Orbits - Newton’s Law of Universal Gravitation and Coulomb’s Law are similar, but they measure different phenomena

3.12a Newton’s Law of Universal Gravitation

3.12b Coulomb’s Law

3.13 A different concept of positively and negatively charged particles in Atomic Expansion Theory

3.14 Interdimensional time is relative - Time is not relative nor a dimension as Einstein claimed

3.15 E=mc^2 should be replaced by the kinetic energy equation Ek=½mv^2

3.16 Redshifts misinterpretation - No dark matter, dark energy, Big Bang or black holes

3.17 The double slit experiment misinterpretation and the issue with particle accelerators

3.18 Quantum Entanglement misinterpretation

3.19 Parallel universes - The Heisenberg uncertainty principle misinterpretation

3.20 Five types of expansion and contraction of matter to explain the entire physics

4. The Final Theory by Mark McCutcheon

4.1 First and second types of expansion and contraction of matter according to Mark McCutcheon, concerning General Relativity and the four fundamental forces

4.2 Atomic Expansion Theory

4.3 New model of the atom, strong and weak nuclear forces and chemical bonds

4.4 Gravity and the formation of galaxies

4.5 Two types of distance decrease to calculate gravity

4.6 Atomic Expansion Equation to calculate gravity in Expansion Theory

4.6a The Atomic Expansion Equation

4.7 Second type of growth and shrinkage of matter - The Crossover Effect - Static electricity

4.8 Magnetism and Electricity

4.9 Energy

4.10 Motion and orbits

4.11 Behind the scenes - Four different perspectives required to explain orbits and gravity

4.11a The first perspective - The God’s viewpoint with expansion - And can we change the expansion rate of matter?

4.11b The second perspective - Our resulting reality without expansion

4.11c The third perspective - Expansion re-established after the relative effects - And how orbits enlarge in spirals and naturally accelerate objects

4.11d Are orbits in the third perspective enlarging gradually or exponentially?

4.11e The fourth perspective - Objects passing each other in space if there were no expansion or gravity

4.12 Slingshot effect and other gravitational anomalies

4.13 Two best proofs of Atomic Expansion Theory - The levitating slinky and ball

4.13a The physics of a stretched suspended slinky being dropped

4.13b The physics of a suspended ball being dropped

4.14 Atomic Expansion Theory concepts and orbit simulations on YouTube

4.14a Cruz deWilde

4.14b Roland Michel Tremblay Catch Up and Interview by Ed Smith from the Universal Digest

4.14c The late Gerald Clark’s series about gravity featuring an interview with Roland Michel Tremblay

4.14d Gerald Clark’s Premium Content requiring subscription, except for the free ones indicated, which are also on YouTube

4.14e Life, Everything And The Universe

4.14f Chris Freely (The Cosmic Fool)

4.14g Ian Moore (Ianto)

4.15 Standard Theory and Atomic Expansion Theory Maps

5. Third type of growth and shrinkage of matter - Other dimensional worlds or world densities

10.1 Third type of growth and shrinkage of matter - Interdimensional density of matter, when the electrons, atoms and molecules’ vibrational rate, size and spacing vary

10.2 Proving Earth used to be smaller and denser, while weight and gravity are increasing with time

10.3 Interdimensional time and higher dimensions - Time is relative to the density and vibrational rate of matter

10.4 John A. Keel, The Mothman Prophecies, Bigfoot, Mysterious Beings, Ghosts and Spirits, Dimensional Worlds and World Densities

10.5 Known World Densities/Dimensions sharing the same space

10.6 Is humanity truly being enslaved by beings from other dimensional worlds?

10.7 Conclusion - Five types of expansion and contraction of matter to explain the entire physics

6. Atomic Expansion Theory Articles by Roland Michel Tremblay

11.1 Expansion Theory – Our Best Candidate for a Final Theory of Everything?

11.2 Breakthrough in Faster-Than-Light Travel and Communication, and the Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI)

11.2a All Just a Misunderstanding

11.2b Clearing it All Up

11.2c Quantum Entanglement Explained, and a Communications Revolution Revealed

11.2d Much More to Come

11.3 Dark-Matter, Dark-Energy and the Big-Bang All Finally Resolved

11.3a The Crisis in Cosmology

11.3b Deepening the Crisis: Painting the Wrong Picture of Our Universe

11.3c Resolving the Crisis: Where It All Began – “Hubble’s Law”

11.3d The Problems with Hubble’s Law Deepen

11.3e Erroneous “Dark Energy” Invention Draws Nobel Prize

11.3f Further Crisis Resolution: Einstein’s Erroneous General Relativity Theory

11.3g The Ongoing “Cosmological-Constant Blunder”

11.3h General Relativity – a Theory that has Never Actually Worked

11.3i False Supporting Evidence: The Cosmic Microwave Background Radiation

11.3j Erroneous Double Nobel Prize-Winning ‘Big-Bang’ Proof

11.3k Time to End Our Mounting Theoretical and Physical Crisis in Cosmology

11.3l Farewell ‘Big Bang’, ‘Dark Matter’, ‘Dark Energy’ and ‘Spacetime’

11.4 Gravity Breakthrough: Springing into a Gravitational Revolution (written by Mark McCutcheon, edited by Roland Michel Tremblay)

11.4a The Erroneous “Principle of Equivalence”

11.4b A Verifiable Revolution in our Understanding of Gravity

11.4c Could the Evidence Still Support Today’s Gravitational Theories?

11.4d The True Nature of Gravity Finally Revealed

11.5 Revolutionary new physics could lead to ultimate weapons of mass destruction

11.6 The Final Theory of Everything - An in-depth interview with the author Mark McCutcheon, By Roland Michel Tremblay

About the Author

Also by Roland Michel Tremblay

Bibliography

Foreword by Mark McCutcheon

In New Age Physics, Roland Michel Tremblay greatly broadens the novel notion of Expansion, driving and explaining everything in conventional science and the known universe – and beyond.

It is inspired by the two fundamental forms of Expansion in the book The Final Theory, coined Expansion Theory, covering the atomic and subatomic realms of our existence.

Atomic Expansion replaces both Newton's attracting gravitational force, and Einstein's warped space-time theories of gravity, with a singular and much simpler scientific mechanism.

Subatomic Expansion delves deeper into the subatomic realm within the atom, replacing both historic and modern models of the atom, with a consistent expansion-based model. All the while, redefining concepts such as electric charge, the current families of subatomic particles and anti-particles, and quantum-mechanical models.

Subatomic Expansion is further presented as the basis of other well-known phenomena outside the atom, such as electric and magnetic fields and forces, the nature and behaviour of light, and the entire electromagnetic spectrum.

As may be expected, the sweeping rethink of today's science presented by Expansion Theory, has the potential to lead to many scientific advances that are only aspired to or dreamt of today, such as potential solutions to the current mysteries of dark matter and dark energy, or pointing a plausible way toward faster-than-light travel and communication.

And in that spirit, New Age Physics casts an even broader net that captures further concepts, to extend Atomic and Subatomic Expansion from two to five forms of Expansion, presenting a comprehensive yet concise summary, relating and inter-relating the key ideas of each type.

I consider New Age Physics to be a prime example of my goal to inspire, such a sincere and deeply considered assimilation and integration of the original Expansion Theory concepts, with other theoretical physicists and philosophers out there, in order to form a unique extension of scientific and philosophical exploration. A revolution in our science awaits!

* * *

ONE

Physics Breakthrough in Ghosts, UFOs, Ultraterrestrial Technology, and Interdimensional Worlds

1.1 An entirely new science is required to explain any paranormal phenomenon

Why are certain people prone to experiencing paranormal phenomena, and seeing ghosts and UFOs, or having religious or spiritual experiences, while others will never experience anything strange in their lifetime?

How can UFOs levitate in the air so effortlessly, without any kind of sound or apparent mean of propulsion?

How can UFOs suddenly disappear or appear out of nowhere, travel at incredible speeds, and instantly stop and change direction, without suffering from crushing g-forces?

And how to explain multiple witness reports, of time slips or time travel?

These questions are ignored by Standard Physics, because they cannot be explained by our science. This is not just a matter of tweaking our actual theories.

It should be obvious to everyone by now, that a radically different science is required, to explain any of these paranormal phenomena.

And this new science already exists, in two books written by Canadian authors, which can easily be understood, by anyone without a background in physics.

These books are called New Age Physics: The New Physics of the Future, by Roland Michel Tremblay, and The Final Theory: Rethinking Our Scientific Legacy, by Mark McCutcheon.

Their new theory of everything is called, Atomic Expansion Theory, and it redefines and explains all of physics – including the four main forces of nature – all based on different types, of expansion and contraction of matter.

At first, this idea might sound absolutely bonkers. But wait to see just how much of our physics, and how many paranormal phenomena, can be explained by Expansion Theory.

And then you can decide, which physics model, best describes our world.

1.2 Gravity and orbits finally explained in physics breakthrough

No one has ever identified a force acting at a distance, emanating from matter, attracting objects together, while attracting us to Earth, as Isaac Newton suggested.

Nor can we find a proof, of Albert Einstein’s proposed curved sheet of spacetime, distorted by heavy objects, that all objects would follow in their course.

Instead, the Earth is expanding in all directions, at a constant rate of 4.9 metres per second, pushing us upwards, while keeping us on the ground.

Raindrops and snowflakes are not really falling to Earth, they are free floating in the air, until the expansion of the Earth catches up with them.

The reason objects appear to attract each other, is because they are expanding, and the distance between them, reduces as they expand.

And your first question now should be, why can’t I see anything expand around me?

If you were yourself expanding, along with your measuring instruments, how could you possibly tell, if everything else around you, were expanding or not?

You could not tell, the whole process of expansion, would be invisible to you.

But it is still happening behind the scenes, and this is what we must visualise, in order to explain, most phenomena that we observe.

Gravity is now defined, as the changing distance between expanding objects, as everything continually expands, at the same constant universal rate, of 0.00000077 of proportional size per second square.

Gravity now depends on the size of the objects or particles, and their proportional expansion rate, instead of their mass.

If you fly near a planet made of styrofoam, the gravity from orbit will be the same, as if the planet was made of dense rocks.

This is radically different from Newton and Einstein, since in their theories, gravity is based on the mass of the planets.

However, once you land on the styrofoam planet, you would not weigh as much, because gravity on the ground, also depends on the density of matter, and on the centre of mass, from where matter expands and pushes from.

This explains why gravity on the Moon, on the near side, where the centre of mass is located, is one sixth the gravity of the Earth, instead of the one quarter which was expected.

Gravity on the Moon, should be one quarter that of the Earth, since it is a quarter of the size of the Earth.

But we will find that, only at the edges of the visible Moon, it is a quarter of the gravity of the Earth. While on the hidden side, it will be one third.

So, overall, once added together, it is the expected one quarter. It is just not uniform, all around the Moon.

These measurements could only be made on the ground, not from orbit, which makes any landing, difficult to plan and achieve.

As mentioned, we cannot see the expansion of all objects, astronomical bodies, and particles in the universe, because we are also expanding.

And yet, we still witness the distance reduction, between expanding objects, since space does not expand, along with everything else.

There are two types of distance decrease involved in gravity.

The first one is the absolute decrease in distance, when two objects are expanding at a constant rate.

As a result, the distance reduces between the objects, at a constant rate.

But on top of the absolute decrease in distance, there is a relative motion effect, which further reduces the distance, between expanding particles or objects.

Because something must justify, that the objects have expanded behind the scenes, that the distance has reduced between them as a result, all without changing size in our reality, from our point of view.

In other words, if two objects double in size, and the distance reduces between them, but afterwards, the objects are still the same size as before, then relatively speaking, there must be even less space than before.

This is called, the further relative decrease in distance, in gravity.

And this is why, the distance reduces as an acceleration in gravity, even although everything expands, at the same constant rate.

To put it simply, although objects and particles expand at a constant rate, the distance between them reduces as an acceleration, because of a relative motion effect.

The expansion behind the scenes, causes relative motion, which changes the speed and direction of motion of the objects, precisely because we cannot see the expansion, in our resulting reality.

For example, when you can see the expansion, a satellite orbiting the Earth, is in fact moving away from the Earth in a straight line, fast enough to escape the expansion of the planet.

Once you can no longer see the expansion, you are left with a natural orbit effect, of the satellite simply orbiting the Earth. Why?

Because, as the Earth and the satellite expand, and the distance between them reduces, the satellite is also moving away, enlarging the distance between them.

In our resulting reality, the distance reduction due to the inner expansion, is cancelled by the satellite moving away.

Thus, instead, we see a stable orbit, where the satellite always remains, more or less, at the same distance from Earth.

A satellite in a geostationary orbit, viewed from behind the scenes, is a satellite which is moving away from the Earth, in a straight line, at exactly the right speed, to match the expansion of the Earth.

Consequently, the distance between the satellite and the Earth, always remains exactly the same.

The result in our reality is, a satellite which remains immobile, at a specific location over the Earth, as if frozen in place.

This explains orbits, and shows how an effect of relative motion is created, between what is happening behind the scenes, and what we see in our resulting reality.

A satellite does not need to be accelerating behind the scenes, for a relative effect to cause an acceleration, in our resulting reality.

The geometry of expansion, naturally accelerates all objects orbiting each other, in a permanent slingshot effect, on all orbits.

This results in a to-and-fro movement, because they are continually moving away from each other, but gravity is continually bringing them back together.

Gravity being an acceleration, this creates a constant swinging of the objects around each other, which is continually accelerating the orbiting objects.

This is called relative motion, because what we see, depends on where we observe it from.

Like from behind the scenes, where we can see the expansion, or from our resulting reality, where we cannot.

Relativity is always about something we can see differently, depending on our point of view.

There is always only one event taking place, an expanding satellite moving in a straight line, away from the expanding Earth.

But from our point of view, where we cannot see the expansion, we see an orbit instead, along with all sorts of relative motion effects, which have a real impact on our reality.

Relative effects can cause accelerations or decelerations, of astronomical bodies or particles, but can also increase or decrease kinetic energy.

Kinetic energy is the force of impact, objects and particles can have on anything they hit, which they acquire through their speed.

This is how expansion can cause motion and create energy.

1.3. Is time truly relative and the speed of light constant?

The only reason we cannot go faster than the speed of light, is because of Einstein’s Theories of Relativity.

Eliminate them from our science, and suddenly there is no more speed limit in the universe.

As a bonus, we would no longer need to search for dark matter or dark energy.

Dark matter and dark energy, are just the greatest fudge factors ever devised, so our theories and equations, could still describe what we observe in the universe.

If we could find a suitable and practical mean of propulsion, we could easily travel at several times the speed of light.

And if our acceleration and deceleration, were slow and gradual, we would not be crushed by g-forces.

There is no such concept as spacetime, where time is a dimension of its own, linked to length, width, and height, and where a change in one variable, affects the others.

Nor are mass and energy interchangeable, where one becomes the other, and vice versa.

Space, time, mass and energy, contrary to what Einstein stated, are all independent from each other, and none of them are relative.

Meaning, none of them are of a different value, depending on where they are observed from.

They have a set value, at the specific speed they are going at, at a specific location, at a specific time, and that is what is real, no matter how it may seem, to other observers elsewhere.

In a world where motion is relative to the point of view, this is what logic and reason dictate.

According to General Relativity, when a spaceship is near a black hole – which is a huge gravitational field – or when in Special Relativity, it is going at near the speed of light, then time is ticking very slowly for the passengers.

Also, the ship is getting spaghettified, in the direction of motion.

Furthermore, when objects and particles, are travelling at near the speed of light, it is thought their mass increases to such an extent, that it would require an infinite amount of energy, to increase their speed just a little bit further.

Well, unlike what Einstein claimed, none of this is real.

This is all just an optical illusion, since this is only what we see from here, while others elsewhere, will see something different.

For the people on the ship, everything is normal.

Time is ticking at a normal rate, they are not getting spaghettified, and they are not frozen in time, on the edge of a black hole.

Neither have they become so massive, that an infinite amount of energy, would be required, to accelerate them further.

Particles in particle accelerators, are not becoming supermassive, and they are not prevented from going faster than the speed of light, because of Einstein’s Theories of Relativity.

In particle accelerators, electricity produces electromagnetic fields, which are clouds of electrons, which usually on short distances, travel more or less at the speed of light.

We cannot expect particles, to move any faster, than the maximum speed of the electromagnetic fields used, to push them around the particle accelerator.

Even black holes, wormholes, and singularities, which are the craziest things anyone could invent, don’t exist in Atomic Expansion Theory, as these can only exist within Einstein’s theories.

Black holes are simply dead stars. They look like gigantic planets, which don’t reflect light, from any source nearby.

We mistook black holes for something they are not, just because we cannot see them, although we can still observe, the enormous gravitational impact, that they have on their surroundings.

As for wormholes, they require spacetime to be like a sheet of rubber, which can be pierced, and bent to such a degree, that two different parts of space, can be linked together.

But the concept of spacetime, being a sheet a rubber, that can be pierced and curved, or squeezed to infinity into singularities, is now gone.

There never was a Big Bang, with a singularity at its core.

And this is confirmed again and again, with each new powerful telescope, that we put into orbit.

The light we are receiving from these telescopes, took millions of years to get to us, which was nearer the time of the so-called Big Bang.

If there had been a Big Bang, we should be finding newborn galaxies, in the furthest areas of space.

But we still cannot find a central point, from where a Big Bang would have occurred.

And no matter how far back in time we look, we still find extremely old galaxies.

We must be very careful about proofs in our science.

Because often, a result can be interpreted as a proof, when ultimately it is not, for various reasons, which we are often unaware of.

And then, scientific theories can go unchallenged, for over a hundred years.

Often there are other reasonable explanations, for observations and results, which have not been properly considered or studied.

The science is never settled, and a consensus amongst most scientists, can never be an argument for truth.

Science has become a religion, ruled by dogma, where everyone is afraid of saying something, which could challenge anything. Perhaps it was always the case.

Einstein declared that time is relative, while the speed of light is constant.

However, despite all the so-called proofs, and there are many convincing ones, it is time which is constant, while the speed of light is relative, and therefore varies.

Since motion is relative, even particles which – from our point of view – usually only move at the speed of light, can travel faster than that, relative to other observers.

This switch means that, while going faster than the speed of light, we would still be able to see everything perfectly well.

If we were on a spaceship, witnessing the explosion of our Sun, depending on our speed and direction of motion, we would see either:

- in real-time, if we were at rest relative to the Sun,

- in fast forward, if moving towards the event at any speed, even faster than light,

- in slow motion, if moving away from the event at any speed, even faster than light, or

- frozen in time, if going away at exactly the speed of that light.

In Atomic Expansion Theory, instead of intangible and massless photons, light is now composed of clusters of electrons.

Electron clusters are expanding matter in motion, and all matter must have a mass.

When light is being produced, there is an initial speed boost, which is required for the clusters of electrons, to escape the atoms.

This accounts for most of the speed of the light.

But to this, we must then add the effect of gravity.

Once the light clusters are freely expanding into space at high speed, they continue to accelerate due to gravity, while the distance reduces, between the expanding clusters of electrons, and the expanding destinations.

They all proportionally expand at the same universal expansion rate.

That way, no matter where anyone is, or at what speed they are going at – even multiple times the speed of light – the clusters of electrons within the light, are travelling in all directions, at various speeds, and will eventually be seen by everyone.

This is what is meant by, the speed of light is relative to the point of view, because it takes time for the clusters of electrons, to reach all possible destinations.

And of course, not everyone will witness a same event, at the same time, or see exactly the same thing, depending on their point of view.

How long it takes for the light to reach all destinations, has no bearing on when an event has taken place, or the rate at which time is passing, in any of the locations.

An event takes place only once, at a specific time common to everyone.

Because time is no longer relative, it ticks the same everywhere, at least within our own dimension.

This is all perfectly logical, as soon as we consider that light is made of matter, and that the clusters of electrons, behave very much like bullets being fired from a gun.

There is an initial speed boost, when the bullets are fired, or the clusters of electrons are expelled from the atoms, and then gravity takes over.

Eventually, the Earth’s expansion will catch up with the flying bullets, and they will technically fall to the ground.

Light is a long succession of batches of clusters of electrons, which create the images that we see, all showing an event at different times, just like different frames of a film.

When moving fast towards the event, if too many of these clusters enter our eyes at once, we will see at the same time, multiple images of the event at various times.

And since these clusters don’t all travel at the same speed, sometimes clusters of electrons, produced after earlier ones, will arrive faster.

Which means, we might see the Sun explode, but seconds later, we might still see images of the Sun, before the explosion.

In Atomic Expansion Theory, there are no more ethereal concepts of energy.

Energy is simply expanding and contracting matter in motion.

Otherwise, we are dealing with ghost particles, which have no mass, no volume, no shape, and no tangible existence, even within our own dimension.

Since gravity is an acceleration, the speed of light accelerates, especially when entering into a partial orbit, in a slingshot effect, around a star like our Sun.

This is just like it would be for asteroids or probes, gaining a significant acceleration, while flying very fast around planets and suns.

This said, the clusters of electrons also slow down and dissipate, when they encounter matter, such as molecules in gases, clusters of electrons from other light sources, clouds of electrons from magnetic fields, or clouds of neutrinos and other particles, ejected from the Sun.

There could also be many instances, of reaching terminal velocity for a while, here and there, with no net acceleration, because of the resistance from other particles, matching the acceleration of the clusters.

The above could very well explain why, while measuring the speed of light on Earth, we never recorded any acceleration.

Consequently, it is hard to tell or calculate exactly, what is the speed of light.

Because it also depends, on the speed and direction of motion, of the source of the light, and of the various destinations, any of which, could be going at several times the speed of light, relative to the others.

In all cases, it is simply a question of clusters of electrons travelling in space, which will eventually be seen by everyone, as they come across them, no matter their speed.

Many will wonder, how we failed to notice, that the speed of light is not constant, and that it is in fact accelerating.

It must be, that most experiments and measurements we ever did, were too limited to tell.

Furthermore, Einstein did say that the speed of light was constant, but only in a vacuum.

In effect, the speed of light was never considered constant in practice, as we rarely measure anything in a vacuum.

It is well known, that light changes speed, and even direction, while going through gases, liquids, and glass.

But now, even in a vacuum, the speed of light is not constant.

Because light is made of matter, which has a mass.

And gravity affects the speed of matter, as well as its path, whether it is in a vacuum or not.

And now that light is an expanding mass in motion, that it is affected by gravity, and that it accelerates, let’s have another look, at the world’s most famous equation.

1.4 E=mc^2 should be replaced by the kinetic energy equation Ek=½mv^2

There is a shorter version of this section in chapter 3, section 3.15.

1.4a Particle interactions and energy in Atomic Expansion Theory

In Atomic Expansion Theory, just like in our current science, molecules are made of atoms, while atoms are made of protons, neutrons and electrons.

However, the protons and neutrons, are now solely made of electrons, while electrons are made of neutrinos.

Ultimately, everything is made of neutrinos. But even neutrinos, can still be smashed into smaller pieces.

We can have as many kinds of particles as we want, it just depends on how many neutrinos and electrons they contain, and how they bond together.

But only particles which are stable in nature, for more than a fraction of a second, are of any importance in physics.

Light, heat and radiant forms of energy, are made of clusters of electrons, instead of photons, while magnetic fields are clouds of electrons.

How it is possible to know this for sure, will become clearer in the next section.

But for now, we can tell what the very small is composed of, by observing the very large, and vice versa.

Particle physics is exactly the same as astrophysics, they are just at different scales.

What we see in a telescope, should be the same as what we see in a microscope, except for the difference in speed – from our point of view – between the particles and the astronomical bodies.

This is obvious to any inquisitive child, when first encountering the similarities, between the two scales.

We just did not have the physics before, to explain how it could all work out in practice.

And it begins with, eliminating energy phenomena made of nothing, caused by ghost particles made of nothing, while still having a concrete impact on our reality.

Most types of energy are now simply defined, as growing and shrinking matter in motion, due to the varying speed of the particles, which affect the size of their orbits, and consequently, the size of the larger particles they compose.

This process of growing and shrinking particles, also affects the distance between them, which is density.

The motion of particles and astronomical bodies, is mostly driven by gravity, because of the constant inner expansion of matter, which reduces the distance, between all the particles and objects.

But this motion, is equally driven by the natural orbit effect, of the geometry of expansion, which keeps the particles and objects apart, while counteracting gravity.

Both gravity and the natural orbit effect, are consequences of what is happening behind the scenes, where we can see the expansion, causing relative motion in our resulting reality, once we can no longer see the expansion, while still witnessing the resulting effects.

After that, it is all interactions of smaller particles, orbiting between larger ones, attracting or repelling other particles and even objects, to form larger particles or objects.

Just like orbiting electrons between the atoms, can attract and repel other atoms to form molecules, orbiting neutrinos between electrons, can attract and repel other electrons to form protons, neutrons, clusters of electrons (photons), and clouds of electrons (magnetic fields).

Simply put, energy is matter in motion, in various interactions between expanding, growing and shrinking particles and/or objects, moving according to gravity and the natural orbit effect, while observing the geometry of expansion.

One example is electricity, which is electrons pushing against each other in their expansion, on a cable around an electrical circuit, moving from where there is a surplus of electrons (the source), to where there is a depletion (the ground), powering appliances connected to the circuit.

Another example is a magnet, a cloud of growing and shrinking electrons, pushing against each other, changing size as the speed and the orbital rings of their neutrinos increase or decrease, and equalising in size as they come in contact with each other.

The electrons are then moving around a bar of metal, from where there is a surplus of electrons (positive pole), to where there is a depletion (negative pole), then travelling inside the bar from one pole to the other, and then repeating the circuit.

1.4b Einstein’s equation E=mc^2 is a kinetic energy equation for the momentum of light

In a nuclear explosion, some of the particles composing the atoms, fly out at the speed of light, in all radiant forms of energy, which are made of clusters of electrons, and have a mass.

Of course, neutrinos and electrons on their own, or in clouds as magnetic fields, which also have a mass, are being ejected out of the atoms as well.

We can see right there, that energy in Einstein’s famous equation, is in fact kinetic energy, or in other words, the momentum of light.

It is the force of impact, of the mass or matter, from the clusters of electrons of the light, when they hit something, based on how fast they travel.

E=mc^2, which is energy equals a mass, multiplied by the constant speed of light squared, is very similar to the kinetic energy equation Ek=½mv^2, where the kinetic energy equals, half of a mass multiplied by the velocity of that mass squared.

At speeds well below the speed of light, it is well known, that we must defer to the kinetic energy equation, instead of Einstein’s famous equation.

But, if both equations, measure the kinetic energy of moving objects and particles, including the clusters of electrons within the light, then why are they different? And which one is correct?

What is clear, is that Einstein’s equation, can be derived from the equations for the momentum of light, and as such, it is an equation measuring the kinetic energy of a mass.

As Mark McCutcheon demonstrated, in his book The Final Theory, using simple classical equations of motion about momentum (p), we can easily derive Einstein’s equation.

Since p=E/c and p=mc, then E/c=mc.

Rearranged, it gives Einstein’s famous equation E=mc^2.

Therefore, Einstein’s equation, is a kinetic energy equation, for the momentum of light.

1.4c How both E=mc^2 and Ek=½mv^2 are for non-reflective surfaces, and must be multiplied by 2 when the light is fully reflected

The equation for the momentum of light p=E/c, is for non-reflective surfaces.

For fully reflective surfaces, the momentum doubles, and it becomes p=2 E/c.

Since Einstein’s equation can be derived from the momentum equations, it means that Einstein’s equation, should be between a range of E=mc^2 and E=2mc^2, depending on the reflectiveness of what the light hits, or depending on the bounciness of what hits the surfaces.

This is equally true of the kinetic energy equation, when it comes to the momentum of light, which should be a range between Ek=½mv^2 and Ek=mv^2.

This is because, ½ multiplied by 2 equals 1. And we can get rid of a multiplication by 1, since it changes nothing.

When particles or objects are being fully reflected, or fully bounce back any surface, the kinetic energy doubles.

This is the force of impact a nuclear bomb could have on anything it hits.

So, this is rather important, to avoid building bombs, more destructive than intended.

1.4d Problems with Einstein’s famous equation E=mc^2

E=mc^2 can no longer be used in Atomic Expansion Theory, or any other theory claiming to replace Einstein.

Because it is an equation, related to all the relativistic effects, of Einstein’s Theories of Relativity.

And especially, his theory about relative motion, called Special Relativity.

Motion is relative, this is not the issue. It is just not relative, in the way that Einstein saw it.

As mentioned in the previous section, according to Einstein, the photons within the light have no mass.

But mass is interchangeable with energy.

In Einstein’ theories, mass and energy are the same thing.

Where, strangely enough, something does not need to have a mass, in order to have momentum and kinetic energy.

No matter how this could be justified, it defies common sense.

And whatever the mass is referring to, in that equation, it is supposed to be at rest, relative to an observer.

Moreover, it is a relativistic mass increasing with speed, as more energy is added, while the speed of light remains constant.

As it approaches the speed of light, this observed mass becomes infinitely large.

This can only be from an observer’s point of view, and cannot reflect the reality of different observers, in different locations.

Therefore, it can only be an optical illusion, of what the reality of the observed event, truly is.

Plus, the speed of light is constant. Which means there is never any acceleration, or change in the speed of light.

So, when adding or subtracting energy, only the mass can be affected.

Plus, measuring the speed at the end, minus the speed at the beginning, as it is often done in physics, the result is zero.

On top of this, Einstein’s equation as it is known today, is apparently only half of it.

The full version is E^2 = (mc^2)2 + (pc)2.

The second term considers motion, or p, the momentum of light.

Somehow that term disappears, because a mass at rest has no momentum, so it is never mentioned.

Trying to calculate anything in these circumstances, using Einstein’s equations, is very difficult.

But we are told that, Einstein’s famous equation is incomplete.

There is more to it, and it involves elaborate relativistic physics, such as calculus, to circumvent all the values which become zero, which bring about meaningless results.

Also, clearly, this equation can only be, for when the speed of light is constant.

But Einstein stated that, the speed of light is only constant, in a vacuum.

Even empty space is not a vacuum, it is filled with all sorts of particles.

What equation should we use then, when measuring something not in a vacuum, which in practice, is most of the time?

1.4e The square in Einstein’s equation E=mc^2 is related to an acceleration inconsistent with a constant speed of light

Often, when something is squared in physics, it means an acceleration.

When a value doubles in certain equations, such as when there is an acceleration, and the velocity doubles, another value quadruples instead, such as the kinetic energy.

Hence, the first value, the velocity in this case, needs to be squared.

If the velocity triples, then the kinetic energy increases by a factor of nine.

And if it quadruples, the kinetic energy increases by a factor of sixteen.

This is where we can clearly see, that the kinetic energy increases as an acceleration, as the velocity increases.

And despite not having any acceleration in E=mc^2, since the speed of light is constant, there is still a square in that equation, which represents an acceleration.

Some people tell us, that it represents instead, a conversion factor of mass into energy.

No matter how they want to put it, this conversion still reflects an acceleration.

Equations are equivalence between different values in certain circumstances. If there is an acceleration/deceleration factor anywhere in an equation, then both sides are affected.

If the energy inputted or withdrawn changes on one side, then the other side of the equivalence, the mass and the speed of light, should change accordingly, in an acceleration or deceleration.

But here is the problem. Since the speed of light must remain constant, only the value of the relative mass can change.

Can the mass of an object really change depending on the location of different observers? It seems counterintuitive.

The mass of an object never changes, and certainly not because of where someone looks at it from. A mass always contains the same amount of matter, no matter what. The rest is just optical illusion.

And how could mass or energy change as an optical illusion, when they are not visual values, which could be seen differently by different observers, with different viewpoints?

Energy and mass could not change for different observers, they must always remain the same for everyone anywhere.

So, changing the amount of energy in Einstein’s equation, can only affect the speed of light, instead of the relativistic mass. And this must be the case for any theory claiming to replace Einstein’s theories.

This explains why Einstein’s equation is inconsistent with a constant speed of light, because something must change when the amount of energy changes, and that something must change in an acceleration or deceleration.

In Einstein’s world, what changes is the mass, but is it not more likely that it is the speed of that mass that changes instead, the speed of light?

It is difficult to visualise or explain exactly, what is happening in this so-called conversion of matter into energy, or what is actually accelerating.

Is it that whenever the relativistic mass increases, or is turned into energy instead, the relativistic energy increases as an acceleration?

Not likely, since only a change in speed, could affect the relativistic mass or energy.

In the kinetic energy equation, this is not an issue, because there is no constancy of the speed of light.

What increases is the velocity of the light, or translated to Einstein’s equation, it is the speed of light, while the mass remains constant.

In Atomic Expansion Theory, since the speed of light is no longer constant, then the mass can remain constant.

While due to gravity, the speed of light is in fact accelerating, whether it is in a vacuum or not.

Consequently, the kinetic energy equation, is the correct equation to use in all cases.

1.4f The half in the kinetic energy equation Ek=½mv^2 is related to an acceleration

There are several explanations as to why there should be a half in the kinetic energy equation, some quite elaborate.

But the simplest explanation, is because the speed is not constant, for the whole duration of the event.

Because the velocity started at zero before increasing, we need to divide by two, to obtain an average velocity.

For example, if an object is at rest, then reaches 10 miles an hour on a straight line, the average velocity is 5 miles an hour, which is half of the final velocity.

The equation would not bring an accurate result, if we were to use the final speed of 10 miles an hour, or the initial speed of zero, since the mass never truly went at these specific speeds, for the entire duration of the measured event.

Therefore, we need to use the average, to obtain the correct speed for the entire displacement.

And this is achieved by dividing by two, or adding a half, to the kinetic energy equation.

Einstein’s equation is not divided by two, because the speed of light is constant, so there is no acceleration.

And so, both the square and the half in the kinetic energy equation, represent an acceleration.

And that acceleration, when it comes to the momentum of light, is the acceleration of the speed of light, due to gravity.

And since light is no longer composed of intangible and massless photons, the mass in this equation, is the mass of the clusters of electrons, composing the light itself, which were freed from the atoms, or from the subatomic realm.

While in Einstein’s equation, where the mass is at rest relative to an observer, the mass can only refer to the electrons, while still within the atoms, or the subatomic realm.

Those are the electrons, which could potentially be freed through some process, such as when we detonate a bomb, or turn on a lightbulb.

Thus, the mass in Einstein’s equation, must refer to the mass of the atoms, before the electrons are freed.

But when we turn on the light, we are hardly freeing all the electrons, from these atoms.

Even detonating a nuclear bomb, does not free all the electrons from all the atoms. Therefore, it cannot be entirely accurate.

Somehow, Einstein had the square correct in his equation, despite stating that the speed of light is constant.

But the speed of light is no longer constant, and the half is missing.

1.4g What difference does it make, to use the velocity instead of the constant speed of light, while measuring kinetic energy?

In Atomic Expansion Theory, most of Einstein’s relativistic assumptions are gone.

Nothing weird happens, when we get closer to the speed of light, or even beyond the speed of light, as it is now possible.

And since the speed of light is now relative, and even accelerating, then both the division by two and the square, in the kinetic energy equation, which are related to an acceleration, are required.

And just like in the kinetic energy equation, Einstein’s equation should be multiplied by v, the velocity of the mass composing the light beam, instead of c, the constant speed of light.

Because the speed of light is no longer constant, it varies.

And it varies, according to the motion of the mass involved, in these very equations.

Also, in the kinetic energy equation, we use the velocity of the light, instead of its speed. There is a massive difference between the two.

The velocity is the displacement, or the overall distance covered in a straight line, divided by time.

And remember, time is no longer relative in Expansion Theory, it is constant.

Time ticks at the same rate everywhere, no matter the speed, or any strong gravitational field around.

A speed is just a speed, it cannot be negative, it has no direction of motion.

We could measure the various changes in the speed, during the entire distance covered by the light, including many zigzags.

But the velocity takes into consideration, the direction of motion, and the total displacement instead.

The displacement being, the shortest path between the initial and final position, of the moving mass, ignoring all the zigzags.

A velocity can be zero, positive or negative, depending on the direction of motion, and the various accelerations and decelerations.

The direction of motion, can change greatly before reaching destination.

Perhaps even going in the opposite direction, for a while, here and there.

Although with light, this is unlikely.

Light, even at a constant speed, travels in a curved path, especially when being deflected, by massive astronomical bodies, such as planets and suns.

But light is not moving in curves, because spacetime is curved, as Einstein said.

Light is just like anything orbiting other bodies.

The clusters of electrons within the light, behave exactly like clusters of asteroids travelling in space.

Light follows the natural orbit effect, discussed in the previous section called Gravity and orbits finally explained in physics breakthrough.

Although, of course, light is travelling so fast, that it only ever enters into partial orbits, before continuing on its way.

Within Einstein’s equation, the kinetic energy would not change, despite these elongations, to the path of the light.

But it does, within the kinetic energy equation.

And so it should, because the speed of light now accelerates, in slingshot effects around large bodies, and decelerates and dissipates, as it encounters all sorts of particles in space.

Most of the time, even within Einstein, the speed of light is never constant anyway.

The speed of light is only meant to be constant in a vacuum.

Hence, this is another issue, while using Einstein’s equation.

So, what difference does it make, to use the velocity, instead of the constant speed of light?

To calculate the force of impact, that light will have on something it hits – in other words its momentum – logic dictates that only the mass, and the final speed of that mass, matter.

And the kinetic energy equation does just that.

It calculates the final speed of that mass – not an average – based on the overall distance covered, and the overall accelerations and decelerations along the way.

This is why using the velocity of the light is better, and why the kinetic energy equation, is the one to use, when the speed of light is not constant.

Which is most of the time, even within Einstein’s physics.

1.4h Why the kinetic energy equation should replace Einstein’s famous equation

From now on, while measuring the kinetic energy of light, we must make sure, that we are truly measuring the final velocity, of the particular mass composing the light itself.

We should no longer take instead, the mass of the atoms, and our incorrect official measurement, of the constant speed of light.

And if you still wonder, why exactly that velocity needs to be squared, or multiplied by itself, it is because gravity is an acceleration.

As stated in the previous section, light, and any other radiant forms of energy, including heat, are like bullets being fired from a gun.

There is an initial speed boost, when the bullets are fired, or the clusters of electrons are expelled from the atoms, and then gravity takes over.

It is always nice to know, where an acceleration comes from.

And now we know, because the speed of light, is the speed of an expanding mass or matter in motion, it is affected by gravity, and so it accelerates.

And now we also know, what E=mc^2 really means: the kinetic energy, or potential force of impact, of moving particles, depending on their speed squared.

Despite all the problems related to Einstein’s equation, the real important conclusion here, is that energy and mass are no longer interchangeable, and they are no longer different forms of the same thing.

Energy cannot become mass, and mass cannot become energy. And they are no longer relative, in the way that Einstein described it.

Also, something must have a mass, to have any momentum, in order to be able to push back anything, when it hits something.

Otherwise, we have ghost particles, acting like if they were real and tangible, when they are not. Again, it defies common sense.

All that Einstein’s equation does, like many other equations in physics, is compare unrelated things or quantities together, when there is an equivalence between them, while something else occurs.

And this is why so many equations equal other equations, which seem totally unrelated.

It is just that there is an equivalence here, which is useful for our calculations, measurements, and comparisons.

And thus, E=mc^2 simply indicates a correlation or equivalence, between how much kinetic energy particles will have, depending on their mass and speed.

In our equation for kinetic energy, we should also ignore, any relativistic effect due to Einstein’s Theories of Relativity, especially from Special Relativity.

And from now on, even in cases close to, or even beyond the speed of light, we should use the correct equation instead: the kinetic energy equation Ek=½mv^2, which was known prior to Einstein.

However, we should get rid of the half, by multiplying it by two, if our nuclear bomb falls into a city, made entirely of reflecting glass mirrors.

Because then, the force of impact would indeed double.

1.5 Unifying the physics of the very small and the very large in a theory of everything

There are four fundamental forces in nature.

They are gravity, the strong and weak nuclear forces of the atom, and electromagnetism.

Identifying a single unifying principle, which can explain them all, is the holy grail of physics. This is what has been called, a theory of everything.

And here is what that single unifying principle is: the expansion and contraction of matter.

And as we shall see, it truly explains everything, including paranormal and unexplained phenomena.

But on top of explaining the four main forces of nature, a theory of everything should also unite the physics of the very small, called particle physics, with the physics of the very large, called astrophysics.

So, can Atomic Expansion Theory do that as well?

No one has ever had a good look, at what molecules, atoms, electrons and neutrinos, really look like.

Because they are too small, even for our most powerful electronic microscopes.

Consequently, it is possible that the smallest particles in existence – the neutrinos – are exactly the same as suns, planets and moons.

We can call them super-neutrinos for suns, neutrinos for planets, sub-neutrinos for moons, and sub-sub-neutrinos for anything smaller, such as asteroids and comets.

In turn, this would make electrons, exactly like solar systems.

While atoms would be galaxies, forming cosmic molecules, at a larger scale.

And just like that, we have united the physics, of both the very small and the very large.

From there on, as long as it is practical, any equation or calculation, should work no matter the scale, since these sets of particles and astronomical objects, are identical and operate the very same way.

To find out what is going on at one scale, where from our perspective, everything is moving, either very slowly or very fast, we only have to observe the other scale.

And although, the neutrinos are the smallest particles in our very small, it is likely that they are composed of a set of particles – such as molecules, atoms, electrons and neutrinos – from an even smaller scale of reality.

The reason is, no matter the scale we are looking at, it must be the same thing.

A planet is made up of particles, from a smaller scale of reality. How could a neutrino be any different, within its own scale?

Nothing would work from the point of view of physics, if the smaller scale was not identical in every way, to the larger scale, following the same mechanics and laws of physics.

This suggests a universe resembling fractals, where sets of particles, shape up into a larger version of themselves, which also shape up into a larger version of themselves, possibly to infinity, while continually expanding.

This sounds quite alarming. Just like the infinite expansion of everything behind the scenes, where according to Atomic Expansion Theory, everything doubles in size every 19 minutes.

However, there are several reasons to believe that nothing truly occupies any space, and even, that there is no real space to begin with. More about this in the next sections.

The only fundamental particle in existence, is the neutrino, since electrons are made of orbiting neutrinos, while atoms are made of orbiting electrons.

Just like moons, planets and suns, are the only fundamental objects in the night sky, since solar systems are made of orbiting moons, planets and suns, while galaxies are made of orbiting solar systems.

We can now see that, neutrons and protons within the atom, at a higher scale, would be a specific number of solar systems bonded together, by planets orbiting between them.

These planets would be orbiting very far from the nucleus of these solar systems, the nucleus being, for example, our eight known planets and our Sun.

Thus, we have many more rogue planets to find, which must be orbiting between our solar system and its neighbours, without ever coming near our eight planets.

The weak nuclear force, would be when the neutron, being an unstable particle by nature, simply decays into a more stable structure, such as a proton, electrons, and clouds of neutrinos, which go on to produce radiation.

At the higher scale, it would be an unstable structure, of interconnected solar systems, letting go of a few solar systems, and of a few suns and planets, to become a more stable structure, similar to a proton.

And these few solar systems, and individual suns and planets, perhaps through collisions or explosions, must somehow be expelled forcefully, outside the galaxy, in order to become radiation, at a larger scale.

As for the strong nuclear force – meant to explain why the particles, are not flying out of the nucleus of the atom – we just need to look at galaxies.

We don’t wonder why, interconnected solar systems, are not flying out of the galaxies, since we can see, that they are simply orbiting the galactic centre.

Solar systems within galaxies, are pushing against each other, in their inner expansion. How?

By remaining interconnected, by orbiting planets between them, keeping them all at a distance, from each other.

All the orbits of the solar systems within galaxies, are constantly enlarging, compensating for the expansion, of these solar systems.

This is causing the overall galaxies to expand at a constant rate, although we cannot see this expansion.

Hence, there never was any need, for a strong nuclear force within the atom, when the particles are simply pushing against each other, in their inner expansion.

Galaxies, like atoms, are linked together by solar systems orbiting between them, far from their nucleus, the nucleus being the entire visible galaxy.

It should be easier, to find rogue solar systems in the night sky, orbiting between galaxies, without ever coming near the visible galaxies themselves, than it would be to find rogue planets, orbiting between solar systems.

Solar systems emit light, while planets only reflect it. And at these distances from the suns, the rogue planets might not reflect much light.

As mentioned earlier, all electrons are made of orbiting neutrinos, which orbit within and between the electrons.

The exchange of neutrinos between the electrons, can attract or repel other particles, and can keep the electrons together, to form larger particles, such as clusters within heat and light, or neutron and protons within atoms.

This is just like atoms, which are made of electrons, orbiting within and between the atoms, attracting or repelling other atoms, to form different molecules.

As for electromagnetism, they are clouds of different densities of growing and shrinking electrons, which grow and shrink, due to the changing speed of the neutrinos, and the changing size of the orbits of these neutrinos.

These clouds of electrons interact with each other, balance each other out, and equalise in size when in contact, which results in either an attracting or a repelling force, or neutrality when the clouds fizzle out.

And here is the important part.

When the electrons within the clouds grow, they push back. When they shrink, they attract. If the electrons dissipate in all directions, then they become neutral.

These attracting and repelling forces, correspond to the positive and negative charges.

This is all the result of the natural motion of particles and objects, due to the geometry of expansion, which attempts to fill all the space available, while balancing everything out.

Just like it is for the orbits, discussed earlier.

And it all depends on the speed, the size, the orbits’ size, and the number of smaller particles, orbiting within and between, the larger particles or objects.

We cannot have charges, or attracting and repelling forces in electromagnetism, without smaller particles, orbiting between larger ones.

They are the ones attracting or pushing back everything around.

Which is why the electrons, which are known to have a charge, must be composed of smaller orbiting particles, such as neutrinos.

And suddenly, electrons are just like solar systems.

Neutrinos and neutrons are neutral, because they don’t have smaller orbiting particles, being exchanged between them or other particles.

Just like planets, as far as we know at this time, don’t exchange moons between them, hence they cannot attract or repel anything.

However, planets orbiting between solar systems, is how solar systems can bond together, attract or repel each other, and that the distance between these solar systems, can grow or shrink.

It depends on the speed, and consequently the size of the orbital rings, of the planets.

Adding more planets to a system, will accelerate everything within that system, and enlarge all the orbits.

And it is precisely the same, with neutrinos and electrons.

This also explains why neutrons within the atom, are not very stable and easily decay.

Because when it becomes crowded, like it is in some heavy elements of the periodic table, neutrons have no way of repelling other particles.

Armed with this new theory of everything, and this new knowledge of particle physics, we can now attack the greater questions, that our actual science, could never have answered.

Like, what are interdimensional worlds?

1.6 The physics explaining interdimensional worlds

A paranormal phenomenon, could be said to be a meeting or merging, of two events from two different realities.

These realities can be called interdimensional worlds, because their matter is made of particles, of different sizes than ours.

Dimension refers to the size of the particles, which affects the size of the objects and beings, within these worlds.

This said, the difference in size is very small.

Often, people call these realities other density worlds, because their objects and beings, are made of particles, which are less or more spaced out, than our usual ones.

This is a different type of density of matter, than the one we are familiar with, which defines the different states of matter, which are solids, liquids, gases and plasmas.

To make the distinction, it should be called the interdimensional density of matter.

These interdimensional worlds, are as physical as our world, with matter made of neutrinos, electrons, atoms and molecules, and they all have a slightly different version, of the electromagnetic spectrum.

The changing speed of the orbiting neutrinos and electrons, affects the size of their orbits, and consequently, the size of the larger particles they compose (dimension), and the distance between them (density).

For example, the faster the neutrinos are orbiting within the electrons, the larger their orbits will be, causing the electrons to enlarge and orbit faster.

This in turn, will cause the atoms and the molecules to become larger, and to vibrate faster, while still keeping, their molecular structures intact.

This would be a higher interdimensional world, with matter less dense than here, where everything is lighter.

This is where UFOs and interdimensional beings, such as ultraterrestrials, extraterrestrials, angels, spirits, and ghosts, are said to live.

And when the particles orbit slower, the orbital rings are more shrunk, and the particles and the distance between them, is also smaller.

This would be a lower interdimensional world, with denser matter, where everything is heavier.

This is where we are likely to encounter, other types of beings, such as angry ghosts, goblins, the Bigfoot, the Mothman, demons, and shadow people.

The only difference between these realities, is how fast the neutrinos are orbiting, within and between the electrons, which has been called the frequency, or the vibrational rate of matter.

For example, light in these other realities, is made up of clusters of electrons, which are smaller or larger than normal (dimension), with neutrinos and electrons orbiting slower or faster.

These clusters would also be less or more spaced out than ours (density).

But all of this, is the result of the changing speed, of the neutrinos.

Moreover, we should not confuse the frequency, at which the neutrinos and the electrons are orbiting – which is the vibrational rate of matter – with the frequency of the light in general.

The normal light frequency, which defines the different colours of the light that we can see, is equally defined by the changing size, of the clusters of electrons within the light.

They go from larger clusters for infrared light and heat, to smaller clusters for ultraviolet light, to even smaller for x-rays and gamma rays.

However, this change in size of the clusters, in the normal frequency of light, is due to the number of electrons contained within the clusters.

While for the frequency of the vibrational rate of matter, it is due to the changing speed of the neutrinos, which changes the size of the electrons, and consequently, the size of the clusters themselves.

And this is what makes the electromagnetic spectrum different, for each interdimensional world: the changing speed of the neutrinos, which affects the speed, the size, the distance in between, and the vibrational rate, of all the other particles.

As stated in the previous section, magnetic fields are just clouds of different densities, of growing and shrinking electrons, also due to the changing speed of the neutrinos, and the changing size, of the orbital rings of these neutrinos.

And yet, these magnetic fields are not switching to other dimensions.

Thus, to put it simply, as soon as the neutrinos within the electrons, are orbiting too slow or too fast, for what is normal for us, matter starts moving into other dimensions.

And the changing speed of the neutrinos, is the only factor.

But it can change a lot, even within our own dimension, without matter suddenly disappearing.

The matter from these other worlds, usually lays outside our visible light.

And most of the time, we cannot interact with it, since it is vibrating too slow or too fast for us.

However, it is still there, just like gas molecules.

And sometimes, the different frequencies are equalising between these realities, and we can interact with objects, from other dimensional worlds.

But then, the properties of matter, can be quite different than what we are familiar with.

For example, rocks and hard metals might be more malleable.

And if they are of a similar density as the molecules of our air, they could then easily float and defy gravity.

This is most probably how, the pyramids and sites such as Stonehenge, were built.

Using technology or people’s abilities, to bring normal rocks and metals, to a higher vibrational rate of matter, so they could easily be transported, and shaped into place.

We might also eventually encounter, rocks and metals which are very hard, dense and heavy, compared with what is normal for us.

And maybe they will exhibit strange properties, never encountered before.

But it could still be completely natural. It would not mean that anyone, had to manufacture them.

Every single location at any particular time, every person or object in any world, has its own unique resonance.

And just like we can easily recognise faces, voices and places, we instinctively know these frequencies or resonances.

As long as we are aware, of these other people and places, and the time they exist in, we only have to think about them, in order to establish a connection.

There is no need to know the exact frequency, but we may need to know it, to develop technology, which would work, independently from our mind.

Or, we could simply develop technology, controlled by our mind.

The people most likely to experience something, from these other realities, are the ones who can affect the frequency, at which their particles are orbiting, within them.

People capable of affecting, their own vibrational rate of matter, such as psychic mediums and flying yogis, usually use the focus of their mind and their intention.

Other people might experience something paranormal, simply because they naturally vibrate or resonate, at frequencies which are slower or faster than usual.

Or they may temporarily do so, because of some external natural conditions, or due to actions from other beings, capable of such feats.

We are very near these worlds, which explains why paranormal phenomena, are so common.

Seeing, communicating, and even going to these interdimensional worlds, is just a question of finding ways, to affect the speed of the neutrinos, and consequently of the electrons, while ensuring, that the electrons don’t leave the atoms.

And outside the atoms, when it comes to creating interdimensional light, or interdimensional magnetic fields, we need to affect the speed of the neutrinos, much more or much less, than what is usual for our dimension.

We also need to ensure, that the electrons remain respectively, in clusters or clouds, and that they don’t start dissipating.

We can probably affect the speed of the neutrinos, by either adding or taking out neutrinos from the system, or by adding or alleviating pressure from the system.

Although, what works to affect the speed of the electrons, like changing the temperature, might not necessarily work, to affect the speed of the neutrinos.

And so, that is the difference, between the density of matter in our science, and the interdimensional density of matter.

And now we know why, the words dimension and density are interchangeable, when it comes to describing other dimensional worlds, or other density worlds.

1.7 How can UFOs defy gravity and travel so fast?

Why would we no longer see a reality, made of matter of a lesser or higher density, vibrating faster or slower?

For the same reason that we can see ice and water, but no longer when it is vapour in a gas form.

We can only see and interact, in a normal manner, with matter of our own density, vibrating at our own frequency.

Frequency being the rate, at which the neutrinos and the electrons, are orbiting everywhere within us, and in the objects around us.

When something is moving too fast for our five senses, then it goes beyond visible light. It is very much like a gas.

Normal light passes through it, we pass through it, despite all these realities, sharing the same space.

But how is this related, to why insects can walk on ceilings, and how UFOs can so easily, float and defy gravity?

When our particles are vibrating or orbiting faster, our matter is less dense, in the interdimensional density way.

And what is less dense, is always being pushed up, above what is denser, due to the surrounding pressure. This is called buoyancy.

Just like a helium balloon flies into space, because helium is a gas less dense, than the gases of the atmosphere.

Or that a balloon full of air, is immediately pushed up above water, made of denser molecules.

It is the same for hot air and hot water, which always rise respectively, above cold air and cold water.

Because when they are warmer, the molecules are more excited, more spaced out, and less dense, than the cold ones.

When UFOs, insects and birds are as light as air, they can float without the need for propulsion, because they are being carried along with the air, which is being pushed up, by the expansion of the Earth.

This is similar to a fly flying in a car, when the windows are shut.

The bubble of air inside, is being transported along with the car, so the fly does not end up splattered, on the back window.

Insects are thought to have sticky or suction type feet, which makes it possible for them, to walk on walls and ceilings. And maybe they do.

But also, since everything is constantly expanding, the small expansion downwards, of the ceiling of the car, is enough gravity for the fly, which is less dense than us, to remain and walk on the ceiling.

And it is the same for the sideways expansion, of the windows and the walls.

By adjusting their vibrational rate, to become even less dense than air, UFOs can automatically be pushed out of the atmosphere, and into space.

It is also likely that this buoyancy, would work to easily be pushed out, of the entire solar system, out of the galaxy, and even beyond.

Because there must always be, a gradual hierarchy, of different densities of matter, everywhere in the universe, and across all the interdimensional worlds.

The reason for it, is gravity. But not the gravity as measured from orbit, as explained earlier, where the distance between two objects, reduces as the objects expand.

Instead, it is like the gravity as measured on the ground, while standing on a styrofoam planet, or the Moon.

As previously mentioned, the density distribution, will affect gravity while on the ground, depending on the location, of the centre of mass.

In other words, it is gravity when all the particles, the molecules, and the objects, are already interconnected, and in contact with each other.

There is then no distance shrinking between the particles, because they are already touching, while being kept at bay from each other, by a constant exchange, of smaller particles between them.

An example of this hierarchy of different densities of matter, are all the molecules of rock underneath the ocean, then the molecules of the ocean, then the air, then the different layers of the atmosphere, up to whatever clouds of particles, which circle the planet.

This is an entire hierarchy of particles, going from very dense and heavy, with lots of pressure, to less dense and extra light, with no pressure whatsoever.

Then we must identify the centre of mass, from where all matter expands and pushes from.

Because this is where, if there is no obstacle, that all the heavier and denser molecules, and materials, will sink to.

And on their way there, the pressure will push upwards, or away from the centre of mass, whatever is lighter and less dense.

This pattern is repeated, in the formation of all the planets, in the solar system.

They go from the densest rocks closest to the Sun, to the less dense gas giants, at the end of the solar system.

You may be wondering, why the planets closest to the Sun, are orbiting faster, than the planets further away, despite being denser.

But in reality, behind the scenes, the gas giants are moving faster, with more enlarged orbits, than the rock planets.

And we can tell because, to move to a higher orbit, a satellite must increase its speed for a while, even although afterwards, it will result in a reduced orbital speed.

This is due to a relative motion effect, also related to gravity, which was explained earlier, when discussing the natural acceleration of orbiting bodies.

But in simple terms, the closer two objects are to each other, the faster they will orbit each other, because the force of gravity, is then stronger.

If we were to raise the speed of a planet or of a satellite, they would automatically change altitude, and orbit higher and further away.

Just like it is with buoyancy and density, when we raise the speed of the particles.

When we travel above the Earth, or in the solar system, or in the galaxy, we are simply moving from orbit to orbit, we are essentially negotiating orbits.

We are already moving at the speed of the Earth in the solar system, and at the speed of our solar system, within our galaxy.

To get to the Sun, we must reduce our speed, although it will result, in us orbiting faster.

To get out of the solar system, we must increase our speed, although it will reduce, our overall orbiting speed.

And the same for orbits around the Earth, and around the galactic centre.

But there could be a shortcut.

To instantly move out of the solar system, we could instead, simply raise our vibrational rate of matter, and become less dense, just like the gas giants.

It might also work to move to the edge of the galaxy, and even beyond.

It has been said that the gas giants, are in a higher dimension, but one that we can still see and interact with.

Interdimensional beings living on these planets, vibrating at the same vibrational rate of matter, would perceive their world as physical, instead of gaseous.

It is even possible, that these planets are not gaseous.

They might just appear to be so, from our own perspective, in a lower interdimensional world.

Since UFOs weigh almost nothing, lighter than a feather or helium really, they don’t feel accelerations, or sudden stops, the way we do.

And although this is just a difference in perception, or an optical illusion – just like with Einstein’s relativity discussed earlier – we perceive UFOs moving much faster than they really are, when observed from their own dimension.

But despite this fact, they are most probably still going fast – although nothing as fast as what we see – even from their own point of view.

Simply because, they don’t have to worry so much, about crushing g-forces.

Being lighter and less dense, they would not feel the gravitational forces, to the extent that we do.

And because motion is relative to the point of view, what we see, might not necessarily be what UFOs are doing.

When they move in zigzags, or at right angles – just like some flies do – this might not reflect how they are truly moving, from the point of view of their own dimension.

As well as varying their density, to set their altitude on Earth, and to move between dimensional worlds, UFOs must be using electromagnetic fields, to navigate and propel themselves, on Earth and elsewhere.

Meaning, through growing and shrinking clouds of interconnected electrons, pushing against everything when they grow, pulling when they shrink, all through an exchange of electrons and neutrinos between them, and whatever else is around.

This said, these electromagnetic fields, that UFOs must be producing, are not exactly like ours.

They are made of clouds of electrons, with neutrinos and electrons, orbiting faster than usual.

For us, it could easily feel like radiation, and lead to all sorts of strange effects.

This is just like their interdimensional light beams, which appear to be able to freeze us, lift us up into the air, and even make us go through windows, walls and ceilings.

These light beams can change our frequency, and bring us into higher dimensions.

They apparently also have rods, which we can hold, to reduce our vibrational rate of matter, and bring us back firmly into our reality.

Imagine what we could do, with that kind of technology. And it is just a question of understanding, what is really going on, so we can replicate it.

It is amazing, after all this time, that mainstream science has shown no interest whatsoever, in explaining these paranormal phenomena, defying the laws of physics. That is one mystery which cannot be explained.

Unless interdimensional beings, have been working hard behind the scenes, to ensure that we remain ignorant, of this new physics.

That we could acquire such knowledge, must worry the ultraterrestrials, the beings who are not from outer space, and who have always been living here, sharing the planet with us.

Through fears that we might just show up on their doorstep one day, they may not have been entirely straightforward with us, about where their world is truly located, which is right here all around us.

1.8 Moving in fast forward or slow motion, interdimensional time is relative

Other dimensions that we can still see and interact with, are the ones of insects and reptiles, such as tortoises.

They are living in other dimensions, because they vibrate respectively at 250 and 15 Hertz, instead of our usual 50-60 Hertz for humans.

Although time is constant, and ticks the same everywhere within our own dimension, interdimensional time is relative.

When our particles are moving faster or slower, our time frame changes.

The faster our particles are orbiting, the faster we live, but only when compared with others, in other dimensions.

Within one’s own dimension, no one notices anything different, or time running faster or slower.

This is what is meant by interdimensional time, being relative to the point of view.

Earlier, it was said that time was no longer relative, in the way that Einstein proposed.

If you remember, it was relative to our speed in space, and to how much gravity there was around us.

But now, interdimensional time is relative, to the vibrational rate of matter.

However, time is only relative, in the way that it is being perceived.

Because, unlike with Einstein’s relativity, clocks don’t start ticking faster, in these other dimensions, when compared with our own dimensional world.

And neither are the planets, suddenly orbiting faster, although the particles composing them are.

If planets were to orbit faster when changing dimension, we would not be sharing the same space with these interdimensional beings, and we would never see them.

Because their planets would be in different locations than ours.

The time rate never really changes. Time remains constant everywhere, even in other dimensions.

Consequently, differences in time keeping, when comparing clocks in different locations and conditions, like when in orbit, is no indication of the relativity of time, and does not mean some clocks are in higher dimensions or lower ones, compared to others.

Any time discrepancy between two clocks, can only be due to other unrelated physical factors, such as differences in mechanical stress – like 1g expanding planet on the ground, against no such force in space – temperature, humidity, radiation and magnetic field variations, also manufacturing and software differences between clocks, etc.

We calculate time based on the rotation of the Earth on its axis, and its orbit around the Sun.

This would not change according to either Einstein’s relativity, or our perception of time being relative, when moving to other dimensions.

However, adding planets to our eight ones, or destroying a few, would indeed change the speed of all orbits, and the orbits would either enlarge or shrink.

Plus, it could also affect the rotation of the Earth somehow.

In this scenario alone, not due to any relativity of time, our time rate would change. But this would solely be due, to our method of measuring time.

It could not affect clocks, and we would still technically age at the same rate as before.

This said, our perception of time can be different, depending on how fast our particles are orbiting. And it does lead to clear differences.

For example, on how fast people can age, compared with others.

So, it is not all just a perception or imagined, there are concrete effects in our resulting reality, even if clocks don’t start ticking faster, and planets don’t start orbiting faster.

Consequently, insects and reptiles, can suddenly do much more, or much less, in a same amount of time, than we can.

For this reason, from our point of view, flies live in fast forward compared to us, while tortoises are moving in slow motion.

Mayflies may live for only one day from our perspective, but from their own standpoint, they live for much longer than that.

Just like interdimensional beings, who can perhaps live for an entire year, in a few of our hours, depending on their frequency, and the dimensional world they live in.

Any faster or slower, and suddenly insects and reptiles, could move out of our reach, and into other dimensional worlds.

And it does not take much for insects to disappear, just look at them outside when swarming.

Sometimes they disappear while in flight, simply to reappear once they stop.

And this is the flying rods mystery explained.

They are just insects, vibrating even faster than our normal ones, so they are only visible on photos, or on paused, or slow motion videos.

We all know people who think and talk fast. Such people can usually achieve a lot of work, in a very short amount of time.

Others seem to be living and talking in slow motion, although this is only how we perceive it. Unless of course, it is due to a hangover.

Who knows, maybe alcohol slows our particles down, while amphetamines speed them up.

Some people at raves, are certainly moving extremely fast, and kind of floating around, defying gravity, while the music has been cranked up, to a higher speed.

Just look at our top political leaders, they age very quickly from our point of view.

Whether they are aware of it or not, they must be involved with these beings from other dimensions, who in turn, must be involved in our affairs.

Some people within the elite, but of course not all, who live a very long time, like over 90, and who are still very much active in the world, with their mind fully intact, those may very well be interdimensional beings.

If they are from the lower dimensional worlds, they can probably live for a thousand of our years. Past 95, they would have to fake their death, to avoid suspicions.

Beings capable of moving instantly between different time frames, could also possibly know our most likely futures, since it would be like travelling in time.

And for humans, the problem is, moving to other dimensions and back, or being inhabited by an interdimensional being, has the same effect on memory as dreams.

We soon forget what has happened, unless we immediately set out to remember, all the details upon our return. Just like when we drink too much, we just forget.

We can use hypnosis to remember, but we must be careful.

Hypnosis is very close to the dream state, and it is difficult to tell, if what is being said, is just an elaborate dream, or something which has really happened.

It is interesting that time in dreams, runs faster than normal, as if the dream world was a higher dimension of its own. More about this in the next section.

Another important idea, is that perhaps interdimensional beings, never wipe out our memories. And when we reincarnate, no one is making us forget past lives.

Our brain may simply be unable, to clearly remember what happened, when we move back here, from other dimensional worlds.

UFOs, ultraterrestrials, extraterrestrials, interdimensional beings, ghosts, spirits, demons, the Bigfoot, the Mothman, and possibly even the Loch Ness monster, might be living in dimensions different from ours, all sharing the same space, that we cannot see or interact with.

These other dimensions, are still physical realities, and are seen as such, by the beings vibrating at the same frequencies, as their world.

However, seen from our own dimension, these worlds could appear gaseous in nature, like the gas giant planets.

Occasionally, realities partially merge, and everyone can see them, and interact with them.

But depending on our own vibrational rate, other times we might not see anything, while others standing next to us, will.

1.9 The true nature of our flimsy and changing psychological reality

We are very likely interdimensional beings ourselves, with several layers of physical bodies, existing in different dimensions, all at the same time.

It is the only way to explain reincarnation, and how we can communicate with the dead.

In effect, dead people are not dead, they have just lost their third dimensional body.

And their new reality, is as physical as ours, but made of matter of a different density.

When attempting to communicate with the dead, remember that their vibrational rate, and their time frame, are different than ours.

Although perhaps not by much, depending on which dimension they live in, and how adept they are at compensating for the difference, if they are even aware of all of this.

With this new science, we should be able to develop the technology, to see and speak with the dead.

That might be what is meant, by raising the dead, in the biblical sense.

Reality is flimsier than people believe, and it is psychological in nature.

As such, it is not that much different than the dream world.

Which is why under the influence of psychedelic drugs, or when suffering from schizophrenia, or while under hypnosis, reality can appear so convincingly different.

A psychologist would say, that these other realities are just imagined, and only exist in the mind.

However, a case could be made, that even our reality only exists in our mind, and that all realities, are as real and tangible, as each other.

Our third dimensional world, is when we are awake, sharing a collective reality, with a dense physical body.

While when we dream or think, it is more of a personal reality, where we seem to have another lighter body, which can easily defy gravity.

And when we die, we use our higher and/or lower density bodies instead, in other dimensional worlds, all the while, using our same consciousness.

Consciousness is the source of our reality, and therefore, it must exist outside of our reality, if not outside all possible realities or dimensions.

But wherever our consciousness truly resides, must be some sort of reality. Unless our consciousness, is the universe itself. Unless our collective consciousness, is All That Is.

The dream world and the world of thought, are just other dimensions.

They are realities where the neutrinos and the electrons, are orbiting faster, than in our third density world.

Just like different time periods, the past and the future, are simply different dimensions, and are constantly changing, even the past.

Our memories automatically adjust to these changes, and very likely, we never truly lived these past memories.

Just like in dreams, we are aware of a past, which we have not lived, which helps the present moment to make sense, but this past changes, from dream to dream.

This explains the concept that, neither the past nor the future exist, because they are constantly changing, in an overall constantly fluctuating timeline.

Which is why it is said, that there is only a spacious present.

And we should learn to live in it, instead of a past, which might never have existed before this moment, or future possibilities, which might radically change the next day.

Of course, we should not stop planning for the future.

But we should be aware of all the clues, pointing to a reality, being as flimsy and changeable, as dreams.

And somehow, there must be a coherent logic, to make it all work seamlessly.

And in these circumstances, trying to communicate with past or future selves, might not help, even if we succeed.

If time travel is at all possible – and there are many witnesses out there, claiming that they experienced it – then the past and the future, cannot really reliably exist.

The past and the future, can only constantly change, in a fluctuating timeline.

And so, only the present can reliably be said, to exist.

When our collective reality and our past change, what we remember changes with it, but not always.

This explains the Mandela Effect, where many people remember events differently than others, or from the recorded history.

It could also perhaps explain déjà vu, when we remember or relive events, from the constantly fluctuating timeline.

This said, there are at least two other ways to explain déjà vu.

The first, we simply dreamt the event before, like within a precognitive dream.

Or perhaps it is, that our dreams help to create and shape, our reality of the coming days and weeks.

And second, if our reality is a simulation, there are possibly several instances of our virtual world, all running in parallel, all at the same time.

And when I say several, it could be a few, or it could be trillions. After all, virtual worlds don’t occupy any space.

Then sometimes, perhaps we switch from one simulation to another, or get echoes from these other running realities or programmes, which might all run on the same system.

It would only be limited by the processing power available, if indeed they require processing power, in the first place. Who knows what kind of technology they are using.

Without our reality being flimsy and changing, despite being a shared collective one, it would be difficult to explain, how we can change reality at will, by simply wishing for it, or through prayers, incantations, or witchcraft.

And yet, many claims to have changed their life, and the one of others, including the future and the past, using these means.

If the way reality works, was not similar to how the dream world works, the Law of Attraction would be impossible.

And so would be finding ourselves, in a slightly different reality or timeline, where people, objects and even buildings, are different, than what we remembered them to be, the day before.

Many have experienced such events. It is really happening. Reality can be changed at will.

As soon as people are aware and pay attention, they start noticing these things.

Therefore, we are not living in a permanent immutable reality.

This last point is important, for the next sections.

1.10 Are we living in a computer simulation?

As mentioned earlier, molecules are made of atoms, atoms are made of electrons, electrons are made of neutrinos, resulting in the neutrino, being the only fundamental particle in existence.

All you need to build our reality, and all interdimensional worlds, are neutrinos.

But they would need to shape into electrons, then into atoms, then into molecules, to compose the normal objects, that we see every day.

In Atomic Expansion Theory, there was no Big Bang at the beginning of time.

Expanding neutrinos, or even fully formed matter, might have simply appeared in the universe, out of nowhere one day, either carefully arranged, or randomly distributed.

The inner expansion of matter, causes motion and energy.

If matter appeared randomly, in time the neutrinos would have formed into electrons, then into atoms, then into molecules, and finally objects resembling these particles, but at a higher scale.

This may have been a creation moment by God, or the beginning of a virtual world, in a computer simulation.

There are similarities between the two.

Someone thought this reality into being, either by thinking it and willing it into existence, or through using a computer, to make it happen.

Outside of our immediate physical reality, time and space are meaningless.

This creation, might have been extremely long term, taking aeons, and include an evolution, playing a major role, in how everything shapes up in time.

Or, it could have been instant, and it was more recent.

It is also possible, that there was no God who created the universe, or computer programmer, who created a simulation.

Perhaps matter has always existed out there, and life simply evolved after aeons, solely through evolution.

These different viewpoints, are as valid as each other, and probably no one can tell, which one is correct.

But even then, all the evidence for an evolution, could have been thought and created into existence, or programmed, fully formed as it is, this very morning, when we woke up.

The two concepts of evolution and creation, have never been mutually exclusive. It could have always been both.

A past must exist, to make sense of the present, in a logical manner, even a past which did not really take place. Dreams teach us that much.

Especially if we are meant to remain ignorant, of how everything came to be, and how everything truly works.

Despite being made of physical particles, our reality is more like a virtual world, and one day we will build virtual realities, as real as the real thing.

At the moment, 3D objects made by computers, are solely made of electrons. No computer creates atoms or molecules.

But this can change, now that we know that atoms and molecules, can be created, just by manipulating electrons.

It would be even better, if we could work solely with neutrinos instead.

Eventually, we will programme computers, to construct realities using neutrinos, but shaping them first into electrons, then atoms, then molecules, and set them to obey the same laws of physics, as in our world.

Then, there would be no difference.

It might be difficult to manipulate neutrinos that way, but once we set the laws of physics in the programme, all we need to do, is input neutrinos, and set general lines of motion, testing various methods.

And there may be a way, to forgo the neutrinos, and solely work with electrons, like we do now.

But we need to instruct the electrons to gather into atoms and molecules, so it results in simulations, as real as our reality.

Besides, the electrons will always have neutrinos, within and between them. Thus, it should work, even without having to manipulate everything, at the neutrino level.

Even today, we might already be able to create, these virtual realities, as good as the real thing, out of our actual computers.

It seems so easy – now that we have a better understanding of particle physics – that the chances that we are living in a simulation, are extremely high.

Especially that we must explain, what causes the inner expansion of matter behind the scenes, and what is the power source.

If we are living in a computer simulation, then they simply instructed the computer to make matter expand, as a programmed law of physics.

And the power source, is the electricity that they must be producing, in their own reality.

This said, considering the way we can also create, entire realities out of our mind, with just our will and thoughts, the chances that we are living in a creation by a God, who thought us into being, are equally extremely high.

And when we think or dream, we’re not wondering how what we imagine, comes into being, or where the power source comes from.

It could be said that our brain or consciousness, instruct these realities into being – like a computer would do – and the power source, is the food we eat, that we transform into biological energy.

This is assuming, that the energy does not come from interdimensional worlds instead, or the realm from where our consciousness originates.

If there is absolutely no waste of energy, maybe once a world is created, no extra energy is required.

This is actually very likely, according to the law of conservation of energy. And we should learn something from this, for when we plan our own simulations.

Here is the definition from Wikipedia:

“In physics and chemistry, the law of conservation of energy states that the total energy of an isolated system remains constant; it is said to be conserved over time. Energy can neither be created nor destroyed; rather, it can only be transformed or transferred from one form to another.”

Once created, these universes, could then be left to their own devices, with all the energy that they would already contain, to power their continued existence.

And between the beliefs of a creation event by a God, and a computer simulation by a computer programmer, once again, both ideas are not mutually exclusive.

We may very well live in a computer simulation, within a world which was ultimately created by a God.

Or, in a creation that came out of the mind of a God, who is or was, living in a computer simulation.

Indeed, considering what we can do with our mind, despite most likely living in a simulation, then there is no reason why, God might not have been in a simulation, at the moment of creation.

Hence, it is possible to believe a God created the universe, that there was an evolution, that we are living in a simulation, and even, that the entire universe is God, also called All That Is.

From rough calculations, using the most powerful telescopes, all that we see in the night sky, when brought back to the smaller scale, corresponds to a quarter of a human cell.

Thus, whatever all the cosmic molecules may form, at an even larger scale of reality, we don’t even see, the equivalent of one biological cell of it.

It is said that everything has a consciousness in this universe, from the smallest particles such as neutrinos, to planets and suns.

Smaller consciousnesses added together, form larger ones, such as the ones of solar systems and galaxies.

If God is the entire universe, including all other interdimensional worlds, All That Is, is very large indeed.

We could also be the Gods of everything that composes us.

All the consciousnesses of the particles, cells, living creatures, organs, that we have inside of us, could form the larger consciousness that we are.

Therefore, all of humanity together, could form a collective consciousness, which is the idea behind we are one, or the law of one.

And all the consciousnesses of the entire universe, including all interdimensional worlds, could form the consciousness of God, or of All That Is.

But, whether we are living in a creation or not, why is it so elaborate?

We don’t have all the answers yet, but hopefully, it will all make sense one day.

This said, we must follow the scientific method, which requires a certain flexibility of opinion, to remain objective and unbiased.

Whatever our beliefs, we must always be able to change our mind, on any of these points, as more information comes in, and as more discoveries are made.

We must always have absolute freedom of thought, of speech, of reach, and of movement – in both the digital and the physical worlds – no matter the circumstances, even in face of dangers, or even perceived dangers, to humanity.

If there is any censorship, and especially self-censorship, due to the fear of consequences, then science is doomed, and so are we.

Dogma will always be humanity’s worst enemy, and so is any kind of rule by fear.

1.11 Why only certain people see ghosts or UFOs?

We could say that our reality is psychophysical in nature, because it is an interpretation and a construction of our brain, and yet it is made of physical matter.

We don’t all interpret and construct reality the same way.

The way we perceive dreams and thoughts, through our brain, is the same way we perceive reality.

To the extent, that sometimes we can’t be sure, if we dreamt something, or if it really happened.

The only difference is, if the reality is being perceived through our external senses, and seems more concrete, or if it is perceived through our internal senses, and therefore seems less tangible.

But if our own reality is a construction of our brain, as it must be, then all realities, including thoughts and dreams, must be made of the same materials, they must be made of physical matter.

And if reality is but electromagnetic signals in our brain, then we must all create our own individual bubble reality.

And we do so from existing patterns, that we pick up all around us.

And also, through electric and electromagnetic signals, of specific frequencies, that we exchange unconsciously with others, just like countless individual computers do, on a Wi-Fi network.

It is not surprising, that our technology resembles our reality, they both use the very same building blocks and laws of nature.

Most of the time, we all build more or less the same reality.

But sometimes, we interpret differently what we see, and we build something in our reality, that others don’t see. Such as through hypnosis or schizophrenia.

Consequently, we don’t all live in the very same dimension, or even reality.

People with particles orbiting faster, such as psychic mediums, will see strange phenomena from higher dimensions.

While people vibrating slower, will more easily see beings and ghosts, from the lower dimensions.

Anyone vibrating at an average frequency, which is most of us, won’t see anything.

Emotions and feelings play a major role, in the rate at which our particles orbit and vibrate. We just have to think about it, to make it happen.

Tibetan and Indian yogis, through thought and meditation, can adjust their vibrational rate of matter.

They can also no longer feel heat or cold, since their particles are then no longer, within this reality.

They become less dense than air, and buoyancy makes them easily levitate, just like UFOs.

And some Indian yogis, have even disappeared, just like UFOs.

1.12 How to see and record ghosts, interdimensional beings, and UFOs

Ghosts and beings from other dimensions, can sometimes initially appear like gases to us, but they are not.

Like for gases, their molecules are more spaced out.

But their particles are also of a different size, vibrating slower or faster, while keeping their molecular structures intact.

Since this is kind of a similar phenomenon, to a solid turning into a liquid, and then a gas, cameras making gases visible, could help to see ghosts and such beings.

And so are infrared cameras to see the lower dimensions, and ultraviolet cameras or filters, to see the higher dimensions.

But truly, as their electromagnetic spectrum is different than ours, we would need technology made of matter, with particles orbiting and vibrating, either slower or faster.

But sometimes it works, when two realities kind of adjust to each other, and partially merge together.

Those are usually the identified haunted areas, or zones where many paranormal phenomena, are being reported.

Under certain conditions, interdimensional worlds interconnect.

Perhaps due to a change in air pressure, temperature, geomagnetic and electromagnetic fields, beams of interdimensional light, sound waves of specific frequencies, and who knows what else.

Many people who go missing in our world, might have moved on to other dimensions.

Likely they are fine, and live very much like we do, along with others, who have also disappeared, through the years.

Maybe we can find ways to bring them back.

When we are not in areas, where two realities are kind of adjusted to each other, any recordings of paranormal phenomena, might need to be speeded up or slowed down, in order to make sense.

This adjustment of the speed of the recordings, when it comes to ghosts and spirits, would also apply to anyone studying communication, between mice, birds and insects, as these recordings, would probably also need to be slowed down.

While communication between reptiles, and other animals moving in slow motion, should be speeded up.

As for plants and trees, or even rocks, who knows?

And if the recording, needs to be played backwards to make sense, my guess is that, what was recorded, was a recording being played in reverse.

Not only, everything around us has a consciousness, but it also has a memory.

Or at the very least, the capacity to store recordings of voices and events, like in rocks, which can be played back under certain circumstances, for example during cyclical hauntings.

Some hauntings do appear to be like a movie, or an audio recording, just being played back, over and over again, depending on the conditions.

And sometimes, perhaps it is being played back in reverse.

You will note that, beings from the lower dimensions, are often reported as having red lights for eyes, such as the Mothman, the Bigfoot, and demons.

This is most probably because, they see the infrared spectrum of light.

While from the higher dimensions, they have eyes resembling huge lenses, like flies and the Greys have, and they probably see the ultraviolet spectrum.

Infrared and ultraviolet light, just like other radiant forms of energy, lay outside what is for us visible light.

We can’t see it, although some people and some animals do.

Some interdimensional beings, seem capable of manipulating what we see, and what we experience.

They appear able to play with our mind, and recreate environments at will.

We should always be cautious, not to believe everything they say, or everything we see.

No doubt many of them are benevolent, are here to help, and in time gave us many clues.

But they never seem to tell us enough, for us to understand anything important.

In the end, it seems that we must figure everything out, for ourselves.

1.13 In time all particles orbit slightly faster, as we continually move into higher dimensions

The inner expansion of matter – which expands at the same universal expansion rate, in all interdimensional worlds – is a process which is entirely invisible to us.

It could be said, that there is no expansion at all, in our resulting reality.

Most of the natural acceleration within orbits discussed earlier, and the enlargement of the orbital rings, does not affect the interdimensional density of matter, or the size of particles and objects, within our resulting reality.

However, a tiny part of this process, is visible and measurable, due to a relative motion effect.

Most likely, it is involving a permanent ongoing slingshot effect, creating a constant small acceleration, of all particles.

And so, in time, particles and objects orbit faster, and grow slightly more, even in our resulting reality.

As time goes by, not only all particles orbit slightly faster, but also all orbits enlarge slightly more, all particles and objects become larger, and the time rate marginally accelerates, as we constantly move into higher dimensions.

Which makes any time and place in history, its very own dimension, where matter vibrates, at a unique frequency, or unique resonance.

It is said that we would appear as beings of light, to people of the 18th century, because we now vibrate faster.

We would also now be taller than they were, and made of matter, of a lesser interdimensional density.

The Earth getting slightly larger in time, albeit less dense, in the interdimensional sense, is responsible for the continental drift.

Which is all the continents, continually moving away from each other, by a few centimetres every year.

It also explains why all the continents fit together, as if they once covered a smaller planet, without any ocean.

The Earth, and all the other planets and moons, used to be much smaller, than they are today.

But back then, they were effectively in lower dimensional worlds.

You can check out videos of Neal Adams online proving it:

www.youtube.com/@nealadamsdotcom

This is also why dinosaurs and pterodactyls, could naturally grow so large, while still being able to move and fly easily.

In Atomic Expansion Theory, where gravity depends on size, a significantly smaller planet, leads to less gravity and weight, despite matter being denser, in the interdimensional sense.

Also, it justifies all these talks about a New Earth, or moving to a new and better Earth, in higher dimensions.

As time goes by, the vibrational rate of the matter of the Earth, is continually rising.

The question is, is our own personal individual frequency, also rising with the one of the Earth?

Could one day, many people vibrating faster, simply disappear?

While leaving behind others, vibrating more slowly, on the Old Earth?

Ultimately, everything is possible.

Because everything is pretty much happening in our mind.

This world is psychological in nature, it is just like a dream.

But a dream that we can control consciously, through our thoughts and our consciousness.

However, we need to realise it, and work at imagining and creating, the world that we want to live in.

1.14 Why time and space are an illusion, and how to instantaneously travel anywhere in time

And finally, let’s look at Universal Relativity, which is the theory of relative motion of Expansion Theory, replacing Einstein’s Special Relativity.

Our reality being psychological in nature, or if you wish, some kind of virtual reality, means that there is no time or space in this universe.

Time is just a convention. It will only work in the here and now, while we remain ignorant of the true nature of our reality, without pushing any boundaries.

But as soon as we start going out there, a better measure would be the vibrational rate of matter.

Or the frequency, or the resonance of matter, which is unique to anyone or anything, in any time and place, in any dimension.

As for space, objects moving towards us, are simply expanding, from our point of view.

And objects moving away from us, are just shrinking away from us. They don’t cover any distance.

Just like moving objects in a virtual or simulated world, or moving objects in a dream, don’t cover any distance.

Instead, objects expand or contract, compared to other objects, to give the impression of motion.

It is all an optical illusion.

Objects and people, don’t really expand or contract with motion, they only relatively appear to do so.

And if you think about it long enough, you will realise, that this is the logical conclusion, of motion being relative to the point of view.

Thus, everything is more or less located here, all around us.

It is not surprising therefore, how some UFOs can travel anywhere in the universe, or across interdimensional worlds, or travel in time, instantaneously.

They simply adjust the rate, at which their particles are orbiting, which shrinks or expands them instantly, to any particular time and place in history, which all vibrate, at a unique frequency.

Knowing our exact resonance, at any particular time and place, they can even jump into our mind.

Whether it is in our own bubble reality, while we are awake, or in our dreams, while we are asleep, as these are just other dimensions.

Overall, and let’s never forget it, everything is just electric and electromagnetic signals, floating around and being exchanged, between all consciousnesses, which are interpreted by our brain, to construct the realities we experience.

All realities are just camouflage.

The ultimate real reality behind the scenes, must simply be a world of neutrinos and electrons, filled with electric and electromagnetic signals.

Under hypnosis, such a world is often described. It is said to be, like a primordial world.

It is like being out in space, with no planets, suns or galaxies, but just small soft lights, here and there.

It appears to look like, the electronic world of a computer processor.

But who knows, since it could be interpreted in many ways.

And there could be other levels of reality beyond that.

Also, depending on which beings we are dealing with, they may have limits, just like we do, as to which vibrational rates or frequencies, they can achieve.

So, if you are rather rested, happy and peaceful, and therefore vibrating faster, you might be safe from beings from the lower dimensions.

But then, watch out for the ones from the higher dimensions!

There are proofs that these theories are correct, and this is just the beginning of an explanation.

If your head is still not spinning, there is plenty more to uncover, in the book New Age Physics: The New Physics of the Future.

Roland Michel Tremblay Catch Up and Interview

https://youtu.be/q-i8CxH_Cuc

Atomic Expansion Theory Full Interview - A Theory of Everything

https://youtu.be/8lj1F8UqPc8

TWO

New Age Physics Introduction

2.1 New Age Physics - A working and credible Theory of Everything

New Age Physics by Roland Michel Tremblay, a theory of everything published in 2022, has been written for people without any background in physics, or at least with only a basic knowledge, since Atomic Expansion Theory re-writes the entire physics, and the mechanics of our physical world are now far easier to understand.

It is a credible and all-encompassing theory, uniting all four main forces of nature, through the simple principle of the expansion and contraction of matter. Two substantial books have already been written on the subject, and it has the potential to usher in a new industrial revolution. Here are two interviews on YouTube, but the book is far more up to date:

Roland Michel Tremblay Catch Up and Interview

https://youtu.be/q-i8CxH_Cuc

Atomic Expansion Theory Full Interview - A Theory of Everything

https://youtu.be/8lj1F8UqPc8

Essentially, we have reached the point in physics where, to keep Einstein at our firmament, we had to invent extraordinary unlikely concepts, such as: dark matter, dark energy, gravitational waves, graviton particles, Big Bang, black holes, and singularities, otherwise none of our models would work.

The scientific thing to do, would be to declare that Einstein was wrong on all of his theories, and move on in search for new models. However, there is still nothing credible in our science, to replace him with.

We could erase Einstein and go back to Newton, but there are significant issues there too. No one has found any trace of his attracting force acting at a distance, supposed to be emanating from matter, nor its power source.

As for Quantum Mechanics, no matter how successful it is, it is largely a string of misinterpretations, of observed phenomena in physics, leading to endless claims of spooky occurrences, meaning lacking sensible explanations. It is redressed with new interpretations within Atomic Expansion Theory, from the point of view of the expansion and contraction of matter.

Einstein has put us into a black hole, for well over a century now. All the proofs out there that he was correct, have been misinterpreted by people, who only saw what they wanted to see. Humanity’s future depends on a revolution in physics and chemistry, because there is a lot of potential for discoveries, that could overnight change the world for the better. There are also a lot of powerful vested interests out there, who don’t want anything to change. Consequently, don’t expect this to be peer-reviewed any time soon.

New Age Physics’ subtitle is perhaps telling about the content: Theory of Everything Based on Consciousness, Expansion, Frequency and Density of Matter. Physics Breakthrough in UFOs, Ultraterrestrial Technology and Interdimensional Worlds.

At this point, what good would a theory of everything in physics be, if it still could not explain, what many people have witnessed UFOs accomplish? Or elucidate what these new age concepts, such as interdimensional worlds, are all about? How do we explain ghosts, spirits and ultraterrestrials in science nowadays? Do we?

Wouldn’t it be great if we had a theory of everything in physics, that everyone could comprehend, without the need for a PhD? Which could explain absolutely everything, and most especially the four main forces of nature, which are gravity, the strong and weak nuclear forces of the atoms, and electromagnetic forces?

What if the simple new principle of the expansion and contraction of matter, could explain all these forces and more? By the end of this very introduction, you will have a complete understanding of this new physics.

However, it is not enough for a theory of everything, to unite or explain all four main forces of nature, if we cannot also unite particle physics with astrophysics. How could we use the very same equations and physics, to calculate variables, in the very small and the very large?

In a world where matter constantly expands, it is likely that all scales of reality are identical, especially when they are so similar. What we see in a microscope, must ultimately be indistinguishable, from what we see in a telescope, since the same laws of nature, drive the motion and formation of matter, no matter the size. And if we do a few adjustments to our current beliefs and models, we can see that both scales are identical after all.

Solar systems are electrons, while planets and stars are neutrinos, and galaxies are atoms. That simple idea, paired with the expansion of matter, driving the motion of everything in the universe, unite the physics at all scales, since all scales are identical.

This will be difficult to accept, because our models of the electrons and the atoms, are nothing like solar systems and galaxies. However, we have never observed them clearly, since they are too small to see.

There are irrefutable proofs that Atomic Expansion Theory is correct, and in time it will be divulged. In the book I discuss the theory itself, and the proofs that I have myself uncovered. So please, have a look at New Age Physics, especially the third chapter, as it contains the short and long summaries of the theory.

2.2 Five types of expansion and contraction of matter to explain the entire physics

New Age Physics is a complete theory of everything, based on five different types of expansion and contraction of matter, which should open the doors of science, to rival anything related to ultraterrestrial technology.

This includes levitating large stones and spaceships, through the buoyancy of matter of a lesser density, traveling anywhere in the universe instantaneously, and even time travel.

The same laws of physics, can now be applied to both the very small and the very large, where moons, planets and suns, are respectively sub-neutrinos, neutrinos and super-neutrinos. Anything smaller, such as asteroids, comets and rocks, are sub-sub-neutrinos. While electrons are solar systems, atoms are galaxies, and clusters of galaxies form cosmic molecules, composing objects and beings, at a yet higher scale universe.

Just like in particle physics, we will find that rogue planets orbit between solar systems, and rogue solar systems orbit between galaxies, and between clusters of galaxies, linking them together to form larger objects.

At the smaller scale, although there must be an even smaller scale universe, and despite the sub-sub-neutrinos, the neutrino is the only fundamental particle in existence, all other particles are made of neutrinos. Just like planets, moons and suns, are the only fundamental objects in the universe, since solar systems and galaxies, are composed of orbiting planets, moons and suns.

And just like planets, neutrinos are made of matter and have a mass. Any particle annihilation or destruction, does not lead to puffs of energy. It actually leads to clouds or clusters of neutrinos, and/or electrons, flying in all directions, which gather kinetic energy with motion.

As for protons, neutrons and photons, they are clusters of electrons, interlinked together through orbiting neutrinos. At the higher scale, they are clusters of solar systems, interconnected together through orbiting planets.

Within galaxies, a proton or a neutron would be a bunch of interconnected solar systems, which we might eventually be able to identify, by distinguishing individual groups of solar systems, distanced from each other.

The same is true for groups of galaxies distanced from each other, which would represent cosmic molecules. What we witness in the very small, must also be seen in the very large, and vice versa.

The changing speed at which neutrinos and electrons are orbiting, within and between larger particles, and consequently, the varying size of their orbital rings, correspond to the frequency or vibrational rate of matter, defining the interdimensional density of matter.

The five different types of expansion and contraction of matter, explain the entire physics, governing all realms of existence, even the realms of dreams and thoughts, and interdimensional worlds.

2.2a The first type of expansion and contraction of matter

The first type is the constant inner expansion of matter – the neutrinos, electrons, atoms, molecules, planets, solar systems, galaxies, clusters of galaxies, and the universe – all expand at a constant universal rate of 0.00000077 of proportional size per second square, causing the Earth to expand by 4.9 metres each second. This explains gravity and orbits, through the geometry of expansion, gravity being the changing distance, between expanding objects.

This inner expansion of matter remains unseen by us, since we also expand, along with our measuring instruments. Therefore, for all intents and purposes, there is no expansion in our resulting reality. However, although expansion only happens behind the scenes, we still see and feel the effects of this hidden expansion.

With gravity, it is the distance between the objects, that reduces as an acceleration, while the expansion of all particles and objects, remains constant. But why would the distance reduce as an acceleration, if the expansion is constant?

This is due to a further relative decrease in distance, when calculating gravity, because space does not expand along with the objects. Space always becomes relatively less, once we can no longer see the expansion. What used to be one metre of space, becomes half a metre, after the objects have doubled in size.

In our resulting reality, two objects of one metre in length each, don’t suddenly measure two metres each, after they double in size. They are the same size as before, despite doubling in size behind the scenes. In order for the two objects of one metre in length each, to remain of the same length, even after doubling in size, the space separating them, must become relatively less.

This is an example of relative motion causing an acceleration, in our resulting reality, because of what is happening behind the scenes. And this is precisely why orbiting objects, such as satellites and space stations, naturally accelerate and remain in orbit around the Earth, instead of crashing down back to Earth.

As a result, while the Earth is expanding at 4.9 metres per second, the distance between the ground and a free floating object in the air, reduces as an acceleration of 9.8 metres per second square, as both the Earth and the object expand.

Objects don’t all fall at the same rate. A larger falling object, will reduce the distance faster than a smaller one, because gravity is now measured from surface to surface of expanding objects, and depends on the size of the objects, as well as their constant but proportional expansion rate, instead of their mass.

Despite all the proofs to the contrary, with the limited measurements made here on Earth, even within Newton, where gravity is measured from centre to centre of the objects, and depends on mass, a more massive object should reach the ground faster, than a less massive one.

And so it is for Einstein, because his theory is equivalent to Newton through the Principle of Equivalence, and is also concerned with the mass of the objects, despite being a theory based on the geometry of spacetime, that objects simply follow.

To see this more clearly, just make the measurements of gravity using all three theories – and you can also visualise it – when the two objects falling towards the Sun, are a planet stopped in its orbit, and a marble. In all three cases, the planet will reach the Sun significantly faster than the marble.

How could it be any different, when these theories are based on the mass or the size of the objects? A planet makes a massive indentation in the sheet of spacetime, and so is the Sun. Following that steep curvature of space will be faster, than the small indentation made by the marble. Then, necessarily, mass or size must affect the result, and objects don’t all fall equally, in any of our theories of gravity.

There is usually a direct proportion between the mass and the size of an object, they both depends on how much matter there is contained within the object. But it is not always the case. When it comes to calculate gravity and orbits, a planet made of styrofoam, or made of matter of a lesser density, would bring significantly different results, between Atomic Expansion Theory based on size, and Newton and Einstein based on mass.

While using Newton or Einstein, without knowing that the planet is in fact made of styrofoam, or is made of gases inside instead of being solid, would significantly distort the results of our calculations, because we would overestimate the mass of these planets.

With Atomic Expansion Theory, only size matters, but only as long as it is measured from orbit. Within Atomic Expansion Theory, it must be said that gravity measured on the ground, would change depending on the density of matter, and the centre of mass. And we could not tell from orbit, we would need to measure it directly on the ground.

Expansion is not uniform, it goes from the centre of mass. Because of the original formation of the Earth-Moon system, gravity will be higher on the hidden face of the Moon, because the centre of mass is nearer the Earth, and the density of the Moon becomes gradually less, the further away it is from Earth.

That the density of the Moon is not uniform, and gravity is different depending on where you land, is a prediction of Atomic Expansion Theory. Gravity on the Moon should be a quarter the one of the Earth, and overall it has to be, because it is a quarter of the size of the Earth.

Since it was measured at one sixth by the Apollo missions near side, then the centre of mass must be closer to us, the density must gradually become less, and gravity must be higher on the hidden side, up to one third the gravity of the Earth.

This might explain why several countries failed to land space probes on the Moon, if they assumed that gravity all around the Moon, was uniformly one sixth of the gravity of the Earth.

The expansion of matter also eliminates the need, for the strong nuclear force within the atom, which was required to keep the nucleus together, and prevent all the particles from flying out in all directions. Protons and neutrons in the atom’s nucleus, simply push against each other, in their inner expansion.

While the weak interaction, or radiation, is due to a neutron being an unstable particle by nature, which decays into a more stable proton, an electron, and neutrinos. Particle decay is not so much a mystery, when we accept that protons and neutrons are now composed of electrons, interconnected together through orbiting neutrinos, while the electrons themselves are composed of orbiting neutrinos, and that any object or particle, can easily decompose into its building blocks, causing radiation.

2.2b The second type of growth and shrinkage of matter

The second type of expansion and contraction of matter, is the growth and shrinkage of the electrons, when the neutrinos orbiting within and between the electrons, get excited and move faster, or settle down and move slower, causing the neutrino orbits to enlarge or reduce in size.

This is the crossover effect, when electrons grow (second type of expansion) and move out of the atom, to push and pull against each other in their inner expansion (first type of expansion), equalising in size and numbers when in contact.

As these clouds of interconnected electrons grow in size, they can push back objects and particles as a repelling force, or they can shrink and pull back as an attracting force.

Through the geometry of expansion, and the natural orbit effect, electrons naturally move from where there are surpluses of electrons, to where there are depletions.

Electrons moving either in clouds, clusters, compressed bands, or lines on wires, goes on to explain, respectively: electromagnetism, heat and light, radio signals and microwaves, and electricity.

The first two types of expansion and contraction of matter, unite all four main forces of nature, into a theory of everything.

2.2c The third type of growth and shrinkage of matter

The third type is the growth and shrinkage of the electrons, but within the atom, leading to physical realities, with larger or smaller than normal atoms and molecules, more or less spaced out than usual, and of different vibrational rates and densities of matter. This is how Atomic Expansion Theory, explains other dimensional worlds and beings.

There are other realities out there, made of either larger or smaller electrons, atoms, and molecules, where neutrinos and electrons are orbiting slower or faster than normal, with smaller or larger orbital rings, which we cannot see or interact with.

But under certain circumstances, either naturally or through technology, the vibrational rate of the matter between these worlds, can equalise. Which is when we start seeing paranormal phenomena, such as ultraterrestrials, who apparently have been living here on Earth, sharing the same space as us, since time immemorial.

The process causing the expansion of all matter behind the scenes, will be discussed shortly, in the section about gravity and orbits. But for now, most of the natural acceleration within orbits, and the enlargement of orbital rings, does not affect the interdimensional density of matter, or the size of particles and objects, within our resulting reality. But a tiny part of this process is, and in time, particles and objects orbit faster, and grow slightly more, even in our resulting reality.

Consequently, as time goes by, all particles orbit slightly faster, all orbits enlarge slightly more, all particles and objects become larger, and the time rate marginally accelerates, as we constantly move into higher dimensions. Which makes any time and place in history, its very own dimension, where matter vibrates at a unique frequency, or unique resonance.

It is said that we would appear as beings of light, to people of the 18th century, because we now vibrate faster. We would also now be taller than they were, and made of matter of a lesser density.

The Earth getting slightly larger in time, albeit less dense, is responsible for the continental drift. This also explains why all continents fit together, as if they once covered the entire planet. The Earth used to be much smaller than it is today.

This is also why dinosaurs and pterodactyls, could naturally grow so large, while still being able to move and fly easily. In Atomic Expansion Theory, where gravity depends on size, a smaller planet leads to less gravity and weight, despite matter being denser. You could say that the Earth grows in time, and so are we.

2.2d The fourth type of expansion and contraction of matter

The fourth type is the instantaneous expansion, of our psychophysical individual bubble realities, from our consciousness and brain, like individual computers do on a network.

Altogether, we build an interconnected collective reality, more or less the same, and more akin to a virtual world, that we instantaneously expand out there, from our brain.

This world can only be perceived, through electromagnetic and electrical signals, received and interpreted by our brain. And we don’t individually all see the same things, as can be attested by persons who are schizophrenic, or people taking psychedelic drugs.

Even hypnosis can render invisible, someone standing right in front of you. And you would be able to tell the time, from a watch held behind that person. Plus, there are several reports of mass hallucinations. As a result, any reality out there, can only exist in our mind.

And this led to the question, if there is no one in the forest, is a falling tree really falling? The falling tree only exists as a blueprint or patterns floating around. If there is no one in the woods, including animals, bugs or other living vegetation, the tree is not physically falling. But the next time we go for a walk, our brain will pick up the blueprint or patterns, and re-create the fallen tree for us to see.

It could be said that these blueprints and patterns, are like the codes of a computer programme, which we use to create reality, but only when there is a need to do so, like when we are standing there in the woods.

Our consciousness must exist outside our reality, since it is the source of our physical reality. While our brain, must be part of the illusion. And because we all have our own bubble reality, interconnected to others, each of us are the centre of our own universe.

Just like with dreams, our physical reality is more like a multitude of different bubble realities, that multiply as we make choices. Reality is much flimsier than we believe, despite seeming so permanent. But our power to change it through thoughts and will, is great, especially when done in large groups. But even individually, we are powerful.

Strong emotions, determination, and belief that we can affect reality, are key. Wishing and repeating these six things, without being specific, and without trying too hard, usually resolves everything within one’s existence, after a short while: love, happiness, peace, health, wealth, freedom.

There is free will, nothing is pre-determined, and in fact, everything is constantly changing: the past, the present and the future. As the past changes, our memories of past events change with it.

This is just like in dreams, where we have previous memories, accompanying an event happening in the present, and they change depending on the event or dream. If you pay attention to your dreams, you will realise that sometimes, you do have a baggage of memories, of what happened before the moment you are experiencing. If it were not the case, it would be difficult to understand what is happening, because there would be no context.

Have you ever wondered how this was possible, and if perhaps our memories while awake, are not as real and immanent as we thought? How can we be sure that we have really lived, what we remember having lived?

This is what is meant by the expression that there is only a spacious present, or that only the present truly exists, since both the past and the future are constantly changing. This is also why there is not much point, in having regrets or remorse about anything, and why we should live more in the present moment, than the past or the future.

Any old prophecy in the scriptures, of an imminent apocalypse, could change at any time, and no longer predict any such event, through our simple belief that it will never happen.

For example, if we decide against starting World War Three, then Nostradamus, while in the past, could never see it happening in the future. He would therefore see something else, and write his predictions differently. In the present, there would be no more prediction of World War Three for us to read about.

However, sometimes the whole idea of prophecies is to make them self-fulfilling, and were originally written, while no such events were actually in our future. A very large group of people, firmly believing that the apocalypse is coming, because they have been told that it was coming, will make it come true. At which point, the apocalypse is suddenly in our future, and the prophecy itself, has created the very event it predicted.

Prophecies are very insidious, but it also tells us the path we’re on, unless we change our state of mind, which can change the past, the present and the future. We would not know that events have changed, but if we pay very close attention to it, sometimes our intuition can tell, especially when we consciously help make it happen.

This explains déjà vu, and also the Mandela Effect, which describes a situation in which a person or a group of people, have a false memory of an event, such as believing a known personality is dead, when it is not the case, while clearly remembering all the details, and when they heard the news.

The expression comes from the paranormal researcher Fiona Broome, who reported having vivid and detailed memories of news coverage, of Nelson Mandela dying in prison in the 1980s. I personally clearly remember reading all about the death of Céline Dion’s husband, in a magazine in France, years before he actually died.

We need to understand how these mechanisms of existence work, because optimism, and keeping a positive outlook about life, can help a great deal to make the world a better place. At all times we are free to create the world we want, no matter the past, or any prediction or prophecy in existence.

We cannot see or interact with other dimensional worlds, because we are not attuned to these frequencies of matter, just like a radio picks up only one station at a time. Our consciousness and brain, do not create these worlds for us to see, within our own bubble reality. Our particles would first need to vibrate at these specific frequencies, or in other words, orbit at these specific speeds.

This is why ghosts and spirits, standing in front of a crowd, can only be seen by certain people, while the others remain oblivious to their existence. And you might wonder, why a video camera could record such apparitions, if it is all in our mind.

The blueprints and patterns are there, and the consciousness of these ghosts and spirits are there as well. However, our brain will re-create it in one way, the person next to us might not re-create it at all, a mouse and a cat present at the scene will re-create it in a different way, and a video camera will record it in yet another way.

The camera is part of the re-creation of our psychophysical reality, so it can record what we create. And then, we send signals to others about what has been recorded, so the blueprint and patterns will exist, for everyone to re-create the recording in their mind, next time they watch it.

It is easier to understand how it works, when looking at it from the point of view of an open world, that people play and share on a game console, on a network. This is not to say that our reality is a computer programme, it is just very similar. But who really knows?

2.2e The fifth type of expansion and contraction of matter

And the fifth type is Universal Relativity, the expansion and contraction of matter, due to relative motion. Objects only ever expand or reduce in size as they move, in a universe without distance, where everything is located here around us.

Elephants running towards us don’t cover any distance, they are simply enlarging in size towards us. Likewise, as they pass us by and run away, they are simply shrinking away from us. This would be expected, in a psychological or virtual reality, or a simulated world, or a holographic universe.

We can move anywhere instantaneously, at any particular time in history, by simply vibrating at the frequency, or resonance, of that particular time and place. In other words, by adjusting the speed and cycles of our particles, which define our relative size, our location, the time and date, and the interdimensional time rate. This is how we will instantaneously travel in the future, and possibly even travel in time.

It is also all very instinctive, often we simply need to think about it, to make it happen. We don’t necessarily need to know the specific resonance of a time and place, unless we are using technology to get there. And calculating the specific resonance of a certain time and place in the past, present or future, to adjust the speed of our particles, should be within our capabilities.

This is just the core of the theory, the beginning of what it all means, and how it could change the world.

2.3 UFOs, interdimensional worlds and beings

Although in Atomic Expansion Theory, the Many-Worlds Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics is gone, there are still parallel universes, as many as our mind can create, in this psychophysical universe, shaped by our consciousness.

Our realities and planes of existence, including dreams, thoughts, and other dimensional worlds, are entirely made of neutrinos, that go on to form electrons, atoms and molecules, whether we can see these realities through our five external senses, or through our internal senses. And depending on the senses we use to look at a reality, we can perceive it as more concrete, or more intangible, when they are in fact the same.

It is said that all planets of the solar system, are inhabited by interdimensional beings. All interdimensional worlds are tangible physical realities, and are seen as such by the beings inhabiting them.

Although, looking at the fourth density world from our own perspective, would show it to be more like a gaseous reality. These beings would see the Sun, and the gas giants Jupiter and Saturn, very differently than we do. They may be more solid than gaseous, from their perspective.

We are all interconnected, on a subconscious level, through electrical and electromagnetic signals, that our brain emits and receives. Consequently, we all build relatively the same collective reality, giving it the illusion of permanence.

The real reality behind the scenes, of our world and all interdimensional worlds, must therefore be a realm of neutrinos and electrons, carrying electrical and electromagnetic signals, precisely like a Wi-Fi network does.

It is not surprising that our technology resembles the true nature of reality, since it is made of the same components and materials, and is based on the same principles and laws of nature.

UFOs can easily fly and float, and we can build anti-gravity devices, through changing the interdimensional density of matter, where objects less dense than air, are immediately pushed up above the atmosphere, through buoyancy.

Anything that is less dense, is immediately pushed up above what is denser, like a helium balloon under water, or in the air. This might even work to easily push a spaceship, out of the solar system.

A UFO can float over the Earth, like a fly can float within a moving car, with no opened windows. The air contained within, moves with the car, pushing the fly along with it, which prevents it from ending up splattered, on the back window. As a result, the fly can freely fly around, as if the car was not moving.

In its expansion, the Earth is pushing all the air upwards, pushing the UFO – of the same density as air – along with it, which is seen as anti-gravity. That same push on the air from the expanding planet, keeps the atmosphere from escaping into space, and affects weather patterns.

Therefore, UFOs don’t need to use a mean of propulsion or energy to float around, once they reach the right interdimensional density. And then, they use electromagnetism to navigate, using powerful growing and shrinking clouds of electrons, to pull and push against everything else around, over long distances. When a ship weighs nothing, propelling it is effortless, and may very well be silent.

Interdimensional worlds and other planes of existence, are defined by the frequency, meaning the number of times or cycles, at which neutrinos and electrons are orbiting, within and between atoms and molecules. The interdimensional density of matter change, when the electrons, atoms and molecules’ vibrational rate, size and spacing, vary, while keeping their molecular structures intact.

We know from the Tibetan Yogis, that thought and will can affect our own vibrational rate and density of matter, to the point that we can levitate in the air, and become insensitive to cold and warm temperatures.

The key to achieve it through technology, is to affect the speed of the neutrinos, so the electrons grow or shrink without leaving the atoms, and without directly affecting the atoms and the molecules.

Otherwise, what we would get if we only affect the space between the molecules, for example through heat and pressure, is simply solids moving to liquids and gases, and the molecular structure losing coherence.

Clouds of electrons, such as in electromagnetic and electric fields, capable of adding neutrinos and electrons within the atoms, or getting them out, therefore causing the growth or shrinkage of the electrons, is the answer to change the vibrational rate and interdimensional density of matter.

Dimension in this discussion, refers to the size of the particles, and not to some mathematical concept of geometrical shapes, such as hyperspheres and tesseracts. Dimensional worlds are more related to the density of matter, than seeing the world in more dimensions than height, length and width.

Although humans can travel to the fourth dimensional world, there is an issue upon the return, about remembering what occurred while there. It is just like a dream, that we immediately need to remember, or else the memory is gone. So you better document your trip, bring a video camera, and immediately review it upon your return.

Anyone experiencing time gaps, might be spending time in other dimensions, without even realising it. Not only that, but you could find yourself in the fourth density world, and although there would be a few differences, such as larger vegetation or strange animals, you might not even recognise the switch, as it might very well look like the third dimensional world.

Many people mysteriously disappear every year, and they may now be living alone in their own dimension, or in small communities of humans who also vanished, or with interdimensional beings. Thus, it could be a common occurrence, that we’re just not aware of.

The Mothman, Bigfoot, mysterious beings, ghosts and spirits, different dimensional worlds, and world densities sharing the same space, are all discussed in New Age Physics, and are possibly now accessible to us. Is humanity truly being enslaved, by beings from other dimensional worlds? It is possible, and with this new physics, we should finally be able to fight back.

Time is not relative nor a dimension, as Einstein claimed. Time ticks the same everywhere within our own dimension, plus or minus small discrepancies, that can be explained by physical stress, and other environmental factors.

However, interdimensional time is relative, since time is relative to the vibrational rate of matter. The speed at which our particles are orbiting, dictates our time rate, or our perception of time, and the dimension we exist in.

A fly vibrating at 250 Hz, moves in fast forward, compared to us vibrating at 50-60 Hz. While tortoises vibrating at 15 Hz, move in slow motion. Flies and tortoises are moving in different dimensions than ours, ones that we can still see and interact with, and so they are still a part of our third dimensional world.

It explains why insects can walk on ceilings and walls, why flying bumblebees can support their own weight, despite their small wings, and why some spiders can fly huge distances over the ocean, without even having wings. They are slightly less dense than air, or just about the same. And the expansion of walls and ceilings, is enough gravity pushing back, for them to walk upside down without effort.

This also explains how possessed people can levitate, why demons can crawl on ceilings, and how blood or water drops can go upwards instead of downwards. That is, if we can believe everything we see in films.

Insects, animals, beings, and objects, vibrating faster or slower than flies and tortoises, can simply disappear from our view, and we can no longer interact with them. But they still share the same space as ours, just like different gases can intertwine with normal air in the atmosphere.

This explains the mysterious flying rods, only seen in photos and videos in slow motion. They are insects vibrating too fast, for us to see and interact with. And it does not take much, for even normal insects, while in flight, to simply disappear from our view. We can’t even see the full motion of a bird moving its head, it seems to us to be moving in jerk moves.

It is likely that anyone who is psychic, simply has particles orbiting faster. Psychic mediums are of a different density of matter, and as a consequence, they see and interact better with the interdimensional worlds around us.

Anyone with particles orbiting faster than normal, should be able to achieve much more in a day’s work, than others. Which is why we often encounter people, who can do a lot of work in a short time, which might appear impossible at first sight.

These people are not working faster than us, at least not from their point of view, they simply vibrate faster. And as a consequence, they move faster than us, and can accomplish more work than us, in a same amount of time. Just like a fly, moving four times faster, has ample time to move away, before we can catch it. Mayflies may only live a short time, but only from our point of view.

If you were to speak with interdimensional beings in the morning, and again in the afternoon, depending on the dimensional world they are in, an entire year might have passed for them. The question is, would the Earth have gone around the Sun for them, during their year?

If we are all sharing the same space, and the only difference is the speed of our particles, and as a consequence, the interdimensional density of matter, then their planets would not suddenly orbit faster than ours.

Just like for the flies, they still exist on the same Earth as us, which goes at the same speed around the Sun. If their planets were suddenly orbiting faster, their orbital rings would be far larger than ours. We could not then share the same space, and we would not encounter them so often.

We can no longer deny the existence of interdimensional worlds and beings. There is a large library of books discussing it, with countless reports, documentaries, and witness accounts. The ignorance or avoidance of the subject, and the ridiculing of the witnesses and their investigators, does not make it untrue. It is time for these phenomena to be studied more seriously, and to finally be explained by science.

2.4 Gravity, orbits, attracting and repelling forces

Gravity is the changing distance between expanding particles and/or objects. The Atomic and Subatomic Expansion Equation, can be used to calculate gravity, whether we are measuring it between two asteroids, between two sub-sub-neutrinos, or between an asteroid and a sub-sub-neutrino.

The reason is, the constant inner expansion rate, of every object and particle in the universe, is the same everywhere, no matter the scale, or the dimensional world. If it were not the case, some particles or objects, would rapidly expand out of proportion, or contract to nothingness, compared to the rest of the universe.

We might be tempted to think that, with gravity, the distance between objects always reduces, but it is not always the case. Objects could be moving away from each other at high speed, in opposite directions. And while the distance between them would still reduce, due to their inner expansion, what we would observe, is an increasing distance between them. In this case, gravity is slowing the increasing distance between the objects. Which is why gravity is a changing distance, instead of a reduction in distance.

Attracting and repelling forces, are due to the changing speed and orbit’s size, of smaller particles or objects, orbiting between larger ones, keeping them apart, and counteracting gravity.

For example, two solar systems are interconnected, through planets orbiting between them. As the planets and suns are constantly expanding, the distance between everything constantly reduces, which is gravity.

However, the planets are orbiting around the suns, and between the solar systems, and their orbital rings also constantly enlarge, along with the inner expansion of their components. These enlarging orbits are counteracting gravity, which is still operating in the background.

We would only notice a reduction in distance between two solar systems, if they were not interconnected together, through orbiting planets between them, keeping them apart. But then, they would probably be too far apart, to make much of a difference. As soon as two solar systems get near each other, they start exchanging planets, because of the balancing act, of the geometry of expansion.

If more planets were to come into the entire system from outside, all the original planets would instantly start to accelerate, no matter where they are, because their paths would automatically follow the new geometry. Their orbital rings would also enlarge – even more than the enlarging due to the inner expansion – both solar systems would move apart despite gravity, and this would be perceived as a repelling force.

If for some reason, many planets are knocked off the entire system, the remaining planets would slow down, their orbital rings would shrink, and both solar systems would get closer together, which would be perceived as an attracting force.

You can replace the words solar systems with electrons, suns with super-neutrinos, and planets with neutrinos, and everything will remain true. If you have two clouds of interconnected electrons, all enlarging at once, or all shrinking at once, when they come into contact and exchange neutrinos, and equalise in size and numbers, then you have magnetic and/or electrical fields, that can either attract or repel other particles or objects.

This is the difference between the attracting force of gravity, and the attracting and repelling forces in magnetism and electromagnetism, which depend on a network of interconnected orbiting objects or particles, keeping larger ones apart.

2.5 The four different perspectives required to understand gravity and orbits

Both gravity and orbits are a part of the same phenomenon, and are a result of the geometry of expansion, and the natural orbit effect, where different perspectives must be considered, to understand the resulting reality:

- The first perspective is the God’s viewpoint, if we could see the expansion of matter behind the scenes, where distance reduces between the objects or particles, as they expand. In this perspective, there is no gravity or relative motion affecting the objects or particles.

- The second perspective is our resulting reality, where there is no expansion that can be seen, since we are also expanding, except that we still experience the result of the first perspective: the distance reduction between objects or particles, which is gravity.

- The third perspective is the re-established expansion, but after the relative effects of the second perspective, which is useful to understand how orbital rings enlarge, and the natural accelerations and decelerations of orbiting objects or particles.

- The fourth perspective can be useful, in our thought experiments and comparisons, which is objects or particles passing each other in space, if there were no expansion, gravity or orbits.

For example, from the God’s viewpoint, the expanding Moon may be moving away in a straight line, from the expanding Earth, while still going fast enough, to escape the distance reduction due to the expansion, but not fast enough to escape altogether. In effect, the distance between them remains more or less the same.

Once we can no longer see this expansion, what we see in our resulting reality, is a normal stable orbit of the Moon around the Earth, where the distance remains more or less the same.

Once you eliminate expansion, you see a natural orbit effect, where objects simply circle each other. From this perspective, it is hard to tell what might cause a natural acceleration of the Moon, in its orbit around the Earth, or to see that the orbit is actually enlarging.

In an elliptical orbit, the distance reduction, or gravity, brings back Mercury towards the Sun. But since, in the first perspective, Mercury is moving away, perhaps in a straight line, fast enough to escape the expansion of the Sun, then Mercury goes around the Sun in a slingshot effect, where relative motion accelerates it. It continues on its course, decelerating away from the Sun, until the expansion catches up with it once more, and Mercury comes back towards the Sun for another slingshot.

This is how the geometry of expansion, accelerates satellites and all orbiting objects, through a slingshot effect. And the effect is the same for circular orbits. Plus, the distance reduction between expanding objects, reduces as an acceleration, as explained previously. This shows, how orbits and gravity are linked, and part of the same phenomenon.

But from this second perspective, without expansion, the orbit seems completely stable. We see an acceleration, followed by a deceleration, that appears to cancel out the acceleration.

We don’t see that, every time Mercury swings around the Sun, it gains a bit more acceleration than previously, which is the nature of the slingshot effect, and which causes the orbital ring of Mercury to enlarge.

The enlargement of the orbital rings of all the planets, causes the entire solar system to expand, at a constant rate. But remember, we don’t see this expansion in the second perspective, which is our resulting reality.

To get back to the Moon in orbit around the Earth, re-instating the expansion after the relative effects, shows that the Moon, while expanding, is now orbiting in an enlarging spiralling orbit around the Earth, counteracting the Earth’s expansion.

The Earth is proportionally expanding four times faster than the Moon, because it is four times the size. So to keep more or less the same distance, the Moon must be moving away in a spiral, that constantly enlarges, which corresponds to the acceleration of the orbit, which causes the expansion of all orbital rings.

From this third perspective, it is easier to understand how the orbital rings are enlarging in spirals, and that all orbits naturally accelerate or decelerate objects, depending on the geometry of the moment. There are also other phenomena, accelerations and decelerations, that can be better understood from this third perspective.

With these different and equal views of what is happening, we can explain all phenomena witnessed in the universe, not only in the cosmos – where everything moves slowly from our perspective – but also in particle physics, where everything moves extremely fast.

2.6 The best proof for Atomic Expansion Theory, the physics of a falling suspended slinky

Here is another example of seeing in different perspectives, which is in fact the best proof for Atomic Expansion Theory. You can search on YouTube for videos of a suspended slinky falling in slow motion, where you will see an experiment with people, holding a stretched slinky from the top of a building. When they drop it, something amazing happens, that cannot be explained by Einstein or Newton’s theories of gravity.

The base of the slinky levitates in the air, immobile, until the released top reaches the base, and only then, the entire slinky starts falling to the ground. For a super large slinky, it is rather striking, it takes several long seconds before the slinky, appears to remember that gravity exists.

There are two extremely puzzling issues here. The first, when a stretched spring held at both ends is suddenly freed, both ends must come back together. One end cannot remain immobile, while the other end comes back.

The second problem is, why is the slinky levitating in the air? It should immediately start falling, even if it is stretching back, otherwise it defies gravity.

Attempts to explain this in Standard Physics range from, waiting for information to come from the top of the slinky to reach the base, before starting to fall. Or a centre of gravity nearer the bottom end, somehow makes the slinky defy gravity. Or an unstretched slinky horizontally, which does not stretch back completely, can have an end remaining immobile, while the other end is coming back, when it is hit with a stick.

This last demonstration is very different from the first experiment, where the slinky is stretched, and two forces are holding it at both ends. There is a force holding the slinky at the top, and there is a force of gravity stretching it downwards. A more accurate demonstration, would have been to pull the slinky by one end, while the rest would stretch due to the acceleration. Then, once freed, we would have seen that both ends come back together.

In all cases, the explanations are unconvincing, the slinky is simply defying gravity, by magically levitating in the air. How are we to explain this puzzling phenomenon, then?

First, since it is common sense, that both ends of the slinky are actually coming back together, then logically the bottom end must be going upwards, while the top end is going downwards. We just don’t see it.

Second, since it is common sense that once dropped, gravity – a decrease in distance between the falling object and the ground – should instantly be happening, then logically it must be, while we just cannot see it.

Why don’t we see it? Because we need to look at it from the first perspective of Atomic Expansion Theory, the God’s viewpoint, where we can see the expansion.

What is really happening behind the scenes, is the expansion of the Earth is pushing upwards the person holding the top of the slinky, and the stretch corresponds precisely to this expansion rate. Therefore, when the slinky is dropped, the bottom end is moving upwards, at the exact same rate as the expansion of the planet.

This is why the base of the slinky appears to be levitating in the air immobile, when in fact, the bottom end is going up, while there is actually a decrease in distance immediately happening, between the slinky and the Earth.

The expanding ground is approaching the slinky, while it is free floating in the air, so the slinky does not defy gravity. However, it can only be seen and understood from the first perspective, where we can see the expansion of the planet.

This experiment clearly shows how a theory of gravity that is based on geometry, exerts no force whatsoever on any falling object. They simply float there in the air, while expansion catches up with them. Raindrops and snowflakes don’t fall to the ground, the Earth expands towards them.

Einstein’s Theory of General Relativity is also geometry based, and we could be tempted to think that, in this experiment, the slinky is likewise free floating in the air, while the base is going up, and therefore, this is the reason why the slinky is not falling immediately. But this would still be a magical levitation defying gravity.

With Einstein, the raindrops and the snowflakes immediately fall to the ground, following the curvature of spacetime. And Einstein’s Principle of Equivalence to Newton, means that it is equivalent to a force acting upon them. The curvature of spacetime is like a steep slope, that objects instantly follow. Even if the base was going up, the entire slinky would immediately start falling.

Remember, the slinky is perfectly immobile in the air for several seconds. Only the expansion of the Earth behind the scenes, at the same rate that the base is moving upwards, can perfectly explain what we see.

And more importantly, we can see that gravity works immediately. There is an instant distance reduction between the slinky and the ground, and we simply don’t see it, because the slinky is moving upwards at the same rate.

Gravity and orbits don’t wait for information, that takes time to arrive from elsewhere, before they start happening when the geometry changes. Like it would be with Einstein, where the slinky would refuse to go down a steep slope, for several long seconds, while the slinky is stretching back. There is no clear explanation within Einstein, to explain why the slinky would defy gravity, and magically levitate in the air.

2.7 The formation of planets, solar systems, galaxies, neutrinos, electrons, and atoms

And now, for the last example, let’s have a look at how planets, solar systems, galaxies, neutrinos, electrons and atoms form.

In all cases, it is just a question of a lot of matter agglomerating in a same location, through the expansion of everything, and all distances decreasing, until a massive ball of matter collapses, under its own weight and pressure. It then erupts, through internal matter squeezing out at both poles, following the path of least resistance.

These two jets of matter, are the reason why solar systems, galaxies, electrons, atoms, and the rings of Saturn, are mostly flat objects. Although, when they move extremely fast in the very small, they may appear to be spherical, while they are not.

And of course, there are exceptions, and some galaxies are not flat. They must have had jets of matter ejected in more than two directions, or more likely, they collapsed with other galaxies.

And then slowly, with the expansion causing motion, natural orbits form, and all the matter shapes up into orbiting components. For solar systems and electrons, which move more rapidly, the orbiting expanding matter shapes up into orbiting planets and neutrinos. But for galaxies and atoms rotating more slowly, the two jets of ejected matter at both poles, form into long arms. And a further explosion, might add two more arms in time.

The closer to the galactic centre, the faster matter orbits, just like planets closer to the Sun, orbit faster than the ones further away. Consequently, in time, the galactic arms twists into spirals, because matter nearer the centre orbits faster, while matter further away orbits slower. Eventually, because of the expansion, the matter of the arms form into solar systems.

Matter is not moving towards the galactic centre in a galaxy, like water in a sink hole. On the contrary, the orbits of the solar systems in a galaxy, are very much like the ones of the planets in a solar system. They are all in stable orbits, although moving together in arms, because many are interconnected through an exchange of orbiting planets. And behind the scenes, in the third perspective, their orbital rings are constantly enlarging in more spirals.

There are no more black holes, singularities or worm holes in Atomic Expansion Theory. The centre of a galaxy is either a massive bright sun, or a massive dead sun, which simply does not emit any light. Either way, it is just a big expanding lump of matter, kept at a distance from the orbiting solar systems, by their enlarging orbital rings.

If there are any stargates out there, these devices don’t bend space by opening worm holes. They must either accelerate or decelerate the speed of your particles, to relatively expand or contract you, to the location you want to be. Distance does not exist, everywhere is around you, either very large or very shrunk.

2.8 What is truly relative in physics, and the end of the space-time-mass-energy concept

The elimination of Einstein’s theories from our science, leads to a breakthrough in faster than light travel and communication, and the search for extraterrestrial intelligence (SETI).

The reinterpretation of quantum entanglement, according to Atomic Expansion Theory, suggests that particles from a same source, remain connected through a bridge of electrons, over long distances.

Like for a Newton cradle, knocking the first electron or particle, instantaneously affects the entire line of electrons between the particles, providing faster than light communication along any beam of light, such as the ones from the Sun, the Moon and other stars. Some extraterrestrial species from the third dimensional world, might already be using such a mean of communication, which we might now be able to access.

There is no more speed of light limit. Provided we can find a mean of propulsion, capable of accelerating us gradually for a very long time, then there is no reason we can’t go at multiple times the speed of light. And if the acceleration and deceleration are slow and gradual, we won’t have to worry about crushing G forces either.

This could be tested by designing a miniature ship with its own ion engine, or capable of ejecting clusters or clouds of electrons as propellent, while absorbing that energy from surrounding fields. If we then placed the ship in a particle accelerator, the push from the electromagnetic fields within the tube, could get the ship to reach a very high speed. And thereafter, its own engine could push it beyond the speed of light.

Within a particle accelerator, the ship could never exceed the speed of light, without its own mean of propulsion, because the electromagnetic fields, cannot push the ship any faster than their own maximum speed. But the fields can provide an inexhaustible mean of propulsion, and keep the ship away from the walls, so it can be accelerated to faster than the speed of light.

Contrary to what Einstein postulated, neither the ship nor the particles would become more massive with acceleration, to the point of requiring an infinite amount of energy, for the ship to overcome the light speed barrier.

One day, we might build a massive electromagnetic particle and object accelerator in space, capable of accelerating and launching spaceships and probes, at faster than the speed of light. The ships and probes would only need to use their mean of propulsion to decelerate, well before they reach other solar systems.

If we build similar accelerators in these other solar systems, travel in space within our own dimension, could become practical for colonisation. This method would also be useful within our own solar system, for travel at sub-light speed. It might prove more efficient and direct, than acceleration through slingshot effects, around planets and moons.

How we would see an event from the light coming towards us while travelling in space, would be either:

- in real-time, if we were at rest relative to the event,

- in fast forward, if moving towards the event at any speed, even faster than light,

- in slow motion, if moving away from the event at any speed, even faster than light, or

- frozen in time, if going away at exactly the speed of that light.

It depends on our speed and direction of motion, and the ones of the source of the light. None of it affects the event being observed, or the time rate on the ship, or the time rate where the event occurs. Time is now constant, the time rate is the same everywhere, within our own dimension.

We are likely to see multiple occurrences of a same event, when going faster than light, while moving towards the source of the light. Because we catch up rapidly with countless clusters of electrons, all showing an event as it occurs in time. And if the object observed is moving rapidly, then we will encounter all at once, several clusters showing us the object, in different locations.

We might even see this well before we reach the speed of light. Because not all clusters of electrons move at the same speed, since the speed of light is no longer constant. The speed of light is now variable, and subject to relative motion. That might be why it is thought, in Quantum Mechanics, that a particle can be at more than one location at the same time, when in fact, it is never the case.

The speed of light is now defined, as the changing distance between the source of the light, and the destination we’re measuring it from. Meaning, it is a calculation of gravity, using the Atomic and Subatomic Expansion Equation.

The speed of light is the time that it takes, for the expanding clusters of electrons, to reach their expanding destination, after the initial speed boost required, for the clusters to leave the atomic world, which accounts for most of the speed of the light.

There are other factors that accelerate and decelerate light, and makes its path deviate, on top of the simple dissipation of the clusters of electrons, as they encounter other particles along the way. It is no simple calculation, but it is far from constant.

And it does not matter where we are, or at which speed we are going at – even faster than light – it is still just a measurement of gravity, between the source of the clusters and the destination, after having established the initial speed of the clusters, when they were thrown out of the atoms. Hence, even while going faster than light, light will still arrive at us at a specific speed, and we will still be able to see just fine.

With relative motion, our visual variables, such as light and the size of objects, become relative and changing, when compared from one frame of reference to another. But it is only an optical illusion, due to the time that it takes, for the clusters of electrons within light, to reach different locations.

The normal size of the objects doesn’t actually change, and we don’t age faster, or truly freeze in time with acceleration, or near a black hole because of gravity, as Einstein claimed, no matter if we go faster than light.

E=mc^2 is just the equation for the kinetic energy of a moving particle or object, such as the clusters of electrons within light, known prior to Einstein. There is no more space-time-mass-energy concept, all interlinked together and affecting each other. Time is no longer relative, it runs everywhere at the same rate. And space is distinct from time, one does not affect the other.

Mass is the measure of the amount of matter within a body, a particle or space, usually measured in kilograms. But in the context of Einstein’s relativity and E=mc^2, we are talking about relativistic mass, which increases with velocity. This concept of relativistic mass and energy is incorrect.

What really increases, is not the mass or relativistic mass of an object, it is the kinetic energy of the object. Matter does not gain more mass with motion, but it does gain kinetic energy. The higher the momentum, the higher the impact on objects.

The changing speed of matter, should not affect its mass, although it affects gravity and orbits, attracting and repelling forces, and other energy measurements. But mass does not become energy, and energy does not become mass.

Mass and energy are not relative either. These values don’t change, just because different persons, are observing the event from different locations. These values are not visual ones, that take time to travel to all observers, at the speed of light. So they are not relative values.

The speed of light is no longer constant. The speed of light is relative and variable, even in a vacuum, while being subject to gravity and acceleration. Light is made of clusters of electrons, it is made of matter and has mass.

As such, there is no difference between a light beam, and bullets being fired from a gun. There is an initial high-speed boost, when the gun is fired, or when a light is turned on, and thereafter, gravity affects the electron clusters, just like it would affect the bullets, or hurtling asteroids in space.

The speed of light is relative, because any moving matter, is subject to relative motion. With relative motion, you get natural accelerations and decelerations, and path deviations, such as the slingshot effect, as objects move across expanding larger objects in space. This is due to the geometry of expansion, and the natural orbit effect, and not to a twisted sheet of spacetime, that objects follow.

So, not only the speed of light is not constant, but it can also seriously accelerate, through the slingshot effect, which is light entering into a partial orbit, around a very large object, but moving too fast, to actually enter into orbit. It creates a significant path deviation and an acceleration, as can be seen in the gravitational lensing effect.

It was always clear in our science, that light bends due to gravity, and that it slows down and dissipates, as it crosses gases, liquids, and transparent solids, such as glass. Was it not logical then, that its speed was also affected by gravity, instead of just its kinetic energy measurement?

Something must be hitting something, for kinetic energy to exist in the first place, so there must be matter and mass involved in light. It is impossible for matter or mass not to be affected by gravity. And since gravity is an acceleration, then the speed of light must accelerate, even in a vacuum.

The only reason it seems counterintuitive, is because for well over 100 years now, we have been told that the speed of light is constant, with countless so-called proofs confirming this.

We’ve also been told, that light simply follows a spacetime medium that is warped and curved, all without affecting its speed, because it has no mass. How it can acquire kinetic energy then, is a mystery. All the proofs that the speed of light is constant, are simply due to the limitations of our experiments.

We ignored all the evidence proving otherwise, by repeating the mantra, that light is only constant in a vacuum. Here is some news, although space is said to be a vacuum, it is not devoid of matter. Especially when light are clusters of electrons, and electromagnetic fields are clouds of electrons, not forgetting countless neutrinos, permeating all of space. Do real vacuums even exist?

We missed this in Standard Theory, because the concept of light as photons, within Einstein, meant that light was an ethereal concept, with no mass involved, as if it never truly existed in the first place. Just like electrons really, supposed to be point particles, constantly appearing and disappearing, which don’t have a volume, a mass, a weight, a shape, or a tangible existence.

These arguments must have only come about, because of the limits of what we can see and detect, with our instruments. We must have got lost, in our equations and theories, abandoning common sense. And we could not imagine, that electrons are just like solar systems, and that photons could be made of clusters of electrons, which have a mass that we are still unable to detect.

The big clue was there all along, anything that can have an impact when it hits something, must be made of matter, and therefore must have a mass. And anything made of matter, is affected by gravity and relative motion.

Energy within Atomic Expansion Theory, is always matter shaping up into particular forms, such as particles, clouds, clusters, compressed bands, or lines on wires, which move according to certain principles and laws.

Nothing is intangible or ethereal, or non-existent, while still having an impact on objects and particles, such as in kinetic energy. Energy is always expanding matter in motion, even when in clouds of electrons, in a static electrical field.

And the conundrum of particles moving sometimes as particles, and at other times as waves, is easily answered. Sometimes matter moves as a sea of particles moving in waves, and at other times, as a sea of particles moving, but not in waves, just like the behaviour of droplets of water composing an ocean.

To conclude, it is not time that is relative, time is constant. It is the speed of light that is relative, because it takes time for light to get somewhere, and motion is relative to the point of view.

Relative motion makes moving objects, appear larger as they come towards us, or smaller as they move away, but once again, this is all just an optical illusion. Size does not change with motion, it only changes relative to the viewpoint of different observers.

When you think about it, the fact that there is no real distance being covered in the universe, and that everything is located here around us, is a natural and logical conclusion, of motion being relative to the point of view.

And it all makes sense, if reality is simply a psychological construction, built by our consciousness, and interpreted by our brain, not unlike what computers do. There is ample evidence that reality is psychological in nature, while still being made of matter, hence the expression psychophysical reality. And finally, in a psychological reality, or a virtual one, there is no real distance, there is only the illusion of it.

Even if this reality was to be as real and permanent as they come, and you were to believe that it was not psychological in nature, then only the fourth type of expansion and contraction of matter would go, and everything else stated here, would still stand.

Don’t write off everything, just because certain things seem unconvincing, at this time of our understanding. Let’s hope that one day, an army of people will work on developing these ideas further, so humanity can finally reach its full potential.

2.9 Debunk of Standard Theory

Redshifts, the double slit experiment, quantum entanglement, the Heisenberg uncertainty principle, and other proofs of Einstein’s theories, have all been misinterpreted. This is not surprising, when these theories and hypotheses, were initially built upon false premises.

Although the following free excerpts from The Final Theory by Mark McCutcheon, don’t discuss Atomic Expansion Theory, they help identify where our science has gone wrong, and what a theory of everything must answer:

Debunk of Einstein's Special and General Relativity, and Quantum Mechanics

www.themarginal.com/Relativity_QM_Debunk.pdf

Debunk of Newton’s Gravity and more about General Relativity (Chapter 1 of The Final Theory)

www.themarginal.com/FinalTheoryChapter1.pdf

Debunk of Dark Matter, Dark Energy and the Big Bang (Excerpt from The Final Theory titled Cosmology in Crisis)

www.themarginal.com/CosmologyInCrisis.pdf

Pioneer Anomaly, Slingshot Effect and Gravitational Inconsistencies Explained

www.themarginal.com/pioneer_anomaly.pdf

If you read both New Age Physics by Roland Michel Tremblay, and The Final Theory by Mark McCutcheon, you will never see the world the same way again.

THREE

New Age Physics - Short and Long Summaries

The introduction, and the short and long summaries, all review what is in the book. There are repetitions, although each section contains unique material. These are concepts not easily explained, or grasped, and every time there are more details, and it is stated differently, as to help the understanding of these concepts.

3.1 New Age Physics Short Summary

New Age Physics is a complete theory of everything based on five different types of expansion and contraction of matter, which should open the doors of science to rival anything related to ultraterrestrials technology, including levitating large stones and spaceships through the buoyancy of matter of a lesser density, traveling anywhere in the universe instantaneously, and time travel.

The first type of expansion is based on Mark McCutcheon’s Atomic Expansion Theory in his book The Final Theory. It presents to the world a new theory of everything that works out of the box, to replace Newton's Law of Universal Gravitation, Einstein's General Theory of Relativity and Quantum Mechanics. The theory is based on the one principle that matter simply expands at a constant rate, reducing the distance between everything, explaining gravity.

Falling objects are not falling, they are free floating in space until the Earth catches up with them in its expansion. We stay on the ground because Earth is expanding underneath our feet, pushing us upward. This expansion is unseen, because we are proportionally expanding as well, along with our measuring instruments.

Protons and neutrons, just like all particles, are now composed solely of expanding electrons. In their own inner expansion, the protons and neutrons are pushing against each other within the atom, eliminating the need for the strong nuclear force to prevent them from flying apart. A neutron is an unstable particle by nature that decays into a more stable proton, releasing an electron and neutrinos in the process, and this explains the weak nuclear force, or radiation.

For Mark McCutcheon, the electrons are bouncing off between the expanding nuclei of atoms, justifying chemical bonds, although for me, the electrons are still orbiting. Planet orbits are described by an ingenious new natural orbit effect, through the relative motion of the geometry of expansion.

Light and other radiant forms of energy are composed of different sizes of clusters of electrons. Electricity is a flow of expanding electrons around a wire, pushing against each other in their expansion. While electromagnetic fields are clouds of expanding electrons, pushing or pulling each other, adjusting in size and numbers. Radio waves and microwaves are compressed bands of electrons freely expanding into space.

This is all four main forces of nature explained, while they are no longer forces per se, now that we understand the true nature of expansion. All of this is covered in more details in the New Age Physics Long Summary.

The very small is identical to the very large and obeys the very same laws of physics. New Age Physics presents a new model for the sub-neutrinos being moons, neutrinos being planets, super-neutrinos being suns, while electrons are solar systems, and atoms are galaxies. The electron now has its own nucleus with orbiting neutrinos, with neutrinos also orbiting between the electrons, bonding them together to form particles, clusters and clouds.

Solar systems are linked together by planets orbiting around and also between solar systems, far from the nucleus, the nucleus being our eight planets and the Sun. There is no reason for these orbiting planets to come anywhere near our eight known planets. Galaxies are linked together by solar systems orbiting between them far from the nucleus, the nucleus being the entire visible galaxy. And finally, bonded galaxies form larger cosmic molecules, which are also bonded together by orbiting solar systems.

The second type of expansion, the crossover effect, concerns the growth and shrinkage of the electrons based on the speed at which the neutrinos are orbiting within and between the electrons. Exciting the neutrinos affects their speed, and enlarges or contracts the orbits of the neutrinos, causing the electrons variable growth or shrinkage, and causing the electrons to escape from the atoms in the crossover effect.

This interrelation of neutrinos between electrons is what is referred to as their charge, positive or negative, as the number of neutrinos contained within electrons and between them, will balance out or push back, causing an attracting or repelling force between them and other particles.

There are no more charges or charged particles in electromagnetism, just like there is no more force acting at a distance or mass involved in gravity, and yet the entire energy spectrum can be explained through the crossover effect. A simple process of growth and shrinkage of electrons pushing against each other, constantly equalising in size, which also causes their motion. They move from where there is a surplus of electrons towards where there is a depletion, in a constant search for balance in size and numbers.

The third type of expansion also concerns the growth and shrinkage of the electrons, but within the atoms instead, without the crossover effect ejecting the electrons outside the atomic world. When neutrinos are excited, their orbits around and between the electrons enlarge, causing the growth of the electrons orbiting within and between the atoms. In turn, this results in the atoms and the molecules vibrating faster, growing in size, and their spacing enlarging, along with the orbits of the neutrinos and of the electrons. Essentially, this creates atoms and molecules of different sizes, more or less spaced out, creating different densities of matter, and defining other dimensions and planes of existence. This leads to a second type of density, which I have called the interdimensional density of matter.

This finally explains the New Age concept of matter and energy vibrating at different rates and frequencies, and worlds of other dimensions and densities. There are physical worlds out there made of smaller and larger atoms and molecules, differently spaced out, that we cannot see or interact with, except in some unusual circumstances. These worlds are intertwined with ours like the gases are surrounding us. Except that their particles are not volatile, they keep their own internal molecular structures.

The usual type of density of matter, which only concerns the spacing between the molecules as they become more excited, defining solids, liquids, gases and plasmas, also exist in other dimensions. The difference is that the atoms and the molecules don’t change size or their vibrational rate, within their own dimension, and neither for the electrons while within the atoms. Outside the atoms, within the second type of growth and shrinkage of matter, electrons will still grow and shrink within their own dimension. For people with particles orbiting slower or faster, their world looks just as solid and physical as our world looks to us.

It is said that most alien species live in the fourth density, they have always been here, for much longer than we have. They even have cities everywhere, that we cannot see or interact with, because they exist and move in fast forward. The episode Wink of an Eye, of the original Star Trek series, gives us a good idea of how it works. It shows the Scalosians, moving too fast to be seen or heard, other than a faint buzzing sound, boarding the USS Enterprise and abducting Captain James T. Kirk.

The fourth type of expansion concerns Jane Roberts’ book series The Early Sessions, where our reality is psychological in nature, or psychophysical, and is instantly expanded out there from the centre of our brain every moment, very much like a simulated virtual reality created by a computer. We each live in our own bubble reality, and we all sensibly build the same shared reality through telepathic connections, very similar to an interconnected network of computers.

The fifth type of expansion, is the Universal Relativity Theory, replacing Einstein’s Special Relativity. It is a theory of relative motion based on the expansion and contraction of matter, instead of movement in any real space. Reality being psychophysical in nature, it is like a virtual, simulated or holographic universe, where everything is located here, and everything in the distance is simply shrunk from our point of view.

As something is moving towards us, it is only expanding towards us, just like it would be in a computer simulated world which would not occupy any real space. And when that object is moving away, it is only shrinking from our point of view, it is not covering any distance. And this is how we can instantly travel anywhere in the universe, by shrinking ourselves to that location, through changing the orbiting speed and size of our particles, or our vibrational rate or resonance.

There is no more speed of light limit, as this limit only came from Einstein’s concepts of spacetime and relativity. It is not time that is relative, it is the speed of light, because only matter can be affected by relative motion. Any spaceship going at multiple times our actual measurement of the speed of light, will still see just fine. Although they might see in fast forward or slow motion, and even freeze what they are looking at, depending on their direction of motion and their speed. Their measurement of the speed of light might be similar to ours, but compared to our measurement, it would actually be multiple times the speed of light. This is what is meant by the speed of light is relative to the frame of reference.

The speed of light, and any electromagnetic phenomenon such as radio signals, is not constant. Most of the speed of light follows from its original ejection from the atoms, and from the subatomic world, where the clusters of electrons must be excited enough to reach a certain speed, in order to detach themselves and move freely into space. It is like bullets being fired from a gun, the clusters of electrons get an initial high speed boost, followed by any acceleration due to gravity.

Light can be slowed down as it crosses gases and magnetic fields, but it can also be accelerated further through the slingshot effect, whenever its path deviates through partial orbits around large objects, such as the Sun and the planets. The speed of light is variable, whether it is in a vacuum or not, and despite all the proofs to the contrary. Because light is made of matter, clusters of electrons, and all matter is subject to gravity, the geometry of expansion, including partial orbits, and relative motion.

Even within the concept of light being just photons, or packets of energy, light still enters into partial orbits around large objects and deviates from its path, as can be seen in the gravitational lensing effect. This is hardly a parallax effect or an optical illusion, the path of the light physically changes, precisely like the path of a bunch of asteroids would. This demonstrates that light is subject to gravity and to the slingshot effect, and we cannot escape the fact, that both of these phenomena create an acceleration. Consequently, we better think of better ways to test the speed of light and radio signals.

Although the Earth and the Sun are constantly expanding, reducing the distance between them, they follow the natural orbit effect of the relative motion of the geometry of expansion. Their distance keeps reducing and enlarging constantly between them, because they are going fast enough to escape their respective inner expansion, moment by moment.

Behind the scenes, if we could see the expansion, the Earth might be moving away from the Sun in a straight line, where there is no orbit at all. In the resulting reality however, where we cannot see the expansion, if the Earth is not going fast enough, it will crash into the Sun. If the Earth is going fast enough, it will enter into a stable orbit, following the geometry of expansion. And if the Earth is going very fast, it could escape the solar system altogether. The speed of the planets defines how far away they will orbit the Sun.

All the while, the Sun, the planets, and their overall orbital rings around the Sun, are also expanding at a constant rate. It explains why the reduction in distance between everything, does not affect the relative distance between all their orbital rings. The planets true orbits that we cannot see, from this point on, are in fact enlarging spirals around the Sun, counteracting their mutual expansion.

The relative motion of the geometry of expansion accelerates orbiting objects, which causes their orbiting spirals to enlarge. We cannot see any distance shrinking in our solar system, because everything remains more or less at the same relative distance, in the overall proportional expansion of everything. However, we can witness the effects. For example, two expanding solar systems would constantly come closer together, because of this overall distance reduction, due to the inner expansion of everything. This said, even these expanding solar systems are being kept apart by planets orbiting between them.

Orbits are calculated using Kepler's laws of planetary motion and a newly rediscovered Geometric Orbit Equation, which was embedded in Newton’s Orbit Equation. Gravity depends on size measured from surface to surface of the objects, not on mass measured from centre to centre. And orbits are entirely a feature of the relative motion of the geometry of expansion, no mass or force acting at a distance are involved.

There are more planets as yet undiscovered orbiting very far from our eight planets, probably reaching distances equal to in-between solar systems. These planets can easily orbit two solar systems, linking them together if there is an imbalance of planets, which would translate into an attracting force. Or the solar systems can repel each other if they have the same number of planets, which would translate into a repelling force.

The speed and size of these planets’ orbits between solar systems, can also bring them closer together or further away from each other, depending on how much matter is being added or is moving away from the entire system. Which can also be described as an attracting or repelling force, usually measured by Coulomb’s Law in the very small.

In static electricity, Coulomb’s Law is like measuring the orbits of neutrinos within and between growing and shrinking electrons, and the orbits of electrons within and between atoms. If one electron has fewer orbiting neutrinos, or one atom has fewer orbiting electrons, they will attract other particles with more neutrinos or electrons. If they have the same number of orbiting particles, they will repel. And the force of attraction or repulsion is what Coulomb’s Law is meant to measure.

If we could measure such orbits, we would be using Kepler’s laws of planetary motion in the very small as well, but that might prove impossible at that scale and speed. But possibly Coulomb’s Law could be used or adapted to the larger scale, now that we have identified that solar systems are electrons linked together by rogue planets, comparable to neutrinos.

In gravity there is a distance reduction between objects (so-called Newton’s attracting force) due to the inner expansion of all particles and objects, whether they are made of atoms or of electrons. And there is a different attracting and repelling force (similar to Coulomb’s Law) due to the changing speed and size of the orbits of smaller particles or objects, linking larger ones together.

This is what is referred to as a positive or a negative charge. Although, sometimes, a simple natural orbit effect between two particles, or the failure of one materialising, can also be interpreted as charges, or attracting and repelling forces between particles. There could also be an exchange of several neutrinos, even when dealing with only two particles such as an electron and a proton.

Examples of smaller objects linking together larger ones, are neutrinos bonding electrons together, electrons bonding atoms, electrons bonding molecules, while the atoms are composing the molecules. At the larger scale, planets bonding solar systems together, solar systems bonding galaxies, solar systems bonding cosmic molecules, while galaxies are composing the cosmic molecules. Clouds, or even just a few of these smaller particles, can either push back or pull together the larger objects, or groups of them, through the growth and shrinkage of their orbits. Again, this is how attracting and repelling forces are explained in Atomic Expansion Theory.

Time is no longer linked to space as in spacetime concepts, nor is time relative or a dimension of its own as Einstein described it, as there is no real space nor distance. There is a new concept of the relativity of time, based on the rate or frequency at which electrons orbit within and between atoms. It is the concept of interdimensional time, where one can accomplish more within a defined amount of time, if he or she is vibrating faster.

Very much like flies vibrating at 250 hertz have the time to move away, before a human vibrating at 50-60 hertz can catch them, as humans move in slow motion from the flies’ point of view. Just like tortoises vibrating at 15 hertz are moving in slow motion from our viewpoint. Flies are living in a higher dimension than ours, one that we can still see and interact with. Their particles are moving faster than ours, they are larger and more spaced out, and they are less dense than we are.

Things that are less dense can levitate easily, because what is less dense is automatically pushed up by what is denser, like a balloon under water. This is why insects easily walk on ceilings, why bumblebees can defy the laws of physics and support their own weight, despite very small wings, and why spiders without any wings can fly great distances over the ocean. With a flying saucer made of a matter less dense than the air, you can easily levitate off the atmosphere without any need for propulsion.

To travel somewhere, it is like tuning a radio or a TV to the right interdimensional frequency of matter. Every place and time in history has its own vibrational rate or resonance. To go to any place at any time in history, you only need to vibrate at the right frequency or resonance of that time and place. It is all a question of expansion and contraction of matter, the size of the particles, which depends on the speed or frequency of all the orbiting particles.

If aliens and ultraterrestrials can go at any time in history, in a past and a future that are both always in movement and changing, affecting the present, then we can understand why they don’t see the importance of time running as a linear thing like we do. They go through reality more like in a dream world, or something imagined and created out of our minds, where time and space are meaningless. And now we have the new physics required to explain all of this.

And to finish, there never were any dark energy, dark matter, graviton particles, gravitational waves, Big Bang or singularities to be found. They were only required for Einstein’s equations to still work and match observation, when we should have admitted long ago that he was simply incorrect.

And there are no black holes either. Black holes are simply massive dead stars which don’t emit light, therefore we cannot see them, while we can still measure their effects on gravity in their surroundings. We can forget about wormholes in order to travel somewhere, however, now there is no more distance. The entire universe is here with us, just shrunk from our point of view.

The entire physics can be explained by five types of expansion and contraction of matter, and how many and how fast neutrinos and electrons, and planets and solar systems, are orbiting everywhere. And now I invite you to check out the long summary, which is the rest of chapter three.

3.2 New Age Physics Long Summary (the remainder of chapter 3)

New Age Physics is a solid new science based on Mark McCutcheon's Atomic Expansion Theory in his book The Final Theory. Along with my own concepts and my Universal Relativity Theory, everything in physics can now be explained by five different types of expansion and contraction of matter. Altogether this is a full theory of everything which should open the doors of science to rival anything related to ultraterrestrials technology, including levitating large stones and spaceships, traveling anywhere instantaneously, including to higher dimensions, and time travel.

3.3 The constant expansion of all atoms is gravity

The first type of expansion of matter is the one of Mark McCutcheon, in his theory of everything detailed in his book The Final Theory, which re-writes the entire physics based on the single principle that atoms are expanding at a constant rate. The expansion of the atom is gravity.

Gravity is the changing distance between objects, due to the inner expansion of matter. There is an absolute decrease in distance, because of the inner expansion of the objects themselves, and an added relative decrease in distance causing the acceleration, due to space not expanding along with the objects. This is all explained visually in detail in chapter 4 of New Age Physics, in section 4.5 Two types of distance decrease to calculate gravity.

This expansion is only happening behind the scenes, it is unseen by us, because everything is proportionally and relatively expanding at the same constant rate, us included. In the resulting reality from what is happening behind the scenes, there is no expansion per se that we can see. For example, nothing is expanding around us. And yet, we can witness all the effects of this hidden expansion, such as gravity.

We stay on Earth instead of floating into space, because the Earth is expanding underneath our feet, pushing us upward and keeping us on the ground. The constant expansion of the planet is also pushing the atmosphere upward, preventing it from escaping into space, while affecting the weather patterns. Rain and snow are not falling, the Earth catches up with them in its expansion. This is a complete novel way of looking at the world around us.

An object falling from the sky is free floating in the air until the Earth, in its expansion of 4.9 metres per second, catches up with the object. The relative decrease in distance makes it an acceleration at 9.8 metres per second square, as confirmed through observation. Using these very numbers, Mark McCutcheon derived that the universal atomic expansion rate, and of everything else in the universe, is a constant 0.00000077 of proportional size per second square.

Behind the scenes, all the planets’ orbits around the Sun, and the moons’ orbits around the planets, are enlarging in spirals, compensating for their mutual expansion. The amount of enlargement of the orbits depends on the speed and the size of all the astronomical bodies within the system, and on the geometry of expansion.

As all objects expand at a constant rate, and all orbits cause an acceleration of all objects, as I will explain later, there will always be at the base a certain amount of enlarging of all orbits. This leads to an overall constant expansion of the solar system.

And then, on top of this constant expansion, the solar system and all its orbits can grow further, or shrink back, depending on other astronomical bodies entering or leaving the solar system. More matter being added to the system affects and speeds up all the orbits, causing the solar system to grow further. The orbits could also be further affected by astronomical bodies entering or leaving the locality of groups of solar systems, linked together by rogue planets orbiting between them.

All neutrinos, electrons, protons, neutrons, atoms and molecules expand at the same constant rate. Although, I must point out that Mark McCutcheon remains unconvinced about the existence of the neutrino, and he believes the expansion rate of the electron is much higher than the one of the atom.

This first type of expansion of matter never changes, it does not contract either. It is gravity and it is constant, although the distance reduction accelerates. Mark McCutcheon has derived his Atomic Expansion Equation to calculate gravity in his book The Final Theory, and it replaces Newton’s Law of Universal Gravitation, and Einstein’s equations of General Relativity. Everything explained by Quantum Mechanics can easily be explained through Atomic Expansion Theory. For more detail, please read the Debunk of Standard Theory from Mark McCutcheon.

3.4 Everything is just expansion and contraction of orbiting and vibrating matter

How many times in the esoteric, spiritual and New Age circles have you heard that everything is just expansion? Expansion of minds, of matter, of ideas, of concepts, of worlds? Indeed, everything is expansion and contraction of matter, in five different ways. With that you can describe the entire physics of our reality and beyond.

The fourth type of expansion is the one described by Seth in Jane Roberts’ books, where our reality is simply psychological or psychophysical in nature, and is projected out all around us almost instantly from a mental enclosure at the centre of our brain. After the matter of our reality has been instantly expanded out of our brain, then the matter is constantly being replaced and replenished precisely like a computer monitor does at 50 or 60 hertz, using the electrons from the main power source in our homes.

We each create our own bubble realities. Each time we think something different, a new one is created and starts expanding. We all relatively create the same realities through an instant telepathic connection of electrical impulses, signals and codes of different frequencies. Hence, reality is equivalent to a dream or imagination or thoughts. There are different realities or timelines of different frequencies, and you move to these different timelines through thoughts and will alone, as thoughts, feelings and emotions change your vibrational frequency.

3.5 Reality is more like a virtual reality, computer simulation or holographic universe, where there is no distance

The fifth type of expansion of matter is the Theory of Universal Relativity, a theory of relative motion. People are talking more and more about the idea that we may be living in a holographic universe, a simulated world or a virtual reality. However, they have not thought further about the implications, the first one being that there is no real distance in such a reality. When you look at a simulated world on a computer screen, for example of Earth and an asteroid passing each other in space, the asteroid is actually just expanding as it approaches, and reduces in size as it goes away.

This is essentially my theory of relative motion, or Universal Relativity, which replaces Einstein’s Special Relativity. Objects in the real world are not moving at all, as there is no space nor distance. Objects are simply expanding when they are coming towards us, and shrinking as they move away. Just as we would expect in a virtual world or a holographic universe, or a psychophysical reality.

Finally, it explains why an alien spaceship or a light being can move instantly to another galaxy or to another universe. Because there is no real space, there are only shrunk objects all around us. And to move there you simply have to shrink yourself to that scale and place. And as motion is relative, from the perspective of the people you are reaching, they see you enlarging towards them.

In the third type of expansion, they achieve expansion and contraction of matter, or instant travel, simply by changing the vibrational rate of the matter composing their ship and themselves, to reach the right resonance of any specific time and place in history.

As Seth says in Jane Roberts’ The Early Sessions, the entire universe is simply electrical in nature. Underlying all realities and all dimensions, it is all simply an electrical universe filled with signals and codes of different frequencies, that we interpret with our brain to form our camouflage realities that are just an illusion. Fundamentally, it is a canvas with a blanket of neutrinos and electrons. This is all very nice, but what does it mean exactly in real scientific terms?

3.6 What are other dimensions and planes of existence?

When they talk about different planes of existence and other dimensions, what they mean is simply matter vibrating at a different frequency or vibrational rate. Every time matter or energy (which is also always made of matter), vibrates at a different rate, then it has moved into another dimension or plane of existence. So far you might have already known that much, as it is plastered in all of the New Age literature.

What you might not know, is that all the matter composing us and the Earth is constantly expanding, as stated in the first type of expansion according to Mark McCutcheon. Hence, as we move through time, the interdimensional frequency or vibrational rate of the Earth, and all of us, is constantly getting higher, ever so slightly. Which means all the particles are moving faster and their orbit constantly enlarge. And this leads to the third type of expansion and contraction of matter, defining the vibrational rate of matter, or resonance, of every location in time in the universe.

In Dolores Cannon’s The Convoluted Universe Book Three, a woman mentions that a being from the 18th century looking at us today, would see us as beings of light, as we would glow compared to them. And it was confirmed by Nostradamus in her other book series about him, as he described the people under hypnosis from today that came to him, as beings of light from the future. He said they were glowing. From the Convoluted Universe:

“You will notice a difference in resonance, but you will already be there, because your resonance is increasing every day already, as it is. And so, all of a sudden, one day, you will reach the prerequisite cycles per second to take you from here to there. Let’s explain it this way. If somebody came back right now from the eighteen hundreds to see you, you would glow to them. You’ve already reached those cycles per second that would glow to a human form of, say, the eighteen hundreds. So in essence, your cycles per second are raising.

“Comment [by Dolores Cannon]: Could this be one reason why when John and the others went to visit Nostradamus [Conversations With Nostradamus], he saw them as glowing energy spirits of the future? Was this because they were actually vibrating at a faster frequency that made them glow?”

Dolores Cannon, The Convoluted Universe Book Three

In that discussion above, cycles per second must be referring to how many times the neutrinos and the electrons are orbiting within all the particles composing us. This is what the vibrational rate or frequency of matter refers to, how fast all our particles are orbiting.

The past and the future are also other dimensions, meaning, places where matter is vibrating slightly slower or faster than in the present. Not only you can travel in time by slightly changing your vibrational rate or frequency, but you can move to other dimensions and anywhere in the universe, also by switching to the right frequency of the place and time you wish to visit. Although all of this must be easier to achieve when you are living in a world of a lesser density, or a higher dimension. This is how psychic mediums can see so much more than us.

You shrink or expand yourself to wherever you want to be, in whatever time period you want. You shrink to get somewhere, but from the point of view of your destination, you actually expand towards them in order to get there. Motion is relative, and you are not really moving. You are just expanding and reducing in size, by changing the vibrational rate of the matter composing you. But how is this achieved?

3.7 How to move to other dimensions?

When you have a solid like ice and you heat it, you are sending energy into the ice. Energy as heat, like infrared light, is made of large clusters of electrons in Atomic Expansion Theory, it is made of matter. These added particles are exciting the molecules and they become more spaced out. The result of molecules more spaced out, turns the ice into water, and eventually into vapour.

What I must stress here, is that this is all our actual science can observe and is aware of: the change of the spacing between molecules, which turns solids into liquids, and into gases. What science is not yet aware of, is what happens when instead you change the spacing within and between the atoms composing these molecules, which affects their size. And this is the key to changing your vibrational rate, your interdimensional frequency or your resonance.

There is an excellent reason why our science has never observed or thought of interdimensional density, because as soon as you change the speed at which neutrinos and electrons are orbiting within atoms, between atoms, and between molecules, you also change the size of the atoms and of the molecules, as well as the spacing between them.

At that point, matter moves outside our range of vision, outside of visible light, and light and any normal matter pass right through it, because it is moving in fast forward compared to us. Or at the very least, it all intermingles together while occupying the same space, like solids existing through water or gases, which are all states of matter of different densities.

This is what defines other dimensions, normal matter made of smaller or larger atoms and molecules, due to the electron’s growth within the atoms, creating matter that we cannot see, feel or interact with. Most probably because when matter vibrates that fast, or that slow, it is too fast or too slow for our range of vision or our instruments to register. And they probably don’t need to vibrate that much faster or slower, before the change happens.

Each dimension still has its own first type of density of matter, where solids can turn into liquids and gases, and vice versa. In this case, the electrons, atoms and molecules get more excited, but they don’t grow or shrink in size.

This creates different realities within realities, physical in nature, but psychological in origin, since everything is just a construction of our brain to begin with. Our brain will only construct something for which it receives information about, through signals of different frequencies. We would need to develop specific technology to access these other dimensions. And a good understanding of how it works, and an awareness that it exists, would appear to be the first step.

It is very important to understand here that a frequency, which defines the vibrational rate of matter when it comes to other dimensions, refers to the speed at which the neutrinos are orbiting the nuclei of electrons, and the speed they are orbiting between the electrons, enlarging or shrinking the size of their orbits, and consequently the size of the electrons. In turn, the electrons do the same within the atoms and between the atoms, affecting the size of the atoms and the molecules, as well as the spacing between them.

Raising your vibrational rate, is raising the speed of your neutrinos and electrons, which in turn makes the atoms and the molecules slightly larger, as well as enlarging the spacing between them. This is the third type of expansion and contraction of matter, more specifically defined as growth and shrinkage of matter.

This changes the density of matter, in a different way than is defined in our physics today, and this is why a fourth dimensional world is also called a fourth density world. The definition of dimension here, refers to the size of the particles, and consequently of objects and beings. It is unrelated to our three dimensions of length, width and height, to which could be added a fourth dimension, such as Einstein’s fourth dimension of time. Neither is it related to geometrical shapes of higher mathematical dimensions, such as hyperspheres and tesseracts.

In a fourth dimensional world, everything is exactly as on Earth, it is a physical world just like here. But the density of the matter is lighter, all the particles are larger and more spaced out, and probably more malleable too. All the particles are moving, orbiting and rotating faster, and so is the way beings in the fourth density world live, at a faster time rate.

Many have said that several planets of the solar system are inhabited by beings living in higher dimensions. If you consider Jupiter and Saturn, which are said to be fourth dimensional, from our third dimensional perspective they appear as gaseous planets. However, for the civilisations living there on these planets, who are fourth dimensional already, their planets would appear as physical, as solid and as normal as Earth appears to us, their planet would not appear gaseous to them.

We might be surprised when we visit these planets, because what we perceive as gases, might actually be matter made of larger atoms and molecules than the ones we find on Earth, with matter vibrating faster. Essentially different types of larger molecules with larger atoms, instead of molecules the same size as on Earth and simply more spaced out.

As we are said to be multidimensional beings, and dreaming is already like living in a higher dimension, we possibly have another body superimposed over our physical one, made of particles orbiting faster, with which consciousness could continue to exist after death. The esoteric literature has long talked about our etheric bodies.

This is also, most probably, what the bodies of people from other dimensions and times, such as spirits, ghosts, ultraterrestrials, the Bigfoot and the Mothman, are made of. They are made of real physical matter, atoms and molecules, made of particles either smaller or larger than ours, and more or less spaced out, depending on which dimensional or density plane they exist on. Larger if they are in a higher dimension or density, smaller if they are in a lower dimension or density. This is a second type of density of matter, called interdimensional density of matter, not to be confused with our normal type of density.

If they have red eyes looking more like lights, like it has been reported for the Bigfoot and the Mothman, then they probably come from a lower density, and they see the infrared light part of the spectrum instead of visible light. In higher dimensions, many species of aliens might instead see the ultraviolet part of the spectrum.

But remember, that they each have a slightly amended electromagnetic spectrum compared to ours, with clusters of electrons made of larger or smaller particles, either moving faster or slower, therefore clusters of different sizes, and more or less spaced out than ours. Therefore, using infrared or ultraviolet filters to see them might not always work, although many who have tried have been successful. Their reality cannot be that far removed from ours, or we would not encounter them so often.

To appear to us, they only need to either accelerate or lower the frequency at which their electrons are orbiting their particles, which would shrink or enlarge their orbit. And of course, sometimes natural phenomena achieve just that, and we see them in our reality. Either because of power plants producing a lot of heat, or sources of high magnetic and geomagnetic fields, perhaps even sounds we cannot hear but that dogs and cats might pick up. Sometimes people end up in their reality, and sometimes they don’t come back. Which would account for many of these mysterious disappearances every year, which are reaching alarming numbers.

There could be small civilisations of humans living in other dimensional worlds, and perhaps not even all in the same one. I would think they should have no problem surviving there. It would just be like a different reality, where there would not be eight billion of us, and probably populated by other beings of some kind. Vegetation and animal life might also be different, and either be much larger or much smaller depending on the density of that world, which would affect gravity there.

As I mentioned earlier, in time the vibrational rate of matter constantly rises, with all particles orbiting faster, with their orbit also enlarging faster, causing a constant expansion of matter. So much so that we would look like glowing beings to people from the 1700s, who might easily believe we were angels or demons. Two hundred years is not a very long period of time, so this effect must be noticeable, even measurable. There must then be some kind of proof to this, and there is.

All our matter and the one of the Earth is becoming less dense as time goes by, moving us into higher dimensions. Which means that, at the time of the dinosaurs, 65 million years ago, the world must have been extremely dense. Remember, this is a different kind of density than the one measured today, which turns solid into liquids and gases.

We usually associate denser objects with heaviness, and today denser objects indeed weigh more than normal ones of the same size, since density affects gravity on the ground. However, a difference in density for objects of the same size, would not affect falling objects. They would fall at the same rate, since in this case, only the size of the objects matters when calculating gravity. While for the UFOs floating in the air, this is buoyancy of an object of a lesser density, being pushed above the air, which is denser or about the same as the UFOs. Like a rising helium balloon, which is less dense than the air.

So how did massive dinosaurs roamed the Earth and flew around so easily, when scientists are telling us that they appear to have defied the laws of physics? And these scientists are not even aware of the fact that the world must have been denser by a large margin back then.

Usually, smaller animals and insects tend to do everything faster than larger ones, who in turn tend to be denser and move in slow motion. In those days, matter could have been denser, and yet gravity much less than it is today. But how?

As time goes by, the Earth becomes less dense, which means it enlarges and grows in real time. A larger object leads to more gravity, according to the Atomic Expansion Equation, where gravity depends on the size of the objects.

This said, if the density of our body is also becoming less dense in time, then we should feel gravity much less, as we would weigh less. But perhaps not, if everything else around us becomes less dense as well, at the same rate.

At the time of the dinosaurs, the Earth must have been denser, but smaller than it is today, leading these dinosaurs to weigh much less than we initially thought. This is not due to the difference in density compared with today, but to a lesser force of gravity that comes with a smaller planet. Less gravity also leads to larger vegetation and animals.

That the Earth is growing in real time, leading to a constant rise in gravity, seems to be real, if you check out the videos of Neal Adams on his website www.nealadams.com/science-videos. Particularly his video on YouTube called “Neal Adams - Science: Part 1 - Conspiracy - The Earth is Growing” (https://youtu.be/oJfBSc6e7QQ). Here is a convincing argument that at one time the Earth was very small, and all the continents glued together covered the entire planet. There were no oceans back then, and the continental drift every year is proof that Earth continues to grow even today.

In time the Earth is becoming less dense, but not in the way of a solid turning into water, and more in the way of moving into a higher dimension. All its particles become more distanced and grow in size, and this leads to a tangible and concrete growth of the planet, and to more gravity.

This falls into the third type of growth and shrinkage of matter, involving the neutrinos and electrons moving faster as time goes by. This causes an enlargement of the atoms and molecules and all of the orbits, moving the Earth into a higher dimensional world, or higher density world. It could be a proof of this third type of expansion of matter, which would lead to a real and concrete growth of matter as the density lessen.

3.8 How to raise the vibrational rate or interdimensional frequency of matter?

Although you would use heat or pressure in order to turn solids into liquids and gases, so the molecules become more spaced out and volatile, it is not the best way to raise your vibrational rate and move to another dimension, although it might work under certain circumstances. The process is different when you need to cause the electrons to grow inside and in between the atoms, as well as being accelerated, so matter can grow while still keeping a coherent and solid molecular structure.

Ultraterrestrials appear to have the technology to do that, as other beings appear to be able to achieve it through will. Some sources are telling us we can achieve it through thought alone, by imagining white light vibrating faster passing through us. However, there must be a way to achieve it through technology.

I feel that light composed of clusters of electrons, with electrons orbiting faster within the clusters and between the clusters, is one way to raise the vibrational rate of matter. The difference from our normal light, is that the electrons are larger, the speed and size of the orbits of the electrons are higher, defining the size of the clusters of electrons within light, and the distance between them. By exposing an object to that higher light frequency, you would raise the frequency of that object. But how can we produce such interdimensional light, from a higher electromagnetic spectrum, where all the particles are larger and vibrating faster?

Please note that the frequency of light I am referring to here is not related to the frequency of light we find solely within our own electromagnetic spectrum, where light goes from infrared to visible light, to ultraviolet light and up to gamma rays. That frequency of light simply means a change in the size of the electron clusters composing light or radiation, the electrons themselves don’t change size or speed. And the intensity of the light, is how many clusters are passing per second. The clusters being larger for infrared, and very small for gamma rays, which means with more or less electrons within the clusters. The interdimensional frequency of matter, refers to the number of orbiting cycles of neutrinos within and between electrons, and of electrons within and between atoms and molecules.

I will soon discuss my new model of the electron, which now has neutrinos orbiting around a nucleus called a super-neutrino. The speed of the neutrinos affects the size of their orbits, which causes the electrons to grow or shrink. This in turn affects the speed and the size of the electrons, and the range of their orbits. Therefore, the frequency of light I am referring to, is the changing speed and size of the neutrinos’ orbits within electrons, between electrons, and between the clusters of electrons.

Technically speaking, every dimension has its own corresponding adapted electromagnetic spectrum, where the clusters of electrons within the light are composed of electrons of varying sizes and speeds, and of varying orbit sizes, changing the size and spacing of the larger particles they compose, such as the clusters of electrons within light.

Another way of raising our vibrational rate would be through sounds of higher frequencies, as the displacement of matter and the higher vibrations, could raise the speed of the neutrinos and of the electrons within and between the atoms and the molecules, until they reach the desired resonance.

However, the most likely way we could develop technology to accelerate the rate of orbiting electrons within atoms, and between atoms, would be through powerful rotating electromagnets, such as the ones Ralph Ring along with Otis T. Carr have built to levitate flying saucers. You can search online and on YouTube for Ralph Ring, here are the main pages to start your investigation:

- http://projectcamelot.org/ralph_ring.html

- http://bluestarenterprise.com

“In essence, the account is as follows. Carr and a small group of engineers and technicians, one of whom was Ralph, built a flying disk, powered by rotating electromagnets in conjunction with a number of small, ingenious capacitor-like devices called "Utrons". A number of prototypes were built, ranging in size from experimental models a few feet across to a passenger-carrying craft which was fully 45 feet in diameter. The smaller disks flew successfully - one even disappeared completely and was permanently lost - and Ralph himself testifies to having co-piloted, with two others, the large craft a distance of some ten miles, traversing this distance instantaneously.”

Ralph Ring

I have not yet fully investigated Ralph Ring and Otis T. Carr, but from a quick overview, their devices have changed the molecular structure of matter:

“When recalling the heady events of the late 1950s working day and night with Carr, Ring again and again stressed that the key was working with nature. "Resonance", he would emphasize repeatedly. "You have to work with nature, not against her." He described how when the model disks were powered up and reached a particular rotational speed, "...the metal turned to Jell-o. You could push your finger right into it. It ceased to be solid. It turned into another form of matter, which was as if it was not entirely here in this reality. That's the only way I can attempt to describe it. It was uncanny, one of the weirdest sensations I've ever felt."”

Ralph Ring

These statements prove, more or less, what I was explaining above. By accelerating the orbiting electrons within the atoms, the atoms become larger and more spaced out, creating a new type of molecule at a higher dimension. The ship that disappeared completely might still be there, you might see it through the use of ultraviolet light (higher dimension) or infrared light (lower dimension), or colour filters. It is in a higher dimension, which means a physical world of another density of matter that we cannot see or interact with. The metal turned to jelly, matter of a lesser density, probably as light as air. This is how large stones such as Stonehenge, the Pyramids, and the Coral Castle of Edward Leedskalnin in Florida, were easily made, shaped and transported to where they were needed.

Ralph Ring and his team also apparently moved one of their ships ten miles away instantly, and back, through teleportation, meaning to the resonance or interdimensional frequency of matter at that precise location and time. To travel in time, or instantaneously to the other side of the galaxy, you only need the specific resonance or frequency of the matter there at that specific moment in time. Even just moving ten kilometres away, within the same dimensional world, is moving to another dimension within the same overall dimensional world, where the vibrational rate of matter in every nearby location is relatively similar, but not exactly the same.

Since matter is constantly expanding, the electrons within the atoms are constantly enlarging their orbits and moving faster, and the frequency of matter in any place and time is continually getting higher, and is unique. There are as many different dimensions or planes of existence as there are different rates at which the electrons are orbiting, hence it is infinite. Eventually the Earth and everything on it will move into what could be considered the fourth dimension. The interdimensional frequency of our matter might have already crossed that threshold, although we would not have noticed anything different.

The concept of the third, fourth and fifth dimensional worlds or densities of matter, can only be arbitrarily defined by convention, as particular densities of matter within which several stable worlds and civilisations of a particular vibrational rate can exist and thrive. All ultraterrestrials, or aliens, are said to come from higher dimensions, which explains why most of the time we don’t see them. But apparently, they have always been here, they are everywhere, and they have their own cities.

It is worth noting that Ralph’s team, that teleported 10 miles away instantly, were still aware and doing things after the move. But once they came back to a normal vibrational rate, they could not remember anything. They had to rely on other evidence to confirm what they did during that period of time, when they were vibrating faster in a higher dimension:

“Did the craft fly? "Fly is not the right word. It traversed distance. It seemed to take no time. I was with two other engineers when we piloted the 45' craft about ten miles. I thought it hadn't moved - I thought it had failed. I was completely astonished when we realized that we had returned with samples of rocks and plants from our destination. It was a dramatic success. It was more like a kind of teleportation."”

Ralph Ring

The ultraterrestrials, or aliens, don’t need to wipe out our memory for us to forget, unless we are under hypnosis to recall everything from our subconscious mind. It is simply that memories made in higher dimensions or planes of existence, are only remembered with great difficulties once we move back to a lower dimension or vibrational rate of matter. It might be a limitation of our physical brain.

Precisely like in dreams, which are apparently realities made of atoms and molecules as well, according to Seth in Jane Roberts’ books. Dreams are also psychophysical realities identical in every way to our own physical world, where we need to immediately set ourselves to remember our dreams once we awake, before it is all gone forever.

Dreams are just another dimension, like any specific space and time anywhere in the universe is another and precise dimension where matter vibrates at a specific interdimensional frequency or resonance. We could all move into or see the dream of another person, by simply vibrating at the same frequency of matter within that dream.

I have experienced it, I could see the dreams of one of my friends while I lived in Los Angeles, he’s a psychic medium. He also had the ability to come into my dreams where we had conversations, which we confirmed the next day over the phone. His dreams were of a quality and clarity that were even more real than reality. I also could not lie to him, he always knew when I did, it was extremely annoying. It is how telepathy works and how people sometimes share dreams, or the same collective hallucination. A hallucination is therefore a real physical or psychophysical reality, or what I like to call another bubble reality.

To get back to Ralph Ring, he also stated:

“What's more, time was distorted somehow. We felt we were in the craft about fifteen or twenty minutes. We were told afterwards that we'd been carefully timed as having been in the craft no longer than three or four minutes.”

Ralph Ring

The faster your electrons are orbiting the nuclei of atoms and between atoms, the more you can do within a same amount of time as someone not vibrating as fast. There is still then a relativity to time, in its perception, called interdimensional time. I must point out that this has nothing to do with how Einstein posited the relativity of time, that he thought could be influenced by gravity or simple acceleration. Einstein’s theories are incompatible with Atomic Expansion Theory.

One last statement from Ring:

“The Utron was the key to it all. Carr said it accumulated energy because of its shape, and focused it, and also responded to our conscious intentions. When we operated the machine, we didn't work any controls. We went into a kind of meditative state and all three of us focused our intentions on the effect we wanted to achieve. It sounds ridiculous, I know. But that's what we did, and that's what worked. Carr had tapped into some principle which is not understood, in which consciousness melds with engineering to create an effect. You can't write that into equations. I have no idea how he knew it would work. But it did.”

Ralph Ring

How can we explain that? Thoughts and will can affect our own vibrational rate, which once amplified by their rotating electromagnets, and specifically shaped capacitors (Utrons), was extended to the ship they were on. Aliens often say they only have to think of where they want to go, and they are instantly there.

This is quite useful, because we appear to instinctively know what is the vibrational rate of a certain place and time where we want to go, without having to know for sure what is the exact frequency of matter there. After all, this is a psychological or psychophysical reality right out from our own brain. However, I am sure eventually technology could measure, calculate and extrapolate such interdimensional frequencies or resonance of different places and times, and thoughts would then not be required to travel there.

3.9 How can UFOs fly so easily and how to build an anti-gravity device?

We can see how easily spaceships can fly through the air using the geomagnetic fields on Earth as roads, and other astronomical magnetic fields populating space when in outer space. By accelerating the speed or frequency of their electrons within and between atoms, their particles become larger and more spaced out, and they become less dense. Anything that is less dense will automatically be pushed up above what is denser. And now we know the secret of these flying Tibetan Yogis, and it can all be explained by physics.

A balloon underwater will immediately float to the surface, because the air inside it is less dense than the water. And if there is helium in it, which is less dense than the gases in our atmosphere, it will fly up into the sky. As soon as a spaceship becomes less dense, it could immediately fly off out of the atmosphere without any need for propulsion, just through what is less dense being pushed up by what is denser.

Indeed, they must then use magnetic fields to stay on Earth and navigate, otherwise, they are so light, they would be expelled instantly out of the atmosphere. Or they can easily control their exact vibrational rate of matter, in order to be in the perfect density, to float and fly wherever they want.

It might also be possible that a less dense object would be pushed out of the solar system, but I can’t be sure. The gas giants Jupiter and Saturn, which are planets of a lesser density, are at the edge of the solar system, while denser planets are nearer the Sun. Just like it is at the bottom of the ocean, where the pressure and the density of the water is more significant.

The density of matter populating our solar system appears to be denser nearer the sun. Which would be logical from the formation of the solar system, following an initial massive explosion. The expansion would gather more matter nearer the centre and be denser, while the disks of matter orbiting further away, that would go on to form the outer planets, would be less dense.

But space itself is rather empty, density wise. And yet, the speed of a planet around the Sun defines the distance of its orbital ring within the solar system. Just like the speed of a satellite defines the height of its orbit around the Earth, and how fast it will go around the planet. But perhaps it has less to do with the density of matter, and more with the geometry of expansion.

There is no such thing as an ether required in Atomic Expansion Theory. Space is filled with electrons everywhere, in the form of clouds for magnetic fields, or clusters for light, heat and other radiant forms of energy. No medium is required in empty space for them to move through the relative motion of the geometry of expansion.

Strong magnetic fields might be another way to raise the vibrational rate or frequency of matter, changing the density of matter so it becomes extremely lightweight. At this point, from the point of view of an object vibrating faster, everything is lighter and going faster. In a same amount of time, you can achieve much more, as you are essentially moving into another dimension, changing the size of molecules, atoms and electrons, and the spacing between them.

Several spaceships appear to be using crystals in order to amplify the background radiation (gamma rays) and/or light surrounding us everywhere, to produce or direct energy, and use it as a mean of propulsion, especially in space. On Earth, some of these spaceships appear to have all around them a magnet turning one way, and another inside turning the other way, essentially creating huge electromagnetic fields that they can use to navigate on Earth, using the geomagnetic fields.

What we did not realise before, was how easy it is to propel such ships when their density is so light, that they are lighter than the gases in the air. It takes almost no energy at all. And the momentum of light through kinetic energy can easily be used to propel such ships very rapidly over extremely long distances. They are not in our dimension, although sometimes we can see them. They are much lighter, less dense. The only way we can reproduce that technology would be for us to build ships and technology capable of vibrating faster.

3.10 The infinitely small is identical to the infinitely large universe - New models for the atoms as galaxies, electrons as solar systems, super-neutrinos as suns, neutrinos as planets, and sub-neutrinos as moons

In a world completely defined by the expansion and contraction of matter, you would think that there would be no difference between the microscopic world of the infinitely small, particle physics, and the macroscopic world of the very large, astronomy. What we see in the subatomic and atomic world must essentially be identical to what we observe in the night sky. It might be thought-provoking, especially in this day and age of advanced physics, but it all works perfectly well.

For a long time, scientists were trying to compare the atom to a solar system, it was essentially originally the model of the atom according to Ernest Rutherford and Niels Bohr. It did not quite work as expected, and so the idea was abandoned. What I am saying instead is, it is the electron which is identical to a solar system.

I thought of it because, the way the atoms are bonding together to form the molecules, in attracting and repelling forces, is through the exchange of electrons between them. It made me wonder how electrons could bond together to form larger stable particles, such as protons and neutrons within atoms, and clusters of electrons within light and heat, if the electrons themselves were not also exchanging even smaller particles between them, which are called neutrinos. Especially when, in Atomic Expansion Theory, there are no more electric charges, and everything must be explained by the expansion, motion and behaviour of particles between each other.

Neutrinos at the scale of our very large are planets, while sub-neutrinos are moons and super-neutrinos are suns. Anything smaller than moons, such as asteroids, comets, rocks and grains of sand, are sub-sub-neutrinos. This is how much they can vary in size, and these are all different names sub-sub-neutrinos get at our larger scale.

It could be debated that these are all different types of particles, and we could each give them a name instead of just calling them all sub-sub-neutrinos, no matter the size. And indeed, those names are fine: asteroids, comets, rocks and grains of sand, then, exist at all scale universes. For convenience, I call them all sub-sub-neutrinos of varying sizes in our very small.

Sub-sub-neutrinos would be the smallest particle in existence at the scale of our very small, although they would be made of another set of particles even smaller at a much smaller scale than our very small, from another scale universe. All particles are made of sub-sub-neutrinos, meaning that if you smash any particle, this is what you will end up with. Which is why in beta-decay (radiation), neutrons decay into one proton, one electron and one or several neutrinos of varying sizes. This is essentially what the weak nuclear force is, one of the main four forces of nature.

Our computers, eventually, will easily be able to build realistic virtual 3D realities, of any dimensional world, because it is just a question of programming. One only needs to instruct the electrons to form into protons, neutrons and atoms, and then into molecules, in order to obtain a physical world as real as the one we are living in. At this time, virtual realities are entirely made of electrons, without bothering with assembling them into atoms and molecules, and without writing our real laws of physics into the programme, to get them to form concrete 3D objects through such laws.

If electrons are solar systems, then atoms are galaxies. This is not going to be easy to get people to accept this idea, because this is not how we visualise atoms in our science at the moment. Atoms don’t appear flat for a start, while most galaxies are. But atoms move so fast from our perspective, we think they are spheres, when in fact atoms must be mostly flat objects, just like galaxies. After my discovery, I searched the Internet for some confirmation, and I believe I read in The Urantia Book, that the atoms are flat objects which only appear to be spherical. So that is at least one confirmation from the esoteric literature.

People never thought electrons could be more than just small balls or point particles, without any real size or mass, or that they could have a nucleus with smaller particles orbiting within and between them. In my book New Age Physics, I make the case for this in more detail, in chapter 4. But suffice it to say, an atom could easily resemble a galaxy.

Several solar systems within the arms of galaxies would be linked together through what is called rogue planets, meaning planets orbiting between these solar systems, but far away from their nuclei. Which means very far away from our eight known planets. If people believe there is only one more planet to be found, planet X, they’re up for a surprise.

Sirius and the Pleiades for example must be linked to us. There must be rogue planets orbiting around these star systems and ours, and other planets orbiting only our star but far away, nearer the midpoint between us and these solar systems. Possibly these planets can switch their orbit from one sun to another in an 8 shaped orbit. There could be countless planets everywhere between and even beyond these solar systems and ours, linking them together. We have not yet seen these planets, bonding solar systems together into larger stable particles at a higher scale, similar to what we would call protons and neutrons within the nucleus of an atom.

The entire visible galaxy would only be the nucleus, as rogue solar systems orbiting between galaxies, at a far distance from the nuclei or visible galaxies, must be linking them together to form molecules at a much larger scale. These cosmic molecules would also be linked together through orbiting rogue solar systems between them.

Hence, solar systems are linked together by rogue planets to form larger stable particles such as protons, neutrons and clusters in light and radiant forms of energy. And galaxies also bond together through rogue solar systems to form cosmic molecules, that most probably compose a much larger body of something at a larger scale.

Who knows, the entire visible universe might be forming a being of some sort, maybe what we came to call God. But you can understand the scale of it, if our milky way galaxy is only one atom of this entire being, while we would be living on a neutrino within one electron of that being. We are small indeed, but of course it is all relative, when you consider that there is no space or distance, in a universe where matter simply expands and shrinks constantly instead of moving, if you followed my initial discussion.

Reality would just be a mental construction of a physical nature, just like dreams and thoughts are. The difference is how we perceive it, as reality is perceived via our external senses, while dreams and thoughts are perceived through our internal senses. All these planes of existence, like other dimensions, are made of matter and are physical in nature, as Seth would say in Jane Roberts’ The Early Sessions. All these realities are made of electrons, atoms and molecules, but of different sizes and vibrational rates or frequencies.

3.11 Gravity - No speed of light limit, the speed of light is relative and variable even in a vacuum

In Atomic Expansion Theory, there is no more Einstein or concept of space linked to time or to mass-energy, hence there is no more speed of light limit in our universe.

The speed of light is not constant, nor is it constant for all observers in different locations going at different speeds. It is not time that is relative, it is the speed of light, which is limited by its speed, creating optical illusions.

The electrons composing light, in the form of electron clusters, are simply expanding freely as soon as they are released at high speed from the subatomic world. Mark McCutcheon calls this the crossover effect, when electrons are moving out of the subatomic and atomic world, which is also the second type of expansion and contraction of matter, more specifically called growth and shrinkage of matter.

The difference with the third type discussed in the previous sections, is that these growing and shrinking electrons are externalised, they are outside the atomic realm, so they don’t affect the size of the atoms and the molecules, or the spacing between them.

As McCutcheon says, radio waves through to microwaves are typically produced with oscillators - either wire antennas where electricity oscillates back and forth, or hollow tubes designed to produce resonating or oscillating electromagnetic waves, or bands of compressed electrons. While infrared radiation through to gamma rays, including visible light, are essentially produced by heating a material until it “radiates energy” into clusters of electrons. This difference splits the electromagnetic spectrum into two specific and distinctive phenomena.

In order for clusters within light to be freely launched into space, the neutrinos orbiting electrons, and between electrons, must reach a certain speed, and their orbits a certain size (the crossover effect). Depending on the size of the clusters, they are launched at sensibly the same high speed, which accounts for most of the speed of light. Once they have been launched at that certain speed, the initial boost to free themselves from the subatomic world, the speed of light is further calculated between objects using the Atomic Expansion Equation of Mark McCutcheon.

I have assessed that the expansion rate of the electrons is the same as the one of the atoms, although for Mark McCutcheon the expansion rate of the electron is unknown, and radically faster than the expansion rate of the atom. As a consequence, to calculate the changing distance between expanding subatomic particles, we can equally use the Atomic Expansion Equation, so I changed its name to the Atomic and Subatomic Expansion Equation.

3.11a Atomic and Subatomic Expansion Equation to calculate gravity between expanding objects made of atoms and/or electrons

D' = D - n^2 XA · (R_1 + R_2) /

1 + n^2 XA

D' is the changing distance between two expanding objects of radius R_1 and R_2

D is the original distance between the two objects

n is the number of seconds that have passed since the original distance was measured between the two objects

XA is the universal atomic and subatomic expansion rate’s constant 0.00000077 /s^2 or 7.7 x 10-7 /s^2

The top of the second part of the equation refers to the absolute decrease in distance due to the constant internal expansion of the objects, and the bottom part refers to the further relative decrease in distance, since space has not expanded along with the objects. That bottom part is what causes the acceleration in the changing distance. For the full explanation, see chapter 4 in New Age Physics, section 4.5 Two types of distance decrease to calculate gravity. This Atomic and Subatomic Expansion Equation to calculate gravity replaces Newton’s Law of Universal Gravitation and General Relativity’s equations.

Thus, the speed of light, adding to its initial launching speed, will depend on the distance between the origin and the destination, and on the size and the expansion rate of these objects. One of these objects being the electron clusters composing the light, the other object being the destination, for example a planet or a spaceship.

One must also consider the orbits of the electron clusters in light, since their path will deviate as they pass near larger objects such as the Sun, following the natural orbit effect of the geometry of expansion. These partial orbits would further accelerate the speed of light, just like satellites sent into partial orbits around planets, are accelerated through the slingshot effect, which is entirely a geometrical effect of relative motion, involving no physical force of any kind.

And then, the clusters could be slowed down by whatever they encounter along the way, such as gases (molecules and atoms) and magnetic fields (clouds of electrons). The speed of any light coming to us must be decelerating and accelerating alternatively, whether we accept that the expansion rate of the electron is the same as the one of the atom, or not. Light is not immune to gravity, orbits, and the geometry of expansion. The speed of light varies, it slows down with anything it encounters in space, and accelerates with gravity and the slingshot effect, when passing by large bodies.

This said, light, just like heat and radio signals, tends to dissipate in time with distance, and become weaker. The clusters of electrons within light and heat, and the compressed bands of electrons in radio signals, eventually lose coherence and disperse into space, which would also affect its speed.

In order for the electrons to leave the atom in the crossover effect, they must be excited, and their neutrinos must be orbiting faster. Like when we are applying heat, which is a way to add particles and clusters to a system, in order to excite all the other particles. At this point, the orbits of the neutrinos enlarge and the electrons grow. They may also shrink if the neutrinos suddenly slow down, which happens as they come into contact with other smaller electrons or clouds of electrons (magnetic fields), with slower orbiting neutrinos.

Each time the clusters of electrons in light return to the subatomic realm, such as when passing through a block of glass, they slow down. But the ones that will escape are re-launched at high speed, as once again they have reached the speed required to leave the subatomic realm. And no doubt they are helped by the accumulated momentum since leaving the original light source, which some of it must be kept as they go through the glass without hitting any of the atoms and molecules. And the collisions might cause some atoms to collapse or explode, freeing more electrons and clusters at high speed.

This is essentially the crossover effect of Mark McCutcheon described in The Final Theory, which I called the second type of growth and shrinkage of matter. It explains the attracting and repelling forces of the electrons in static electricity, as when two clouds of expanding electrons meet between two rubbed rods made of glass or plastic. If the electrons within the meeting clouds of electrons, between the rods, are the same size, they will repel. If they are not, they will equalise and attract. Or they will neutralise if the there is an electric discharge, and the electrons dissipate everywhere, or return to the subatomic realm of the rods. Static electricity is covered in detail in chapter 4.

These electrons, electron clusters, electron clouds, or compressed bands of electrons, must all be ejected more or less at the same speed, when freed from the subatomic realm. However, once freed, their speed is affected by gravity, since they still have a constant inner expansion, like everything else, and gravity is the changing distance between expanding objects.

Hence, the speed of light is not constant, it varies greatly from one location to another, or depending on an observer’s speed and direction of motion. A spaceship moving at twice the speed of light, would still see light coming to them. Because it is a question of the clusters of electrons of light, simply moving from the source of the light, to their ship in space, and it does not matter what speed they are going at when the clusters arrive.

And if they turn on a light on their ship, that source of light, and the ejected electron clusters, are already going at twice the speed of light along with them, so it is not an issue for that light to move from the source to their eyes. Although they would measure a normal speed of light in this case, on Earth we would measure that speed of light as going at three times the speed of light. The speed of light is relative to the point of view.

Going at twice or more our actual measurement of the speed of light, is now possible in Atomic Expansion Theory, if the acceleration is gradual and constant, in order to avoid being crushed, and if we could find a suitable mean of propulsion.

I must mention that Mark McCutcheon does not agree with me on certain of these points, although he stated that he does not believe that the speed of light is constant. For him, the speed of light is dependent on the greater and constant inner expansion rate of the electrons and of the subatomic particles, compared to the lower expansion rate of the atoms, and this explains how they can escape the atoms. But he certainly believes we can go faster than the speed of light, stating that there is nothing preventing us from trying right now, it is just that we never tried yet.

3.12 Orbits - Newton’s Law of Universal Gravitation and Coulomb’s Law are similar, but they measure different phenomena

The Earth and the Sun are constantly expanding, and the distance between them is reducing in an acceleration, always. So why are they not coming closer together and hitting each other?

Behind the scenes, where we can see the expansion, if two expanding objects meet in space without colliding, and they are going at the right speed to continue on their course away from each other, despite their inner expansion, then in our resulting reality, where we cannot see the expansion, they follow the natural orbit effect of the geometry of expansion, and could continue on their orbit forever.

The question now becomes, although their expansion is constant, if the distance reduction between them is accelerating, as it is in gravity, how can they continue to escape each other forever?

At that moment, when they enter an orbit, and moment by moment thereafter, the relative motion of the geometry of expansion, constantly accelerates them away from each other. This is like the slingshot effect, when a space probe is sent into a partial orbit around a planet to significantly increase its speed. It is all due to the geometry of expansion, no force is involved.

The geometry of expansion will result in a distance reduction between two objects until they collide, or, to an orbit where they may never collide. Behind the scenes, we can see the expansion, objects don’t enter into orbits, and they might be moving in straight lines or slightly curved paths, away from each other. The difference behind the scenes, is that the objects are coming closer together and will collide as they expand, or, they are moving away from each other, possibly in straight lines, fast enough to escape their constant inner expansion, always keeping a certain distance between them.

In one case it is like an object falling back to Earth, in the other it is like an object being accelerated to a certain height over the Earth, where the geometry will naturally start accelerating it away from the planet and keep it in orbit. Perhaps even always at the very same location, as in a geosynchronous orbit.

For example, in an elliptical orbit, a planet is moving away from the Sun fast enough to escape their constant mutual inner expansion. Eventually the distance between the planet and the Sun reduces, as the expansion of the Sun catches up with the planet, and then the planet slows down. The planet starts to accelerate back towards the Sun, because in gravity the distance reduction is an acceleration. It then goes around the Sun and moves away accelerated, just like in the slingshot effect. Then it goes for another orbit away from the Sun, where eventually the expansion of the Sun will catch up with it once again.

The orbit may appear very stable and always relatively the same to us, but behind the scenes it is actually an accelerating orbit enlarging in a spiral, counteracting their mutual constant expansion, and counteracting the acceleration of the distance reduction between them. I visually cover orbits in more detail in chapter 4.

You can see here how the distance reduction in gravity is causing the elliptical orbit, and how orbits are linked to gravity, and how it all results from the relative motion of the geometry of expansion. But as the objects are always expanding at a constant rate behind the scenes, no matter what, there is always an overall reduction in distance between everything, even when everything is kept at the same relative distance because of the enlarging orbits.

The planets’ orbital rings around the Sun are enlarging, as the entire solar system is also expanding constantly. We would see the distance between two expanding solar systems reduce in an acceleration, however they too are kept apart by rogue planets orbiting between them. The distance reduction is real in any case, gravity still happens, even if from our point of view, the distances all appear to remain as they are. With this in mind, let’s look at the difference between Newton and Coulomb’s equations.

3.12a Newton’s Law of Universal Gravitation

F = G · m_1 m_2 /

r^2

F is the attracting force between two atomic objects of mass m_1 and m_2

r is the distance between the centre of the masses

G is the gravitational constant (6.674×10−11 N · (m/kg)2)

It so happens that this equation is very similar to Coulomb’s Law in static electricity.

3.12b Coulomb’s Law

F = ke · q_1 q_2 /

r^2

F is the attracting or repelling force between two charges q_1 and q_2

r is the distance between the charges

ke is the Coulomb's constant (8.9875517873681764×10^9 N m^2 C−2)

Gravity is the changing distance between two or more expanding objects, whether these objects are made of atoms and molecules, like Earth, or whether they are made of electrons or clusters of electrons, like light and heat, or whether they are made of clouds of electrons as in electric and magnetic fields. This is what has been referred to as the attracting force acting at a distance in Newton, and this is what his equation mentioned above measures.

This attracting force also exists in Coulomb in electrostatic, since everything constantly expands, reducing the distance between everything. However, the resulting distance reduction is counteracted by the constant enlarging orbits of neutrinos within electrons, and the constant exchange of neutrinos between electrons, keeping them bonded but apart.

In a static field, this expansion of all orbits is unseen, because everything expands relatively to each other at the same constant rate. This is identical to what I was mentioning earlier, concerning the orbit of the Earth around the Sun, and the orbits of rogue planets around solar systems, keeping them all apart despite the distance reduction.

Coulomb’s Law measures this force required by the orbits to keep the objects apart, which depends on the charges of the particles. Coulomb’s Law works mostly in static electrical and magnetic fields, but they are never really static, if everything behind the scenes is constantly expanding, including all the orbits of all these particles.

At the base of a static field, in Coulomb, there is a force counteracting gravity and its resulting reduction in distance between everything (Newton). So there is a link between these two equations, the same link discussed earlier where two objects will hit each other or enter into an orbit instead. But why then is there an attractive and repulsive force in Coulomb?

Coulomb uses the energetic content of the subatomic objects in his equation, while Newton uses the mass of the atomic objects from centre to centre. The Atomic Expansion Equation for gravity, mentioned in the previous section, uses instead the size of the objects, and their expansion rate from surface to surface, this is why the radii of the objects are used in the equation.

There is bound to be some equivalence when using these equations, since the energy content, the mass and the size of an object are usually proportional. The larger an object is, usually the more mass it has, and the more energy it has (or capacity to push back and attract). But not always, and that’s the issue.

The reason Newton’s gravity is solely an attracting force, while in electrostatic, Coulomb’s Law is both an attracting and repelling force, is because they are measuring different phenomena, although both phenomena are linked to gravity. These two laws are not really interchangeable, despite sometimes scientists interchanging them in certain situations, while probably still getting relevant results.

I always thought Mark McCutcheon had been extremely specific when he developed his Atomic Expansion Equation to measure gravity. He did not say, gravity is the reduction in distance between expanding objects, he stated that gravity is the changing distance between expanding objects. As if to take into account this counter interaction of the orbits, or any attracting or repelling force, counteracting the attracting force of gravity, or even simply the momentum an object already has, while being affected by gravity. Once this begins to be applied in our science, and an army of physicists develop this further, we should see very interesting results.

In Newton there is a distance reduction due to the inner expansion of the objects. And in Coulomb, there is an additional attracting or repelling force countering this distance reduction, due to the orbits of smaller particles or objects, linking together but keeping apart, larger particles or objects. This additional attracting or repelling force counteracts the first distance reduction due to the inner expansion, through constantly enlarging orbits keeping the particles or objects apart.

For example, solar systems can attract or repel each other depending on the speed at which the rogue planets are orbiting between them. The faster the orbits, due to more matter being added to the system or pressure added, and the more spaced out the orbits will become, seeming to be a repelling force between solar systems.

The slower the orbits of the rogue planets, due to matter leaving the system or being destroyed, or the pressure being relieved, the smaller the orbits will become, seeming to be an attracting force. All of this while still counteracting the distance reduction due to their inner expansion, in other words, due to gravity. Solar systems are electrons, it is the same whether we are talking at the smaller scale or the larger one.

Coulomb’s Law measures this force keeping the objects apart, while Newton measures the overall distance reduction between all objects due to their constant inner expansion, which never stops, even in a cloud of electrons completely immobile between two charged rods in static electricity.

There are no more charges or charged particles in Atomic Expansion Theory. Electrons can attract or repel each other, depending on the speed at which the neutrinos linking them together are orbiting. The faster the orbits of the neutrinos - due to more energy being added to the system, like more electrons through heat for example, or added pressure being added by squeezing the entire system - the larger the orbits of the neutrinos will be, seeming to be a repelling force. And vice versa for the slower orbits of the neutrinos creating an attracting force between the electrons.

The same goes for galaxies. The rogue solar systems orbiting between them and linking them together, can orbit faster in longer orbits, the galaxies are then being repelled, or orbit slower in shorter orbits, the galaxies are then attracting each other. And yet, all these galaxies and solar systems continue to expand constantly, and their orbits are constantly enlarging in an acceleration, to compensate for the accelerating reduction in distance due to gravity.

Galaxies are atoms, and galaxies linked together by solar systems are forming molecules at a larger scale. It is the same for atoms linked together by orbiting electrons, together they compose different molecules. Eventually we might use Coulomb’s Law, or some similar equation, applied to the larger scale, to measure the force between solar systems linked together.

To summarise, Newton’s attracting force, or gravity, will always reduce the distance between objects due to their constant inner expansion. However, gravity can be counteracted by particles orbiting between objects, keeping these objects apart. These orbits can accelerate and enlarge, or decelerate and shrink, changing the distance between these objects while keeping them apart, despite the considerable expansion of all these objects. And this is Coulomb’s attracting or repulsing force. This is whether we are talking about electrons with orbiting neutrinos, or solar systems with orbiting rogue planets between them. Or atoms with orbiting electrons, or galaxies with orbiting rogue solar systems.

It is worth noting here that there are no forces involved per se. It is all an intricate system of smaller particles’ orbits enlarging and contracting, being exchanged between larger particles, pushing back or pulling together depending on the circumstances. Newton’s Law of Universal Gravitation has now been replaced by Mark McCutcheon’s Atomic and Subatomic Expansion Equation. And the discussion above is how I re-interpret Coulomb’s Law in light of Atomic Expansion Theory. I will discuss this in more detail later on in the book.

Another important point, is that an orbit does not really counteract the distance reduction of gravity. An orbit is just another outcome of the geometry of expansion, as much as the distance reduction in gravity is. However, in both cases, the distance reduces between everything, if not between the objects in orbits within a particular system, at least between the overall objects they form, and other such objects elsewhere in their surroundings. Like the distance between two groupings of linked solar systems, for example, or two clusters of electrons, which would not be linked together by orbiting electrons.

In New Age Physics, when applied to ultraterrestrials and their physics, you add to this the frequency or speed at which the neutrinos and electrons are orbiting everywhere, which affects the size of these particles and how fast they vibrate, establishing in which dimension these objects exist in.

There could be many planets, solar systems and galaxies that we don’t even see or can interact with. It is doubtful they could have much impact on what we can see and interact with, but who knows. This is however not the solution to resolve the missing dark matter of the universe, since this dark matter was only invented for Einstein’s theories to still work, which we no longer have any use for in Atomic Expansion Theory. We can all stop looking for dark matter or dark energy, the sooner the better.

3.13 A different concept of positively and negatively charged particles in Atomic Expansion Theory

Only the particles exchanging smaller particles orbiting between them, can be considered charged particles, positive or negative, as only they can either attract or repel other particles. The same goes for solar systems locked in with other solar systems (electrons) through orbiting planets between them, and galaxies (atoms) with orbiting solar systems between them. After that, a simple natural orbit effect between two particles, or the failure of one materialising for whatever reason, might also be interpreted as an attracting charge or neutrality.

There could also be an exchange of several neutrinos causing an attracting or repelling force, even when dealing with only two particles, such as an electron and a proton. An electron has orbiting neutrinos, and a proton is full of electrons with orbiting neutrinos, that can push back or attract simply by exchanging neutrinos, and by changing the speed and the size of the orbits of their neutrinos, whenever other particles come close.

As to why neutrons are neutral particles, and don’t appear to be exchanging smaller particles with other particles they encounter, must have something to do with how many electrons and neutrinos they have. A configuration which neither pushes back nor attracts other particles, or where, perhaps, no exchange of particles take place.

At any rate, the very idea of protons and neutrons will need to be re-thought, because I don’t see them when I look at a galaxy. And where are those quarks? I only see groupings of solar systems bonded together by rogue planets, each group representing probably a certain amount of energy, that we have identified as particles such as protons and neutrons. If two groupings don’t exchange any planets between them, because of their configuration, number of planets, or very likely because of relatively large distances separating them, then possibly they could be considered neutral, neither attracting nor repelling other particles.

The only true neutral particle in nature should be the neutrinos of all sizes, in my opinion. They are the only particles that do not exchange any smaller particles between them. But neutrinos do have orbiting smaller particles around them, just like planets have moons. It is just that planets don’t exchange their moons. However, it could be possible, and maybe we will witness this one day, if we ever visit other solar systems, that planets might have moons orbiting between them. If it turns out to exist, even the neutrinos could not be considered neutral. Only moons and sub-neutrinos would then be considered neutral particles.

It is in view of this that I thought it would be better to make the distinction between neutrinos and sub-neutrinos in the very small. There are neutrinos, our planets, and there are even smaller particles orbiting them, the equivalent to our moons. I thought we should recognise them and give them a proper name, because they might become important in the future. And of course, I decided to call suns super-neutrinos. I think Seth, in Jane Roberts’ books, did say that we would eventually discover a new particle even smaller than the neutrino. If it was not in Jane Roberts, then it was in The Urantia Book. And this is all becoming a self-fulfilling prophecy.

As in the discussion in the previous section shows, such particles are not really charged particles, they simply contain either more or less smaller particles in higher orbit than their neighbours orbiting around them. If a neighbour comes close enough, and it has less particles than its neighbours, some smaller particles will start orbiting between both. And the natural orbit effect of the geometry of expansion will ensure a complete balance of all systems, changing all the orbits instantly whenever new particles pass by or go away. The natural orbit effect of the geometry of expansion will be explained in more detail in chapter 4.

Wherever there is a surplus of the smaller particles, the orbits will re-arrange themselves to patch any other place where there is a depletion. The orbits will equalise in size between systems, either enlarging or reducing their orbits to balance. And the speed of the smaller particles will also equalise, either going faster or reducing in speed. Again, this is all due to the relative motion of the geometry of expansion.

This is the attracting and repulsing force that bonds the atoms together to form molecules, and which bonds together electrons to form larger particles such as protons and neutrons, clusters in light and heat, and clouds in magnetic fields. This is the reason some particles are said to be positive or negative.

If there is a same number of smaller particles orbiting the larger particles, they will repel, as there is nothing to balance. And once balance has been achieved, these particles or systems are locked in through these orbiting smaller particles. This is when we have stable particles or molecules.

A charged particle, one that is either positive or negative, capable of attracting or repelling another particle, is no longer really a charged entity possessing an electric charge of some sort. It is just a particle or a system with more or less smaller particles orbiting it, and orbiting between the particles and systems, with an elaborate natural orbit effect to balance the overall system. An electric discharge is all the smaller particles becoming unstable and going everywhere, or more specifically wherever there are sudden large depletions of these smaller particles, like in lightning.

Neutrinos, which are planets, and sub-neutrinos, which are moons, don’t exchange smaller particles or objects between them, as far as we know. This lack of exchange of particles between them, means that they cannot attract or repel anything. They are considered neutral particles and objects, although they are still subject to the natural orbit effect of the geometry of expansion. And in their expansion, the distance between them will reduce, unless counteracted by their enlarging orbits.

In solar systems where there is more than one sun, or in electrons where there is more than one super-neutrino, suns and super-neutrinos are exchanging particles between them, so they are not neutral particles, unless there is only one of them in their system.

An electron has orbiting neutrinos within it, and can attract other electrons passing by through an exchange of neutrinos, if there is an imbalance of neutrinos between them. The same for solar systems who attract or repel other solar systems passing by, depending on the number of planets overall orbiting within the solar system, and between other solar systems already linked to it.

An atom has orbiting electrons, and is exchanging electrons with other atoms nearby. The number of orbiting electrons the atom contains, and that are being exchanged already with nearby atoms, will determine, through the natural orbit effect of expansion, if any new atoms passing by will link to the system or not, or if it will be attracted or repelled. This is what chemical bonds are and what defines the Periodic Table of Elements, and what kind of element the atoms will end up being. The same goes for galaxies with their orbiting solar systems within the galaxies and between galaxies. They will either attract or repel other galaxies and form cosmic molecules and elements at a higher scale universe.

Would you not like to know what element of the Periodic Table of Elements our galaxy is? And the molecule that it forms with its neighbours at a higher scale? And what about our solar system, is it linked to other solar systems around, in order to form the energetic equivalent of a proton, or a neutron? Although they look nothing like the balls or point particles we imagined them to be. With this new information, someone out there eventually might find out and tell us.

One last important thing. There is this idea floating out there that if the Sun were to suddenly be destroyed, this information would need to travel in space to the very last planet of the solar system, before that last planet could start changing its orbit. And there were discussions about gravitational waves or graviton particles, capable of travelling faster than light, which would transmit this information instantly. However, none if this is required.

The geometry of expansion is instant everywhere. As soon as the Sun would be destroyed, instantly all the orbits would change, not only in our solar system, but across many other solar systems linked to ours. It could even affect the orbits of everything in the galaxy, and perhaps beyond. It would be instant, because this relative motion of the geometry of expansion is all due to what can be seen behind the scenes, where we can see the expansion.

Behind the scenes, all we see are expanding balls moving in all directions, no orbits whatsoever, and it is the fact that we cannot see this expansion that results in our reality of orbits. If one dot disappears behind the scenes, it instantly changes everywhere the entire geometry of our resulting reality. No other dots need to know that one has disappeared, none of these other dots changed their path or speed as a result of one dot disappearing. They just continue on their existing paths and their expansion, which instantly changes everywhere the geometry of the resulting universe we see, moment by moment.

3.14 Interdimensional time is relative - Time is not relative nor a dimension as Einstein claimed

Time is no longer relative, and certainly no longer a dimension as in Einstein’s concept of spacetime. Time simply does not exist, except as a human convention, for practical calculations that make sense to us. Time essentially runs the same everywhere, within our dimension. For the entire debunk of the proofs of Einstein’s concepts, please read the free excerpts mentioned at 2.9 Debunk of Standard Theory.

As soon as you change dimension however, indeed the time rate appears to change. I must stress that what truly changes here, is simply the perception of the passing of time. Most importantly, your watch and atomic clocks are not going to run faster or slower no matter what. They will always tick at the same rate, unlike in Einstein, despite the numerous proofs to the contrary.

Someone vibrating faster in a higher dimension, will be able to achieve much more than us within a same amount of time. Days could go by for them, within a few minutes here, but it is only a different perception of time. For example, the Earth is not going to start orbiting faster around the Sun just because you moved to a higher dimension, and suddenly can do things much faster than normal, or accomplish more within a same amount of time.

Have you ever wondered how a colleague at work, seems capable of doing twice more work than you in a same amount of time, while you thought you were actually quite quick, and could not possibly work any faster? How is this colleague doing it then? Is he or she vibrating at the same rate as you? I had several of these colleagues in the past, who cleared so much work in record time, they appeared to defy the laws of physics.

It is like a fly vibrating at 250 hertz compared to us vibrating at 50-60 hertz. They can do more than us, up to four times more, in a same amount of time. For us they move in fast forward, just like for us tortoises move in slow motion, as they vibrate at a frequency of 15 hertz.

UFOs are not the only things flying around in weird paths, and often at a right angle, stopping in midstream. Just look at the flight patterns of flies, and you will observe that they often move in the exact same way, often at a right angle and stopping in midstream. This could be only how we perceive it, because essentially flies are living in a different dimension than ours, one that we can still see and interact with, where everything is vibrating faster, and where time is perceived as ticking faster. However, what we see might not be what really is, due to motion being relative.

From witness accounts, aliens, or ultraterrestrials, have eyes that look more like lenses, and they are reminiscent of the eyes of flies and other insects. There is an excellent reason, as to why they have a similar kind of eyes. Vibrating faster, they see light of a higher frequency, but from a higher dimension. This is why the most efficient fly zappers use ultraviolet light, in order to attract the insects into their trap. What they see, must be similar to our ultraviolet light, without being exactly the same. The clusters of electrons within their light, must be larger, more spaced out, with neutrinos and electrons orbiting faster. That kind of light lays outside our range of visible light.

Lizard eyes, like the ones of demons or other creatures from the lower dimensions, must be more sensitive to infrared light, because reptiles live in slow motion and vibrate slower than us. If our matter were to vibrate a little bit faster, we would never see such creatures, they would disappear into their lower dimensions. Plus, we might meet more beings vibrating at a higher frequency of matter.

This also explains those flying rods, that we can only see in slow motion on films or photos. They are most likely insects vibrating so fast, we can’t see them with the naked eye. We need to first film them and view it in slow motion. And even then, we only see a spiralling elongated shadow of what they truly are.

You can see this “rod” effect with the naked eye just by looking at normal insects outside in the summer. Some are buzzing so fast in swarms, you can only see elongated blur images that look precisely like images of flying rods. But once they stop, you can see what they truly look like, normal insects. I even personally observed insects disappearing completely from view over short distances, until they stopped their flight, it is not uncommon.

And now you know why insects and flies can easily defy gravity and remain and walk on the ceiling. They weight almost nothing, the matter composing them is less dense, and the ceiling expanding downward, with everything else that is expanding in the universe, is enough to create a small gravity effect that can keep them firmly on the ceiling. In its downward expansion, the ceiling pushes down on the insects, keeping them on the ceiling. It also works with larger bugs, when sometimes it seems they are defying the laws of gravity, because they are of a lesser density while vibrating faster.

Anything of a lesser density is pushed upward by what is denser. If bugs are lighter than air, or of the right density to feel almost weightless, then they can easily stick to walls and ceilings. In some cases, they can even levitate and fly long distances without the need for wings, as in the mystery of the flying spiders covering miles over the sea to reach boats. And also, the flying Tibetan Yogis capable of mentally altering their vibrational rate, in order to become less dense than air. This is the kind of thing our technology needs to exploit, so we can fly out into space without any need for propulsion.

On a more personal level, in order to vibrate faster, without becoming obsessive, you only need to think of it and imagine it happening. Feel lighter and think more positively about life, and the world we live in, despite all the fears and how bleak it might look. I’m no expert, but feeling love for everything, or feeling something more positive, should help. This is what inspiration, motivation and creativity are all about, it fills you with energy. Freedom and liberty are a trick of the mind, you are only ever as free as you think you are. If you feel free, you vibrate faster, and all the negative does not affect you emotionally.

3.15 E=mc^2 should be replaced by the kinetic energy equation Ek=½mv^2

Einstein’s famous equation is about his ideas of relative motion, as expressed in Special Relativity. But nothing strange happens anymore, as we get closer to the speed of light or beyond, as it is now possible, and so his relativistic equations can no longer be used, in Atomic Expansion Theory.

Light is no longer made of energy made of nothing, composed of ghost particles made of nothing. Light is now made of clusters of electrons in motion. Energy and mass are no longer interchangeable, and neither are they relative. The concept of spacetime is now gone. Space can no longer be pierced or bent or squeezed into black holes or singularities. Furthermore, time is constant and no longer a dimension. Instead, it is the speed of light which is relative and variable.

E=mc^2, which is energy equals a mass, multiplied by the constant speed of light squared, is very similar to the kinetic energy equation Ek=½mv^2, known prior to Einstein, where the kinetic energy equals, half of a mass multiplied by the velocity of that mass squared.

It is well known, that at speeds well below the speed of light, we must defer to the kinetic energy equation, instead of Einstein’s famous equation. Both equations measure the force of impact, that light can have when it hits something. And since they can be derived, from the classical equations for the momentum of light, the kinetic energy doubles, when the clusters of electrons within the light, bounce back reflecting surfaces, such as mirrors and glass. Thus, depending on the reflectiveness of the surfaces, these equations should be in the range of E=mc^2 and E=2mc^2 for Einstein’s equation, and between Ek=½mv^2 and Ek=mv^2 for the kinetic energy equation.

In Atomic Expansion Theory, light, heat and other radiant forms of energy, are made of clusters of electrons instead of photons, while magnetic fields are clouds of electrons. Most types of energy are now simply defined, as interacting expanding, growing and shrinking particles and/or objects in motion.

The speed of light is measured by the high speed at which the clusters of electrons, are launched out of the atoms, by whatever process is used to do so, plus any acceleration due to gravity, before the clusters hit something. Ek is the kinetic energy, or force of impact of a mass m, in this case the clusters of electrons within the light beam, multiplied by the final velocity of that mass, calculated using v^2.

Both the square and the half in the kinetic energy equation, represent an acceleration. And now, the speed of light is no longer constant in Atomic Expansion Theory, it is in fact accelerating due to gravity, while decelerating and dissipating, when encountering other particles in space. Therefore, to measure the final speed of the light, and obtain the true force of impact of the light, we need to use the kinetic energy equation, instead of Einstein’s famous equation, even at the speed of light or beyond.

There is a longer discussion as to why E=mc^2 should be replaced by the kinetic energy equation Ek=½mv^2, in chapter 1, section 1.4.

3.16 Redshifts misinterpretation - No dark matter, dark energy, Big Bang or black holes

New Age Physics is a new science that could revolutionise everything, overall it is called Atomic Expansion Theory. I would call it Expansion Theory, but people would think I am referring to the Theory of Inflation of the universe. They think the universe is ever expanding faster, because of dark matter and dark energy, which are inventions in a botched attempt to make Einstein’s equations still work, when it is clear to all that his theories are simply incorrect, by a long shot.

The redshift in light is nothing like sound, there is no Doppler effect in light. Redshifts are no indication of distance of astronomical objects, nor of speed, nor of direction of movement. Things are not moving ever faster away from us, quite the contrary, the observations show that the universe is more static than anything else.

There is no dark matter, there is no dark energy, and there was no one Big Bang that started our universe, along with its singularity where space and time lose their meaning. After all, no one has ever been able to identify a central point in the universe, from where everything would have originated from. There is no need for them once you understand how we misinterpreted redshifts.

There are no such things as black holes or wormholes either. A black hole is simply a dead star that went supernova some time ago. These dead stars can be extremely large and have a significant effect on the orbits of everything around them, while their proportional significant expansion will catch up with a lot of matter near them. However, they are only black from our point of view, because dead stars don’t emit light. It makes no difference whether the star is alive and shining, or dead without emitting any light, the gravitational effect is the same. There are no black holes at the centre of galaxies either. Anyone who looks carefully at any galaxy, will notice that the middle appears to be more like a massive sun than a black hole. And if not, then you are looking at a dead massive sun.

3.17 The double slit experiment misinterpretation and the issue with particle accelerators

The double slit experiment, which is at the base of the entire Quantum Mechanics, has been misinterpreted. It is said that one electron being ejected in front of two little openings, will sometimes interfere with itself, and create a wave pattern on the screen behind the openings, instead of dots as it should be, if they were to pass through only one slit. This is said to be a proof that the electron is going through both openings at the same time, proving the wave-particle duality of matter. Moreover, it is said that whether we observe the experiment, or don’t, will alter the results.

For Mark McCutcheon, the author of The Final Theory and Atomic Expansion Theory, it is simple. When they say that only one electron is being ejected at a time, before passing through one slit or the other, or through both slits at the same time, he says that in fact there are more than one electron being ejected, but our measuring instruments cannot detect them. Hence, they still have the interfering pattern of waves on the screen behind the slits. And of course, maybe a whole bunch of neutrinos are also ejected with each electron.

According to Mark McCutcheon, it would prove almost unthinkable that we would be able to fire off just one electron or one cluster of electrons (photon) at a time. In his debunk of Quantum Mechanics, McCutcheon shows that energy or light does not have a dual nature of wave and particles. Instead, it is always a sea of particles that move in waves. Just like molecules of gases will move in waves of air, and water molecules will move in waves of water. Waves of energy cannot cancel each other out, it would violate the Law of Conservation of Energy. Instead, simply all the particles stop moving in waves and scatter in all directions.

As to the results being different depending on if we are observing the experiment or not, if the act of observing requires any kind of particles being thrown at the experiment, such as light, which are clusters of electrons, or beams of electrons, then of course it would affect the electrons or clusters being fired within the experiment. Not observing the experiment will result in less particles going around in there, observing it might flood the whole experiment with particles, altering the results.

This is also a problem in particle accelerators. If you are using electricity or electromagnetic fields to accelerate the particles in an accelerator, then you are essentially firing clouds of electrons to speed up the particles. Their expansion rate is set, the speed at which they are launched freely into space will never push them ever faster. It does not mean that the mass of the particles is becoming infinite, as Einstein’s relativity states, and that they can no longer go over the speed of light. The experiment is simply limited by the speed of the particles they use in order to accelerate them.

And of course, if all particles are made of electrons, and you are constantly throwing electrons at them, bits will break up, others will stick and create what seems like new particles that will only exist for a micro-second. However, these are not new particles, you can easily create an infinite number of particles if you wish, all of them with a slightly different number of electrons. Only stable particles in nature are worthwhile and should be considered particles.

You will note that beyond neutrinos, electrons, clusters of electrons, protons, neutrons and atoms, neither Mark McCutcheon nor I mention any other particle. McCutcheon does not even mention the neutrinos. And even then, for me the protons and neutrons at the larger scale, are now more like shapeless groupings of solar systems, linked together by orbiting planets between them, which overall correspond to a certain energetic value equivalent to a proton or a neutron at the smaller scale.

This must reflect what protons and neutrons look like in the very small. Maybe they have a shape, maybe they are balls. We would need to map accurately a few solar systems in our galaxy, not using redshifts in light, and check which ones are linked together through orbiting planets, and identify what shape these groupings might have.

3.18 Quantum Entanglement misinterpretation

Quantum Entanglement is a strange phenomenon where two subatomic particles from a same source, separated in space, are interconnected somehow. And if you change the polarity of one particle, the other change accordingly instantly across a huge distance, and faster than the speed of light. How can that be?

As Mark McCutcheon says, with the new understanding, the nature of light is radically changed from separate photons fired through space, to continuous beams of expanding subatomic-matter clusters that our eyes detect, to generate the experience of colour and brightness.

In this case, this is not an experiment with two photons exhibiting mysterious “quantum entanglement”, but merely two separate unseen continuous beams of expanding matter clusters, physically connected back to where they were split, from one initial beam. Then, the more likely explanation of the “entanglement” effect, is that an influence altering one beam, is conducted along this continuous span of unseen physically connected matter clusters, which goes on to affect the other beam.

Since vibrations in solid objects travel faster the denser the material, the speed of conduction through the extremely dense span of such subatomic-matter clusters in light, may well be extremely rapid - even far exceeding the speed of light. The “entanglement” experiments appear to suggest this possibility of conducting signals along beams of light at speeds that so far appear to be instantaneous, providing a practical possibility for faster-than-light communication. And this certainly could speed up computer processors, once we have the correct understanding of what is really going on.

3.19 Parallel universes - The Heisenberg uncertainty principle misinterpretation

The Heisenberg uncertainty principle is the assumption that we can only tell either the position of an object, or its speed or momentum, but not both in any accurate way. Atomic Expansion Theory explains everything Quantum Mechanics explains, and demystifies the misunderstandings that led to the theory being called spooky by Einstein himself.

For me, we can tell the position of an electron accurately and its speed, both at the same time. Because an electron is a solar system, and when we look at solar systems in the universe, they are not moving very fast from our point of view. We can tell the speed they are going at, and their position. It is just that when things are moving so fast at the smaller scale, from our perspective, it becomes extremely difficult to make measurements.

The main issue with the uncertainty principle, is that we are using light or beams of electrons in order to observe and measure something itself made of electrons. Light is made of clusters of electrons, which probably comes with a lot of loose electrons, which destroys the delicate thing we are trying to observe at such a small scale. To observe anything in the very small, we would require measuring instruments which are not throwing away particles of any kind towards what is observed, otherwise of course we will affect the entire results of what we are observing.

About superposition, we might very well think a particle is at more than one place at any given time, simply because of the limitation of our measuring instruments. It is just going too fast. They say it is not related to the limitation of our instruments, because of Erwin Schrödinger’s equations, but I think it is. Because quite possibly these particles are moving faster than the speed of light, perhaps multiple times from our perspective, and this is why we might see the same particle at more than one place at the same time, when in fact it is only in one place at any given time. I believe it is even possible, that without going at the speed of light, something moving extremely fast might appear to us to be in multiple locations at the same time. So much for the possibility of a multiverse, then.

This is a very simple description of a much more complicated topic, which involves Einstein’s relativity as well. If you read Mark McCutcheon’s debunk of Quantum Mechanics in his book The Final Theory, it becomes clear Quantum Mechanics is an incorrect theory. Especially when Atomic Expansion Theory can explain it all without spooking anyone. For a start, as mentioned above, McCutcheon proved that matter, energy and light don’t have a dual nature of wave and particles, they are all particles that sometimes move in waves.

Reading the file on my website of Mark McCutcheon’s debunk of Quantum Mechanics, is not going to be enough to prove what I just said, because the file omits the Atomic Expansion Theory’s explanations of the descriptions of Quantum Mechanics. You will have to read his book for a more complete picture.

This said, there can still be parallel universes. If this reality is psychological or psychophysical in nature, and we are all creating our own bubble universe like computers on a network, and that everything is built pretty much like collective dreams, then you are still free to think and create any reality you wish to live in. You are only limited by your doubts and what you think is possible, and you can create as many parallel universes as you can think.

Seth in Jane Roberts’ books, does state that reality constantly splits into several others, which are then expanding in all directions. I imagine it would be like several instances of the same computer simulation, all slightly different, all running at the same time, that our will can influence, since we are like little biological computers all interconnected on a collective network. So, hacking reality appears to be possible, Jesus-Christ must have been a hell of a hacker.

3.20 Five types of expansion and contraction of matter to explain the entire physics

New Age Physics is a complete theory of everything based on five different types of expansion and contraction of matter, which should open the doors of science to rival anything related to ultraterrestrial technology, including levitating large stones and spaceships through the buoyancy of matter of a lesser density, traveling anywhere in the universe instantaneously, and even time travel.

The same laws of physics can now be applied to both the very small and the very large, where moons, planets and suns are neutrinos, electrons are solar systems, atoms are galaxies, and clusters of galaxies form cosmic molecules, composing objects and beings at a yet higher scale universe. Just like in particle physics, we will find that rogue planets orbit between solar systems, and rogue solar systems orbit between galaxies and clusters of galaxies, linking them together to form larger objects.

At the smaller scale, although there must be an even smaller scale universe, the neutrino is the only fundamental particle in existence, all other particles are made of neutrinos. The changing speed at which neutrinos and electrons are orbiting, within and between larger particles, and the varying size of their orbits as a result of their speed, correspond to the interdimensional frequency or vibrational rate of matter, defining the interdimensional density of matter.

The five different types of expansion and contraction of matter explain the entire physics governing all realms of existence, even the realm of dreams and thoughts:

- The first type is the constant inner expansion of matter – the neutrinos, electrons, atoms, molecules, planets, solar systems, galaxies and the universe – expand at a constant universal rate of 0.00000077 of proportional size per second square, causing the Earth to expand by 4.9 metres each second. This explains gravity and orbits through the geometry of expansion, gravity being the changing distance between expanding objects. This inner expansion remains unseen to us, since we also expand. Likewise, it elucidates the strong nuclear force – which is no longer required to keep the nucleus together – as simply protons and neutrons in the atom’s nucleus, pushing against each other in their expansion. While the weak interaction, or radiation, is due to a neutron being an unstable particle by nature, which decays into a more stable proton, an electron and neutrinos.

- The second type is the growth and shrinkage of the electrons, when the neutrinos orbiting within and between the electrons, get excited or settle down, causing their orbits to enlarge or reduce in size. This is the crossover effect, when electrons move out of the atom to push and pull against each other in their inner expansion, equalising in size when in contact. Through the geometry of expansion, they move from where there are surpluses of electrons to where there are depletions. Moving either in clouds, clusters, bands or lines of electrons, it goes on to explain electromagnetism, attracting and repelling forces, heat and light, radio signals and electricity. The first two types of expansion and contraction of matter, unite all four main forces of nature into a theory of everything.

- The third type is the growth and shrinkage of the electrons within the atom, leading to physical realities with larger or smaller atoms and molecules, more or less spaced out, and of different vibrational rates and densities of matter, explaining other dimensional worlds and beings.

- The fourth type is the instant expansion of our psychophysical individual bubble realities, from our consciousness and brain, like computers do on a network, to build an interconnected collective reality, more akin to a virtual world. We cannot see or interact with other dimensional worlds, because we are not attuned to these frequencies of matter, just like a radio picks up only one station at a time. Our brain and consciousness do not create these worlds for us to see within our bubble reality, our particles would first need to vibrate at these specific frequencies.

- And the fifth type is Universal Relativity, the expansion and contraction of matter due to relative motion. Objects only ever expand or reduce in size as they move, in a universe without distance, where everything is located here around us. This would be expected in a psychological or virtual reality, or a simulated world or holographic universe. We can move anywhere instantly at any particular time in history, by simply vibrating at the frequency or resonance of that particular time and place. In other words, by adjusting the speed of our particles, which defines our relative size, our location, the date and the interdimensional time rate. This is how we will instantaneously travel in the future.

This is just the core of the theory, the beginning of what it all means, and how it could change the world. This is what New Age Physics is about, the exploration of those five types of expansion and contraction of matter, which explain our entire physics in an orderly theory of everything. We no longer need a PhD in science to understand the physics of our universe.

* * *

FOUR

The Final Theory by Mark McCutcheon

4.1 First and second types of expansion and contraction of matter according to Mark McCutcheon, concerning General Relativity and the four fundamental forces

This fourth chapter is a very condensed version of Mark McCutcheon’s book The Final Theory. I could not here explain why or how everything he says is justified, I felt there was no need to re-write his book, where everything is so well explained already. For the proof, there is no substitute to actually reading his book. You can even read it on Kindle or Apple Books, and it is cleverly written for people with no prior knowledge of our actual physics.

What I came to call the first and second types of expansion and contraction of matter, that follow from Mark McCutcheon’s book, would be true even if everything else I developed from his theories was incorrect. On its own, Mark McCutcheon’s Atomic Expansion Theory, is the long sought-after theory of everything that we have been searching for. I have made it clear whenever we diverge in our theories by stating it outright, or with indications such as for me, I believe, I think and in my opinion.

4.2 Atomic Expansion Theory

Atomic Expansion Theory is a working unified field theory uniting the main four interactions of nature: gravity, electromagnetism, and the strong and weak nuclear forces of the atom. This theory of everything has one principle only, the constant expansion of the atom, which is the first type of expansion of matter. This new principle also states that there is only one fundamental particle in existence, it is the electron. Everything is made of electrons constantly expanding at a certain rate, which is also the first type of expansion.

Atoms, any particle, energy fields, magnetic fields, radio and TV signals, heat and light, are all and solely made of growing and shrinking electrons, which is the second type of expansion and contraction of matter. And from there we can explain the entire physics, while uniting both the physics of the very small and of the very large.

4.3 New model of the atom, strong and weak nuclear forces and chemical bonds

According to Mark McCutcheon, the electrons bounce off the nucleus of the atom instead of orbiting it. However, I personally believe they are still orbiting, and I will explain this further later on. The protons and neutrons within the atom are made of expanding electrons, and they push against each other in their expansion. The nucleus also constantly expands, explaining why the bouncing electrons are reaching higher every time by half an electron, creating that constant small expansion of the atom at the edge. The atoms coming closer to each other, bond together by exchanging bouncing electrons between their nuclei, and this is how molecules are formed, the chemical bonds.

This elucidates the strong nuclear force within the atom. There is no need for an invented nuclear force within the atom, in order to keep the protons and neutrons together, and prevent the nucleus from flying apart. It is easily understood, within Atomic Expansion Theory, that these particles are simply pushing against each other in their expansion.

A neutron is a less stable proton, and a neutron becomes a proton by simply losing one of its electrons, while the electrons composing it are trying to find a balance and become more stable. This describes the weak nuclear force, but once again no invented force was required to explain this phenomenon. All this is very well explained in Mark McCutcheon’s book, where all the equations are derived in optional maths sections. All four main forces of nature can be explained in a logical manner through the expansion of matter, the other two being gravity and electromagnetism.

4.4 Gravity and the formation of galaxies

The bouncing and expanding electrons within the atom, are responsible for the small expansion of the atom, and this expansion is gravity. As objects expand in the universe, the distance between them reduces. All objects in the universe, no matter the scale, expand at the same constant rate (XA) of 0.00000077 of proportional size per second square, or 7.7 x 10-7 /s^2. As per Mark’s mathematical equations, everything in the universe doubles in size every 19 minutes.

This might seem alarming and unconceivable, despite the incredible vastness of the universe. However, this expansion happens behind the scenes, meaning that it remains unseen by us, because we are expanding as well. As a consequence, expansion is not part of our resulting physical reality. All we see are shrinking distances between objects which appear to remain the same size.

The expansion of Earth underneath our feet, behind the scenes, is what keeps us on the ground. Distance shrinks between objects because objects expand, not because there is a mysterious attracting force acting at a distance, which would be emanating from matter, as in Newton’s Law of Universal Gravitation. Or because objects distort the fabric of spacetime like a rubber sheet, making smaller passing objects to follow the curves made by larger ones on that sheet, as in Einstein’s Theory of General Relativity.

I believe the galaxies and the universe also double in size every 19 minutes, but Mark McCutcheon does not believe so. From the way he describes the formation and the workings of galaxies, he feels galaxies are not expanding. As a consequence, neither is the universe.

He says, as everything expands within a galaxy, distances shrink and the galaxy reduces in size. This causes all the solar systems to move towards the centre, like water draining down a hole in a sink, explaining their spiralling arms formation as they move down the centre. All the while, new solar systems are always being created at the edge of the galaxies, so galaxies remain more or less the same size. It has been confirmed that new solar systems appear at the edge of galaxies. And the clusters of galaxies, as can be observed in the night sky, are more or less static, they are not moving away from us at an alarming rate.

However, I have another way to explain the spiralling arms formation within a galaxy, which does not involve the analogy of draining water down a hole. It just shows how easily we can all find different ways to explain the same phenomena in physics, justifying the several different models we now have to explain the universe we live in.

The spiralling arms formation of solar systems, are not due to them moving towards the centre as all distances shrink, like draining water in a sink. Instead, I feel solar systems and their arms are simply orbiting around the centre of the galaxy, and if anything, behind the scenes, solar systems are actually moving away from the centre in enlarging orbits.

The spiralling arms formation are simply due to an initial explosion at the centre of the galaxy, where too much pressure built up from too large an object. And the only way all the matter could escape that pressure, was by squeezing out at both poles of the massive object, creating two long straight arms of matter being ejected out on both sides. And the process can repeat again later on, if too much pressure builds up again, then two new straight arms will appear. In time, through the inner expansion of matter, solar systems will form within these arms.

As all the matter starts to orbit around the nucleus, the matter nearer the centre orbits faster, while all the matter at the edge orbits slower. Just like the planets around the Sun are orbiting faster the closer they are to the Sun, or a satellite in a low orbit around the Earth goes faster than one orbiting at a higher orbit. And since the solar systems’ orbits are not very fast, as it takes between 225 and 250 million years, for solar systems to revolve once around the galaxy's centre, we don’t see circular or elliptical orbits. What we see, are these solar systems shaped in spiralling arms instead, which are constantly twisting and stretching more and more as time goes by, because the matter closer to the centre is moving faster.

However, all solar systems must be orbiting in circular or elliptical orbits around the galaxy’s centre, and not draining towards the centre following the spiralling arms. And these orbits, behind the scenes, are enlarging away from the centre at a constant rate. Moreover, the solar systems are interconnected together by an exchange of planets orbiting between them, so they remain more or less in their spiralling arms formation in their orbit around the galaxy centre.

In effect, galaxies also double in size every 19 minutes, and so is the universe. And clusters of galaxies would not need to move away from us at speeds faster than the speed of light for the universe to expand, since we cannot see this expansion. For us, all sizes, velocities and relative distances between everything, remain more or less proportionally the same, despite the entire universe doubling in size every 19 minutes behind the scenes.

This is important, because my findings reveal that galaxies are atoms while solar systems are electrons, and as such, they must also expand at the same constant Atomic Expansion Rate as everything else in the universe. Just as what we see in the universe are just cosmic molecules made of galaxies linked together by solar systems, composing something larger at a higher scale universe, where everything must also be expanding at the same constant rate.

If we consider the expanding-electron concept, which in turn leads to equally expanding atoms, a new gravitational theory emerges that actually mirrors Einstein’s famous elevator-in-space thought experiment, where standing on Earth is entirely equivalent to being accelerated upward in space.

Figure 1 (2-3) Progression of ideas leading to Atomic Expansion Theory

In figure 1, showing the progression of ideas leading to Expansion Theory, we first see a man standing in a lift on Earth, being kept to the ground by an attracting force emanating from the Earth. In the middle image, we see Einstein’s principle of equivalence, where being accelerated upward in a space elevator, is equivalent to Newtonian gravity. And then, in Expansion Theory, we see the man standing in the lift being pushed upward by an expanding planet.

Figure 2 (2-2) Equally falling objects: Newton vs. Atomic Expansion Theory

In figure 2, we see that the force we feel underfoot is then due to our resulting expanding planet, with dropped objects all equally approached by the ground rather than the other way around, while the underlying expansion is unseen, as everything expands equally, maintaining a constant relative size. This would create the appearance of a force somehow holding us to the ground and pulling all objects equally downward, regardless of mass, just as Newton proposed, with a stronger force pulling heavier falling objects. And while Einstein opted for “warped spacetime”, Atomic Expansion Theory suggests this far simpler and more literal possibility of objects simply floating in the air instead of falling, experiencing no g force, until an expanding planet catches up with them.

It is important to note that objects don’t fall equally. Why a small marble and a cruise liner dropped from a certain height in a vacuum, will both reach the ground at the same time, is because from these insignificant heights, it is nearly impossible to measure this accurately.

According to Mark McCutcheon’s equation for gravity, Atomic Expansion Theory would eventually show a difference for falling objects of different sizes. A larger object would reach the ground earlier, because it is proportionally expanding more than a smaller one, reducing the distance between the larger object and the ground faster. Just like in Newton, where a more massive falling object would experience a stronger force attracting it to the Earth.

Even in Einstein, a more massive object should reach the ground faster than a lighter one, because mass is part of his equations, as he described gravity as a result of space and time being curved by mass and energy. How could a massive object not be more affected by gravity than a lighter one, when more massive objects cause more pronounced curvatures of space?

In all three theories, I believe a bowling ball would reach the ground before a feather in a vacuum, no matter how many experiments proving otherwise you will find on the Internet. These experiments are too limited to tell. We would need to stop a planet in its orbit, place it immobile in space at a certain distance from the Sun, place a marble at the same distance on the other side of the Sun, and see if they both reach the Sun at the same time, or which one reaches the Sun first.

Where Einstein and McCutcheon differ from Newton, is that there is no force acting at a distance on any falling object, instead they are free floating in space. Both Einstein’s Theory of General Relativity and Atomic Expansion Theory, explain gravity through geometry instead of forces. In Atomic Expansion Theory it is the geometry of expansion, while in Einstein objects fall to the ground following the curvature of space. But let’s not forget that the falling objects also create their own curvature in space, which depends on their mass and speed (or energy).

Consequently, an overall larger curvature of space from both a planet and the Sun, should bring objects faster together than the miniature curvature a marble would create on the rubber sheet of spacetime. At any rate, Einstein stated his Principle of Equivalence between his theory of gravity compared with Newton’s, and two massive objects will attract each other faster than a large and a small one, because in Newton the force of attraction is greater the more massive an object is.

The expansion of Earth is constant at 4.9 metres per second. The distance reduction between a free floating expanding object and Earth, is an acceleration of 9.8 m/s^2. People easily forget, when first encountering Atomic Expansion Theory, that the expansion of all objects is constant, and that it is only the distance decrease between expanding objects that is accelerating, as will be explained in the next section.

Hence, the higher you are in the sky, the faster and the harder the Earth will hit you. The air resistance you feel all around you is the air being pushed up in the Earth’s expansion. This air resistance will eventually stop your acceleration when you reach terminal velocity. The atmosphere does not escape into space precisely because it is pushed by the Earth’s expansion, creating air pressure and weather patterns.

4.5 Two types of distance decrease to calculate gravity

In Atomic Expansion Theory, Mark McCutcheon explains that atomic objects, like asteroids for example, are moving relative to each other. To calculate the decrease in distance between two objects moving in space, meaning to calculate gravity, his equation considers two different ways by which the distance reduces.

The absolute decrease in distance, due to the own internal expansion of the objects, and also, the further relative decrease in distance, due to the fact that space between the objects does not expand along with the objects, since space does not exist as a concrete thing made of matter, while there is no ether either. Each moment that the objects have expanded further at their constant rate, means that there is an additional overall relative decrease in distance between the objects, from where the acceleration in gravity comes from.

Figure 3 (2-6) Absolute and relative distance decreases

Figure 4 (2-7) Same scenario as in Figure 3 as it actually appears

Figure 3 shows the expansion behind the scenes when two identical objects double in size. In the top image, we see the original radius of the objects, and that six radii separate them. After they double in size, they are now separated by only four radii. This is the absolute decrease due to the constant expansion. However, when suddenly the two objects are twice larger, their radius is now twice longer, and consequently they are now separated by only two radii instead of four. This is the further relative decrease in gravity.

Figure 4 shows what happens as a result of it in our reality. Once again, above we see the two objects separated by six radii, and below, after the doubling behind the scenes, they are now separated by only two radii instead of four, just like at figure 3. However, because we cannot see the expansion, for us the radius is the same length as before. While behind the scenes, if we could see the expansion, this radius has now doubled in size. This explains the further relative decrease which needs to be taken into consideration, which is responsible for the acceleration of the distance reduction in gravity.

Objects in our reality can never be at rest, since in their constant expansion, distance is constantly decreasing between them, creating the illusion of a force of attraction. It makes no difference if the objects behind the scenes are moving, or are completely immobile in relation to each other. The expansion alone, even though there might not be any motion at all behind the scenes, leads to real motion in our resulting reality.

4.6 Atomic Expansion Equation to calculate gravity in Expansion Theory

Gravity, or the changing distance between expanding objects, is now explained by the simple inner expansion of all atoms and atomic objects. The dual decrease in distance, mentioned in the previous section, is calculated using Mark McCutcheon’s Atomic Expansion Equation. You will find the derivation, and how he found the universal atomic expansion rate XA, in his book The Final Theory, which I am quoting from below:

4.6a The Atomic Expansion Equation

D' = D - n^2 XA · (R_1 + R_2) /

1 + n^2 XA

Where:

D' is the changing distance between two expanding objects of radius R_1 and R_2

D is the original distance between the two objects

n is the number of seconds that have passed since the original distance was measured between the two objects

XA is the universal atomic expansion rate’s constant 0.00000077 /s^2 or 7.7 x 10-7 /s^2

“The Atomic Expansion Equation above calculates the changing distance, D', between two expanding objects of radius R_1 and R_2 over time. The top portion of the equation is the absolute decrease in the original distance, D, between the two expanding objects as they take up more space, and the bottom portion is the further relative decrease or scaling down of this distance over time in comparison to ever-expanding objects. The variable, n, is the number of seconds that have passed since the original distance was measured between the two objects, and the value shown for XA is the same universal atomic expansion rate calculated earlier - which never changes. This is the equation for all falling objects and all objects floating in space as they effectively approach each other due to their mutual atomic expansion (an effect currently thought to be due to Newton’s attracting gravitational force).

“We can now see that there are sizable differences between the equation of Newton’s Law of Universal Gravitation and the Atomic Expansion Equation. In Expansion Theory the ‘attraction’ between objects actually results from the objects expanding, so the resulting equation is based only on the size of the expanding objects - there is no mass and no attracting force as in Newton’s equation. Another obvious difference is that Newton’s equation states that the gravitational force diminishes with the square of the distance between objects, yet no such distance-squared term appears in the bottom portion of the Atomic Expansion Equation.”

Mark McCutcheon, The Final Theory, chapter 2

4.7 Second type of growth and shrinkage of matter - The Crossover Effect - Static electricity

In Atomic Expansion Theory, we finally have an answer to this phenomenon of static electricity, and it is not the same as gravity. Everything can now be explained through the simple expansion of electrons and subatomic particles, which are now solely made of electrons; and the expansion of atoms and any object, which are all made of atoms linked together into molecules. There are no more charges in Atomic Expansion Theory. But then, how can particles attract and repel each other? Let’s study Benjamin Franklin’s electrical attraction experiment in figure 5:

Figure 5 (4-8) Franklin’s electrical attraction experiment

In the Benjamin Franklin’s “Electric Charge” experiment, he used two rods, one of glass and one of plastic (or wax in the original experiment). He then rubbed them with silk to make the glass rod positively charged, and the plastic rod negatively charged. And when suspended next to each other, the rods attracted each other. And if he used two glass rods and rub them with silk, they were both positively charged, and when suspended next to each other, they repelled each other.

Put very simply, while Mark McCutcheon explains this over several pages in his book, when you rub a rod of glass with silk, you create a surplus of electrons on the surface of the rod. This cloud of electrons, depending on its density, meaning how many electrons there are and how spaced out they are, will start to externalise out of the subatomic realm at a slow growing rate, to the outside where they start to grow freely and greatly. This is called the crossover effect.

Please note that in the crossover effect, we use the terms growing and shrinking instead of expansion, to make the distinction with the inner expansion of the electrons, which is constant behind the scenes (first type of expansion of matter). It is unrelated to electrons growing or shrinking when moving from the subatomic realm to the outside, or from the outside back into the subatomic realm (second type of growth and shrinkage of matter).

I must point out here that for me, the inner expansion rate of the electron is the same as the one of the atom. It would explain why a static field can remain immobile, while everything else around expands at a constant rate. However, for Mark, the expansion rate of the electron and all subatomic particles, XS, is much greater than the expansion rate of the atom, XA, and remains unknown.

This growing and shrinking rate of electrons is variable, while still in contact with the subatomic realm, and can even come to a stop, as we will see shortly. But once detached and left to grow freely into space, the expansion rate XS of subatomic particles and electrons becomes very high, which, while unknown, plays a role in defining the speed of light. This said, I define the speed of light differently, as I will explain later.

The significant difference between our diverging opinion, is that for Mark, the electron is always expanding at that rate XS, whether it is inside or outside the atom, and whether it is growing out or shrinking back within a static field. And why electrons don’t burst out from the atom, or from clouds of electrons in static fields, in their extreme inner expansion, is because the inside of the atom is a different foreign dimension not part of our reality. Our reality would be created by the atoms, and more specifically by the space created between the atoms.

The fact remains that, in a static electric field, electrons are outside the atom, and outside that foreign dimension, and so should immediately start to expand greatly at that inner expansion rate XS. In which case, the field could not remain static. The electrons would grow extremely fast compared with the atoms within the rods, and the distance could not remain the same. Therefore, I see no need for a foreign dimension within the atom, as soon as we consider the expansion rate of the subatomic particles and of the electrons, as being the same as the one of the atoms and the molecules.

As to how electrons can leave the atoms, if they don’t have a much higher inner expansion rate than the atoms, I feel that their growth when excited must be sufficient to kick them out of the atoms, whether they are bouncing, as Mark says, or orbiting, as I believe.

To return to our discussion, when you have two charged rods of glass with clouds of growing electrons of the same density, their expanding clouds of electrons will meet in the middle, growing against each other and repelling the rods. If left untouched, they could repel indefinitely, as seen in figure 6.

Figure 6 (4-9) Freely expanding surplus electrons cause repulsion

Both rods are pushed apart by a bridge of growing electrons in the form of a cloud, which is the definition of a magnetic field (electron clouds). There is still here an underlying expansion of the electrons, but it is unseen as we also expand. If it were not the case, a static field could not remain static or immobile for long, since everything else around us would overtake the field in size, and it would soon disappear from view.

When you present the glass rod with a denser cloud of expanding electrons on its surface, to a plastic rod with a less dense cloud of electrons on its surface, then the two clouds of electrons will meet closer to the object that has a less dense cloud of electrons on its surface.

When the expanding electrons on the glass rod meet with those of the less dense cloud of expanding electrons from the plastic rod, they start to shrink back into the subatomic realm, so the entire bridge of electrons seeks some sort of balance and equal size, which is the crossover effect. Then the objects are suddenly attracted to each other, as seen in figure 7.

Figure 7 (4-11) Shrinking electron clouds draw objects closer

You can move away the rods and move them back closer together, and the electrons in the bridge will grow and shrink back continually. But once the objects touch, that is it, you will see sparks and hear crackling. The bridge of electrons between the two objects will balance out and return to the subatomic realm, and some of these electrons will escape (sparks and crackling), and both objects will become neutrally charged, no longer attracting each other.

It is different when the two repelling glass rods with clouds of growing electrons of the same density finally touch. Here there is nothing to balance out, so they pretty much keep their expanding clouds of electrons or “repelling force”.

It is worth noting that this is why an object is no longer charged positively or negatively. Instead, it is all due to the behaviour of the electrons as growing and shrinking entities, pushing and pulling against each other in their search for balance. Here we have rods with clouds of a surplus of electrons of differing or equal density, and the crossover effect of the electrons between the subatomic world, where they grow slowly and regularly, and once freed outside the subatomic realm, where they grow freely and greatly.

Electrons grow slowly while they are in the subatomic realm, and they can stop growing altogether when two fronts of expanding electrons meet halfway between two rods of glass. They can start growing freely a great deal, once freed completely from the subatomic realm, to become light and heat for example, or magnetic fields. At that point, once completely freed from the subatomic realm, they are no longer growing, instead they are expanding freely into space. And they can also shrink back to the subatomic realm, when attracted back to it, because of a depletion of electrons in a certain area, or the attraction of a smaller or less dense cloud of electrons. All of this explains the attracting and the repelling forces in electromagnetism.

This is the crossover effect explaining the different behaviours of the electrons while in the subatomic realm (inside or just outside the atoms), or when outside the subatomic realm altogether, freely expanding into space, or in between: growing out, halting their growth, or shrinking back in.

4.8 Magnetism and Electricity

Mark McCutcheon has an entire chapter in his book The Final Theory to explain magnetism, electromagnetism and electricity, electric circuits, batteries, radio waves, capacitors, and even how old TVs used to work. Static electricity discussed in the previous section is just a small part of that chapter 4 titled Rethinking the Atom and its Forces. And it even continues in chapter 5 named Rethinking Energy.

The most important part, is that there are no more electric charges, or positive and negative electrons or particles in Atomic Expansion Theory. Mark McCutcheon has shown how the simple expansion, growth and shrinkage of the electrons pushing and pulling against each other in the crossover effect, by moving to and from the subatomic realm, can justify all observed phenomena in physics, including why we thought subatomic particles were charged. I believe the discussion about static electricity in the previous section shows an excellent example of that.

Magnetism, very much like an electric field, is growing electrons outside the atomic realm in a crossover effect, which expand greatly in clouds of electrons. Their movement is explained as moving from locations with a surplus of electrons, to other locations depleted of them, in order for the electric circuit or system to reach a balance of electrons, both in size and numbers.

Using a magnet on an iron bar, which is a conducting material, simply moves the electrons within the bar from one end to the other, creating a surplus of electrons on one side, the positive pole, and a depletion on the other, the negative pole. And the movement of pushing and pulling electrons within clouds, surrounding the iron bar, equalises their sizes and numbers, by moving from where there is a surplus to where there is a depletion. This is what creates the attracting and repelling forces of magnets. And for electromagnets, the difference is that the magnet, or clouds of electrons, are artificially produced through a flow of electricity.

Electricity is simply expanding electrons just outside the atomic realm, pushing each other around wires, which is called current flow. They’re not allowed to grow greatly, since they are not freed from the subatomic realm. The movement of the electrons goes from the power source, filled with electrons, to an area depleted of them, like the negative side of a battery, or the ground or Earth for the power in our home.

The flow does not impart any energy to any device connected to it, but affects the atomic material of these appliances. For example, through kinetic energy, exciting the atoms, etc., to produce whatever effect that is required from the device. It can manifest through clouds of electrons as in magnetic fields, or clusters of electrons as heat and light. And when the power oscillates back and forth through an antenna, bands of compressed electrons are launched freely into space to become radio waves.

Here is an interesting excerpt from the beginning of chapter 5, Rethinking Energy, of The Final Theory, which describes what occurs when you turn on the light. I believe this summarises very well what is electricity according to Atomic Expansion Theory:

“The True Nature of Light Revealed

“New Idea: Light is not composed of waves or photons of ‘energy,’ but of clusters of expanding electrons.

“In Expansion Theory, as shown in the previous chapter, electricity is the flow of expanding electrons along a wire as their expansion pressure pushes them along while they are drawn back into the subatomic realm at the other end of the circuit. As the electrons enter the light bulb filament they sink into its volume and cause its atoms to vibrate as they move through. So far, this is similar to the standard explanation of how the filament heats up internally (atomic vibration), but it does not yet address the phenomenon of radiant heat and light.

“The next phase is where the two theories have a dramatic departure from each other. Standard Theory claims that energy is extracted from the electron stream to produce radiant heat and light energy in a conversion process that is not physically understood and cannot even be validated by a corresponding energy loss in the stream leaving the light bulb. Expansion Theory, however, states that it is not ‘energy’ that is being extracted from the electron stream to create light, but rather, it is the electrons themselves that are being ejected into space.

“According to Expansion Theory, the vibrating molecules of the filament impede the flow of electrons passing through while also agitating them, causing them to dissociate from the atoms and gather into pools where their rapidly building expansion pressure pushes them out into space. This describes a vast sea of expanding electron clusters of all sizes across the entire surface of the filament, continually pushing each other outward – a phenomenon we know as radiating heat and light (Fig. 5-1 [8]).

Figure 8 (5-1) Vibrating atoms eject electron clusters (heat and light)

“Expansion Theory claims that heat and light are not photons or waves of ‘pure energy’ mysteriously produced by electrons flowing through a resistor (the light bulb filament), but rather, they are physical clusters of expanding electrons pushing one another through space.

“The initial heat that radiates from the filament before it begins to glow white-hot is the larger electron clusters, caused by the larger pools of less agitated electrons that would be able to gather while the atoms vibrate relatively slowly and expansion pressure builds more slowly before ejecting clusters. As the atoms vibrate faster and faster the increased agitation creates ever-smaller pools of expanding electrons that fill rapidly and eject smaller clusters more frequently – a phenomenon known as light. This is the reason radiant heat is considered to have a longer wavelength than light; heat is composed of larger clusters of electrons.”

Mark McCutcheon, The Final Theory, chapter 5

4.9 Energy

Light and heat are clusters of electrons expanding greatly and freely outside the subatomic realm. Their speed, or the speed of light, depends on their constant expansion rate. Everything is essentially made of electrons, including all radiant forms of energy. Energy including light is made of matter instead of photons, meaning light is made of different sizes of clusters of expanding electrons.

Radiant energy is still physical in nature, consequently, anything made of light or energy, including spirits or ghosts, is still part of our physical reality, it is still made of matter. Although I believe such beings are likely also made of atoms and molecules, and only appear as light to us due to the higher vibrational rate of the matter composing them.

The difference between a positively and a negatively charged atom, or an ion, depends respectively on if the atom loses or gains electrons. Then of course, they either repel or attract each other depending on if they have missing electrons, or a surplus of them, compared with the number of protons, in order to reach a balance.

Ions are atoms or molecules in which the total number of electrons is not equal to the total number of protons, giving the atoms or molecules a net positive or negative electrical charge. Two ions with the same number of electrons would repel each other, as their electrons are bouncing off their nuclei. If one atom has less electrons while the other has more, then they will attract each other. An electron will more readily then bounce from the nucleus of one atom, to the nucleus of another atom, in search for balance. Again, this is the origin of chemical bonds in Atomic Expansion Theory.

Therefore, in Atomic Expansion Theory there is no positively or negatively charged particles, but there are equivalent concepts to explain chemical bonds and other charged particles phenomena, such as how two clouds of electrons will repel or attract each other, as mentioned before in the sections about static electricity and magnetism.

See below the physical descriptions of all forms of energy, taken from The Final Theory, Table 5-1 Today’s energy terms according to Expansion Theory. Only the last one, kinetic energy, is considered to be a real form of energy. This is when particles and objects gather speed through the geometry of expansion, resulting from the natural orbit effect and relative motion, and have a real and greater force of impact when they hit something. Orbits and motion will be explored in the next section, and it explains why the electrons move from where there is a surplus to where there is a depletion, as it is all part of the geometry of expansion.

Gravitational Energy

An effective attraction between all objects due to their ongoing expansion as objects composed of continually expanding atoms.

Strong Nuclear Force Energy

The natural cohesion of protons and neutrons in the nucleus of an atom due to their tremendous ongoing subatomic expansion against each other.

Electric Charge Energy

Attracting or repelling forces caused by a crossover effect of externalised expanding subatomic particles acting between subatomic and atomic realms.

Chemical Bond Energy

A manifestation of the crossover effect between subatomic and atomic realms, occurring between individual atoms rather than overall objects.

Magnetic Energy

Clouds of expanding electrons surrounding conductive objects, attracting or repelling via the crossover effect between subatomic / atomic realms.

Electromagnetic Energy

Bands or clusters of freely expanding electrons that continually push one another through space due to their ongoing inner subatomic expansion.

Kinetic Energy

The apparent absolute energy of motion “possessed” by objects, but which is actually only a purely relative motion effect between objects.

4.10 Motion and orbits

Motion of everything in the universe is relative and entirely geometry based. There is no longer any kind of gravitational force acting at a distance emanating from matter, which attracts objects together, as stated by Isaac Newton. Gravity is the changing distance between expanding objects, and this is what has been perceived as an attractive force acting at a distance. Like it is in Einstein’s General Theory of Relativity, which is also geometry based, there is never any kind of resistance on any object. They simply move or enter orbits because of the geometry of expansion, as will be seen in the next figures.

Here are two figures showing what is happening when two objects pass each other in straight lines in space, and how it leads to a natural orbit effect. This is while considering that they and we are expanding proportionally with everything else, and therefore we cannot see this expansion:

Figure 9 (3-5) One object speeding past another

Figure 10 (3-6) Concept (left) and result (right) of the Natural Orbit Effect

Figure 9 shows the relativity of motion, with the question marks representing our inability to assess if both objects are moving, or just one, and if so which one, and what their respective speed actually is from the point of view of each other. If there are no other viewpoints from which it could be assessed, then there is no way to know, and all options are actually possible.

For Mark McCutcheon, the relativity of motion is more akin to Galileo’s Relativity, instead of Einstein’s Special Relativity. As for my point of view, I will discuss in the next chapters a new Theory of Universal Relativity concerning relative motion. It is a theory where objects don’t move, in a universe without real space or distance. Objects simply expand or shrink from our point of view, as they come towards us or move away from us.

Figure 9 also shows the perspective if there was no expansion or gravity in the universe, the two objects would then simply continue on their straight lines unaffected. This perspective does not exist in nature, neither behind the scenes nor in our resulting reality, because objects constantly expand behind the scenes.

In figure 10 on the left, the two objects are expanding in their straight line trajectories, but this expansion is unseen by us because everything expands proportionally at the same rate, including our instruments of observation, our rulers and ourselves. What we see and experience instead, is what is on the right: the distance reducing between non expanding objects, creating the Natural Orbit Effect of all moons and planets.

Effectively, in the resulting reality following from what is happening behind the scenes, nothing could ever move in straight lines in the universe, or ever stay at rest, the opposite of Newton’s First Law of Motion.

Still in figure 10 on the left, we find what Mark McCutcheon came to call the God’s viewpoint, which is simply an expression, which is a standpoint showing what someone outside the universe would see, if they were not part of our universe and not subject to expansion. From that vantage point, they could then see the expansion in our universe.

In the same image, the expanding and larger objects have now passed each other without entering into a collision. As the objects continue on their respective straight line trajectories, if they are not going fast enough, they would be unable to escape each other in their expansion, and would eventually join together. If they are going fast enough, they will be able to counteract their mutual expansion, and keep at a certain distance from each other, and this would then result in a stable orbit as seen on the right side, where the expansion is unseen.

If the objects were going at the right speed, the gap between them might never change, since expansion each second would reduce the growing distance between them, in just the right amount to match their respective ongoing coasting speed. It could then appear as if they were not moving away from each other, while expanding. But if they were not moving, they would soon join together.

From the God’s viewpoint, it is relatively easy for two objects, expanding at a constant rate, to keep at a certain distance forever, while simply continuing on their original constant speed. Remember that behind the scenes there is no gravity, there is no orbit, and there is no distance reduction in an acceleration. There are just expanding objects immobile or moving in all directions, sometimes hitting each other.

For example, in figure 11 we see what happens when an object is passing by the Earth at the same rotational speed of the Earth, and the geometry of expansion locks it up into a geostationary orbit. Once again, you have on the left what happens behind the scenes, where you can see the expansion, and the result in our reality once you can no longer see the expansion:

Figure 11 (3-9) A faster-moving object produces a circular orbit

Each new second, the geometry is identical to the previous second, because the object is moving at the exact speed required to compensate for the expansion of the planet and its rotation. As a consequence, the object in orbit remains in the same position over the house, as if fixed there in the sky.

To calculate orbits in Atomic Expansion Theory, we use Kepler’s three purely geometric empirical equations of planetary motion, which involves no gravitational force nor mass. The Newtonian Orbit Equation has been replaced by the Geometric Orbit Equation, which Mark McCutcheon says is a previously unrecognised, purely geometric equation, embedded in Newton’s equation, and extracted from patterns in the standard astronomical data available at the time of Kepler and Newton. There is more detail about the Geometric Orbit Equation in chapter 1 of The Final Theory.

Mark McCutcheon has an entire chapter to explain orbits in his book The Final Theory, chapter 3 titled Rethinking Our Celestial Observations, but hopefully this summary gave you a good idea of how expansion can lead to a natural orbit effect, and what is meant by orbits following the geometry of expansion.

4.11 Behind the scenes - Four different perspectives required to explain orbits and gravity

4.11a The first perspective - The God’s viewpoint with expansion - And can we change the expansion rate of matter?

To understand orbits within Atomic Expansion Theory, it is essential to visualise three different perspectives, showing all the mechanisms behind the scenes, that lead to what we see in our reality. There is a fourth perspective I will discuss at the end, but for now let’s concentrate on the first three. As mentioned earlier, the first one is called the God’s viewpoint, and it is the perspective we would see if we were outside the universe, and were not expanding ourselves, while actually being able to see the expansion.

The God’s viewpoint is entirely made of expanding objects going in all directions, where there is no possibility of any kind of orbit forming naturally, since orbits are solely the result of the relative motion of the geometry of expansion from our reality. An effect that results from the fact that there is no expansion anymore, and yet all the consequences of this hidden expansion are there. Only in our reality would objects enter into orbits, or accelerate, or slow down due to the geometry of expansion. Unlike in our reality, from the God’s viewpoint, objects don’t change speed or direction of motion, unless they hit other objects.

Mark McCutcheon’s says that this viewpoint does not exist for us and never will, because we will always expand proportionally and relatively along with everything else. Therefore, no one but a God, not part of our expanding universe, could ever witness that expansion. He even goes so far as stating that there is no expansion in our resulting reality, and we certainly cannot see it when we look around us.

There is only a reality where we can see the after effects of this hidden expansion, such as the distance between objects reducing in an acceleration, or a satellite gaining an unusual acceleration from being sent into a partial orbit around a planet. But for all intents and purposes, that other reality behind the scenes, where objects double in size every 19 minutes, does not really exist. Consequently, we don’t need to worry about all that expansion behind the scenes, because in our resulting reality, nothing is really expanding. I agree with this point of view, as one way of looking at it.

However, the fact that we cannot see the expansion, does not mean that it’s not happening. Although no one will ever see that reality behind the scenes, it is what is underlying our reality. And I prefer to look at it as a reality that truly exists, as part of our reality explaining what we see, which is just seen from a different angle. This said, it does not matter whether we see it as existing or not, it is what is underlying our reality at any rate. And who knows, if someone in time manages to reduce the constant rate of the inner expansion of all their particles, although Mark McCutcheon believes this to be impossible, they might actually find themselves seeing our reality from the God’s viewpoint.

It is important to note that all the orbits, and the coherence of the electrons, atoms and molecular structures, can only be maintained if everything is constantly expanding. Therefore, you would not want to stop the inner expansion of matter. But who knows about increasing or decreasing the expansion rate of matter?

It would be difficult, because that first type of expansion of matter, in my opinion, must be due to the inner expansion of the matter composing our particles, at yet another very small scale universe, smaller than our very small where we find our familiar particles. And the inner expansion of that scale of even smaller particles, must be due to the inner expansion of the smaller particles composing them, at yet another smaller scale. I believe it is very much like the structure of fractals.

Perhaps we might still be able to find a way to decrease or increase the inner expansion rate of matter, although I have no idea how this could be achieved. It would immediately lead to an object suddenly expanding enormously, compared with everything else, possibly larger than the planet or the solar system. Or quickly reducing in size to a scale smaller than our very small, as things around us behind the scenes would continue to double in size every 19 minutes. Even if somehow we could manipulate the expansion rate of matter, it could be extremely dangerous.

This a relative universe, and we don’t know everything yet about what is possible or not, and what the effects might be. Increasing or decreasing the constant expansion rate of matter for a very short time, might lead to manageable and interesting results. I have written the beginning of a science fiction novel in French called Made in Québec, La Renaissance of the Nouvelle-France, where I use small but intricate models of houses and castles, and instantly expand them to larger than their usual size, solving the housing crisis. Or instead of multiplying fish and bread, I simply expand them to a much greater size, in order to feed the masses. The way I made the technology to expand and shrink objects in the novel, is by some cloud of gas causing a chemical reaction, that somehow affects the Universal Atomic Expansion Rate of matter. Such a thing is very unlikely to work, but it is science fiction.

If I had to think something up once again, for another sci-fi project, I would invent a device like a large capacitor or crystal, capable of amplifying and directing thoughts into objects I want to expand or shrink. Very much like Ralph Ring and Otis T. Carr did with the flying saucers they built, which I discussed in chapter 3. It makes sense that will and thoughts should be able to affect anything in our reality, if somehow we live in a computer simulation, or a virtual reality of some sort, or a holographic universe. Because then, we would be living in a psychological or psychophysical reality of some kind, where thoughts can easily affect anything.

I must point out that what Ring and Carr were manipulating, was the third type of growth and shrinkage of matter, and not the expansion rate of matter, which is the first type of expansion. Objects can grow and shrink using that third type, but then they move to other dimensions, outside of our reality. You could always expand the wine that way, in order to turn the masses into drunk raving lunatics, but it wouldn’t help much if only Jesus and the aliens living in the fourth dimensional world could drink the wine.

To get back to our discussion, there is also not much that can be gathered from the God’s viewpoint to explain what we see. For example, there is no way to know at what speed these expanding objects are going at behind the scenes, or their direction of motion. What is important, is to understand the general idea that once the expansion is hidden, all sorts of geometrical relative effects occur, and it explains what we see.

Someone clever one day might find a way to calculate exactly what is happening in the God’s viewpoint. And maybe it would be useful to know the real speed and direction of motion of these expanding objects behind the scenes, such as the Earth, the Moon and the Sun. It might help to explain all the trajectories of the orbits.

4.11b The second perspective - Our resulting reality without expansion

The second viewpoint is our resulting reality of gravity and orbits, but of relatively stable orbits, where we cannot see any enlargements of the orbits, or the expansion of the solar system. For example, the Moon looks like it is always keeping at relatively the same distance from Earth. And all the planets’ orbital rings also appear to keep their relative distance from the Sun, and from each other, despite their inner expansion. This is a very neat and orderly reality, but it is not the whole story.

4.11c The third perspective - Expansion re-established after the relative effects - And how orbits enlarge in spirals and naturally accelerate objects

There is a third viewpoint, which comes into view only after our resulting reality has come to exist. It is a viewpoint that is a consequence of the second perspective, our resulting reality, which explains the relative effects that we witness. These effects are only explainable if we re-establish the expansion of matter after the facts. Although I also call this third viewpoint as being behind the scenes, for convenience, it actually results from our reality, and it is quite distinct from the God’s viewpoint.

We could debate if this third reality exists for real, or if it is only there to help us visualise what is really happening. However, we must remember that these are solely three different points of observation, or perspectives, of a same unique universe and reality. In the first one we see it with the expansion, in the second one we see it without the expansion, in the third one we see it with the expansion after all the relative effects.

For example, the solar system is expanding, and for that to happen, the planets’ orbital rings around the Sun must be enlarging in spiralling orbits. But for us, these orbits appear relatively stable, without any kind of enlargement that we can see. So how does the solar system expand? Now, this is a very key question, as even that expansion we cannot see.

This third viewpoint is clearly required, because the solar system and all the planets’ orbital rings are expanding. And this third perspective is far from the God’s viewpoint, where objects are going in all directions, perhaps not even moving at all but simply expanding, and where no orbits are ever possible, all the while creating motion in our resulting reality.

All three perspectives are required to understand orbits and any hidden effect, such as a geometrical acceleration as witnessed in the slingshot effect. Behind the scenes, from the God’s viewpoint, as mentioned, objects don’t have to accelerate away from each other to counteract their mutual expansion, they can simply move away from each other at their constant speed. And yet, in our resulting reality, these objects undergo a real acceleration, due to the geometry of expansion, resulting from the fact that suddenly there is no more expansion, and yet distances still reduce between everything.

For example, the Moon is probably moving away from Earth in a straight line from the God’s viewpoint. Since no orbits are possible there, there is no relativity of motion. Objects expand and may or may not be moving at all. Objects hit each other or move away from each other, in all directions, possibly curving, but nothing to do with any natural orbit effect. Then, once we no longer see the expansion in our resulting reality, as can be seen in figure 10 above, the Moon is actually in a relatively stable orbit around the Earth, more or less always keeping the same distance, following its slight elliptical orbit.

And this is when the third viewpoint comes into play. Once our resulting reality is established, the only way we can explain what we see, is to re-introduce the expansion after the facts. Suddenly the Moon and the Earth are actually expanding, their orbits around each other are enlarging in spirals, and this is how they can counteract their mutual expansion. Once again, this is not to say that this reality exists, but it is certainly a perspective that is helpful to visualise what is happening.

Is it not strange that when we wish to put an object into orbit, we accelerate it to a certain speed and height, then simply let go? And that satellite will continue on its course around the Earth forever, or certainly for many years? What is happening here? The object does not require a mean of propulsion, does not need to accelerate or gain more speed, simply the geometry of expansion keeps it where it is in the sky. So what is happening behind the scenes to explain this?

If we re-establish expansion at this point, the third perspective shows us that any orbit accelerates the objects involved. And not only that, but the speeds of the objects gradually accelerate in time, leading to enlarging spiralling orbits, instead of the circular and elliptical ones we are familiar with.

Gravity reduces the distance between all objects in an acceleration, and yet, a satellite in orbit not only counteracts that gravity, it even accelerates, otherwise there would not be an orbit. The acceleration comes from a slingshot effect from the relative motion of the geometry of expansion, which we find within all orbits. This is what counteracts the acceleration of the distance reduction due to gravity. Gravity has to be counteracted within all orbits, and basically this means the constant expansion has to be counteracted, otherwise all objects would eventually hit each other.

It is easier to see how orbits create a natural acceleration of the objects or particles, when we consider elliptical orbits, because the same must apply to the circular orbits as well. As seen in figure 12, most orbits are elliptical or oval shaped in nature, instead of perfect circles:

Figure 12 (3-12) Object swings around planet and away in elliptical orbit

From the third perspective, when Earth reaches its apogee on the right, at the other end of its elliptical orbit around the Sun, in its expansion the Sun is catching up with the Earth. At this point, it is like an object falling back to Earth. The Earth starts its return towards the Sun, and the distance reduction between them accelerates, as per the Atomic Expansion Equation to calculate gravity. This acceleration gives the Earth the swing it needs to go around the Sun, and escape once again the expansion of the Sun. And then the Earth goes away from the Sun on its elliptical orbit, slowing down again as it reaches its apogee at the other end.

Now, it may appear as if gravity accelerates the Earth towards the Sun, but then this is cancelled by the Earth going away once again on its orbit, decelerating while the Sun is catching up with it in its expansion. And since it all balances out nicely, overall, there is no extra acceleration that could justify an enlargement of the orbit behind the scenes, or a natural acceleration of the Earth and the Sun.

However, this acceleration is like a slingshot effect of a partial orbit around a planet. Sometimes NASA will have a probe orbiting a planet several times to accelerate it further, which is a clear indication that a simple orbit accelerates objects. When we study the slingshot effect, we can see that a probe sent into a partial orbit around a planet, will experience a net gain in acceleration from its initial speed. This is the whole point of a slingshot effect, and it is entirely happening as a geometrical relative effect due to the expansion behind the scenes. The object leaves with much added speed compared with the speed it was initially going at, and this is a real effect measurable in our resulting reality.

From the third perspective, this acceleration causes the enlargement of the orbit of the Earth around the Sun. This explains why we need to accelerate a satellite into its orbit, but once it is there at the right altitude, the geometry of expansion alone will continue to accelerate that satellite, keeping it into its orbit, despite all the expansion and gravity.

It also demonstrates why two objects from the God’s viewpoint, don’t need to be accelerating away from each other, in order for the natural orbit effect to accelerate them away from each other in our resulting reality. And this is also how the solar system is expanding, and any other object that has orbiting objects or particles, such as galaxies, atoms and electrons. But of course, we will never witness that expansion, we can only witness the resulting after effects.

To summarise, the third viewpoint of an orbit, would be showing the Sun and all the planets expanding, and their true enlarging spiral trajectories that would lead to the overall expansion of the solar system. It is showing us what is really happening, in a way that the God’s viewpoint cannot.

In our reality, the speed of the Earth and the Moon does not change overall, beyond the changing speed during their elliptical orbit. And their orbits are stable, identical at every cycle. It is true that the Moon is moving away from Earth a little bit more every year, but this just means that the orbit is not perfect. The Moon is moving away from Earth in the God’s viewpoint, a little bit faster than is required for a stable orbit.

From the third perspective however, not only the orbits are enlarging in spirals, but all the objects are accelerating. And so, in time, they are constantly going faster, which means vibrating faster. This becomes important when we discuss other dimensions in the next chapters, because it means we are constantly moving into higher dimensions, where everything is moving faster.

4.11d Are orbits in the third perspective enlarging gradually or exponentially?

At the end of this chapter, there are links to orbit simulations and discussions about the concepts of Atomic Expansion Theory on YouTube. I’ve been told that such simulations of enlarging orbits, only work if the orbits enlarge exponentially, following the Golden Ratio Phi and the Fibonacci sequence of numbers.

Although this is a seductive idea, where the shape of expansion and all orbits from the third perspective, could follow the Golden Ratio, and explain why it is found everywhere in nature, I somehow feel the spiralling orbits are not enlarging exponentially. The reason why, is that it would lead to an exponential expansion of solar systems, galaxies, atoms and electrons. And we know they expand at a constant rate.

I think there is confusion here when dealing with accelerations, because by definition they have an exponential compounding element to them. However, an accelerating car does not suddenly multiply its speed exponentially, it is a gradual acceleration, so an orbit could equally simply accelerate progressively.

There are many factors to take into consideration here. An orbit results from the geometry of expansion, and, as just demonstrated with the elliptical orbit above, there is an acceleration, like in gravity, while the Earth is coming back towards the Sun. Then, there is a slingshot effect, just like in partial orbits, that boosts that acceleration of the Earth around the Sun. But then, the Earth decelerates as the Sun’s expansion catches up with it. There is an additional net gain in speed following each orbit, but is this gain in speed truly exponential, leading to exponentially enlarging orbits?

When balancing all these facts, I believe that in the end, the enlargement of orbits everywhere is gradually increasing without doing so exponentially, resulting in the overall expansion of all objects at a constant rate, instead of an accelerating exponential one. If orbit simulations truly require an exponential enlargement of the orbits, then some more thinking will be required to explain what is going on, because objects cannot expand exponentially, nothing would work in the universe if they were. So a balance between relative effects must be reached somewhere to prevent the enlargement of the orbits to expand exponentially.

If further thinking is required, then the person behind the YouTube channel Life, Everything And The Universe, is working on this from the point of view of Atomic Expansion Theory (the links are at the end of this chapter). He is investigating the Coriolis acceleration and deceleration, tangential and radial velocities or accelerations, fictitious or pseudo forces, and acceleration due to curved surfaces. It is quite possible that these concepts could justify further the geometry of expansion, and show exactly how orbits and the slingshot effect work. It should be interesting to see where it leads.

There is also another point that could warrant investigation. It is a fourth perspective if you wish, one that does not exist but might underlay the God’s viewpoint. It is the perspective where we would imagine a universe without any expansion or gravity. The geometry alone would accelerate and decelerate objects due to their curved surfaces, and this, without any expansion. These relative effects would also affect our resulting reality.

In the end, we are not short of ways to explain accelerations and decelerations of objects within orbits and gravity, from the point of view of all the different perspectives. And overall, it must all balance out, so the enlargement of the orbits is not exponential. Even if certain effects, such as the Coriolis effect, would cause the enlargement of the orbits to be exponential. Something else must counteract it, or explain why the overall expansion of the solar system, the galaxy, the electron and the atom is constant.

Another important point here, is that I am only talking about the expansion resulting from the inner expansion of matter, the first type of expansion. The discussion above is not taking into consideration any subsequent second or third type of growth or shrinkage of matter, such as electrons and solar systems, which is on top of that basic constant inner expansion.

For example, as well as constantly expanding due to the inner expansion of matter, our solar system can also variably grow and shrink, depending on how much matter enters or leaves the system, exciting or calming the matter already there. But if Planet X or Nibiru suddenly enters the solar system, don’t expect all the orbits to change, grow further in size and move further away from the Sun. If that planet is already orbiting our Sun, then all orbits have already compensated for it. Any change in all the orbits is instant everywhere, because of the geometry of expansion, as explained near the end of section 3.13 A different concept of positively and negatively charged particles in Atomic Expansion Theory.

Add several new planets not already orbiting our Sun, and the Earth might move away from the Sun sufficiently for us to witness a real change in the weather, while the entire solar system will grow a bit more. It is likely the asteroid belt used to be an extra planet which has been destroyed. The effects on all the orbits, the entire solar system and even beyond, must have been significant.

There is also the growth and shrinkage of atoms and galaxies, and molecules and cosmic molecules to be considered, which leads to matter moving into other dimensions, the third type of growth and shrinkage of matter. I will discuss all this in the next chapters.

4.11e The fourth perspective - Objects passing each other in space if there were no expansion or gravity

Before we even talk about the first perspective, what would happen if objects were to meet in space while there is no expansion or gravity, or any other relative effect? How does the geometry alone affect the distances or anything else?

Underlying all perspectives, there are relative effects that result from the geometry of expansion, but there are also relative effects that may result from the geometry alone, such as the geometry of curved objects, if there were no expansion or gravity in the universe. These effects, such as accelerations and decelerations of objects, would be found in our resulting reality, and so they need to be assessed and taken into consideration.

4.12 Slingshot effect and other gravitational anomalies

Using the Atomic Expansion Equation to measure gravity, we obtain more accurate results than using Newton or Einstein. As mentioned in the previous sections, gravity is a changing distance between expanding objects, measured from surface to surface, nothing to do with their respective mass measured from centre to centre of the objects.

Although there is a correlation between mass and size, it is not always true, as in the case of a large planet that would be made of styrofoam, or of a lighter material of a lesser density, like gases. These planets could be extremely large, but certainly their mass would be less than a planet made of rocks.

From a distance in space, a planet made of styrofoam would exhibit the same gravity as one made of rocks. The distance between each of them and an asteroid, would reduce at the same accelerating rate. Once standing on the planet however, the density of that styrofoam planet would make gravity much less than one made of rocks, because in its expansion, a planet of a lesser density cannot push back as hard as one of a higher density.

There you see where the problem lies when relying on mass to measure gravity and orbits, especially when our calculations of the mass of planets is more like a guessing game. This is why in our space programmes, while using Newton, we must constantly readjust our calculated trajectories, which always run off course. It could also very well explain the Flyby anomaly, which you can find out about on Wikipedia.

Although Mark McCutcheon does not believe that galaxies are expanding, as mentioned earlier, he does believe that solar systems are expanding. As just seen, behind the scenes, the true orbits of the planets around the Sun must be enlarging spiral orbits, counteracting their mutual expansion.

There is proof of this, one main proof is the Pioneer Anomaly. The spacecraft Pioneer 10 and 11 have sort of exited the solar system, or are in the process of doing so, but strangely enough they appear to be decelerating. Scientists came up with several feeble explanations for this, which do not stand to scrutiny. Pioneer 10 and 11 are not actually decelerating, instead the solar system and all its planets’ orbital rings are expanding towards them. It was not very clear before, as they travelled across the solar system, but as they are coming to the edge of the solar system, it is becoming obvious.

Figure 13 (3-26) Expanding solar system differs from Newtonian gravity

As seen in figure 13, first, the distance decreases between Earth and the probes, as its orbital ring enlarges, and the solar system expands. Second, a signal sent from the probes takes less time to reach us, from the time it is sent until it arrives, since in the meantime the Earth is moving towards the signal, as its own orbit around the sun expands. You can read here an excerpt of The Final Theory on this subject, available on my website www.themarginal.com:

Pioneer Anomaly, Slingshot Effect and Gravitational Inconsistencies Explained

www.themarginal.com/pioneer_anomaly.pdf

There are several other proofs for Atomic Expansion Theory. An article I have included at the end of this present book, called 11.4 Gravity Breakthrough: Springing into a Gravitational Revolution, is the greatest proof according to Mark McCutcheon. But I wonder about that proof, and also its equivalent, when we drop two balls attached by an elastic band, as described in the first article 11.1 Expansion Theory - Our Best Candidate for a Final Theory of Everything?

I fear somehow scientists are beginning to deny Einstein’s Principle of Equivalence with Newton’s theories. At the very least, the Gravity Breakthrough article proves that much. People could somehow say, that Einstein can explain that spring and elastic band experiments as well, because his theory of gravity is not equivalent to Newton’s after all. Simply because, Einstein’s Theory of General Relativity is also geometry based, and no actual force is applied anywhere on any object.

Essentially, there would be no Principle of Equivalence anymore between Einstein and Newton, if they were to say that Einstein can also explain these experiments, and yet, it is unlikely to stop them from saying it. To be honest, it is true that Einstein’s Theory of General Relativity is geometry based, and that no force is acting at a distance on these objects, and that probably, Einstein’s Principle of Equivalence is incorrect after all. So we need better proofs.

For example, water falling from the sky, would turn into a sphere in both Einstein and McCutcheon, because unlike in Newton, no force is acting on the ball of water at any time. But is the ball free floating in the air while the Earth is expanding towards it, or is the ball free floating, as well as following the curving of spacetime, that leads straight to the ground? Keep this in mind, while watching the links to videos on YouTube at the end of this chapter. Some proofs could easily be questioned, and Einstein’s theories easily tweaked, to justify what we see.

This said, there are other proofs. For example, McCutcheon has for the first time calculated the Gravitational Constant G from first principles, derived from his Atomic Expansion Equation. He shows the derivation in his book. So far it has only been calculated through empirical evidence, meaning through observation instead of pure reason alone. Although, I must say, that Mark does not feel this is a great proof. So I guess this too could be twisted around somehow by people determined to prove Atomic Expansion Theory wrong.

However, his entire book is simply proof after proof that all of physics can be explained through the expansion of electrons and atoms, so what more proof is required? Nevertheless, in the next section I present the two best proofs I could think of so far.

This is not your normal run-of-the-mill crackpot theory most theoretical physicists receive on a daily basis, which made them so far refuse to consider Atomic Expansion Theory, as they can’t possibly consider every new theory there is on the block. But consider this, how could anyone explain the entire physics in a way that makes complete sense to everyone, without requiring a PhD in Physics, solving all the anomalies, questions and bizarre spooky effects of our actual science, while uniting and explaining the four fundamental forces of nature, if he was not correct?

The Moon does not have any gravitational effect on the Earth. The tides of the oceans are due to an internal wobble of the Earth which coincides with the passing of the Moon, due to the original formation of the Earth-Moon system. Orbits are entirely a geometric phenomenon, due to the geometry of expansion of the relative motion of objects in space.

On that subject, even with Einstein the Moon cannot possibly have any gravitational effect on the tides, since General Relativity is also geometry based, and there is no force acting at a distance there either. Objects are meant to be free floating in space, with no force acting upon them.

This was an important obstacle for Einstein, who desperately tried to explain how the Moon could still affect the ocean tides on Earth, through the curving of spacetime and geodesic deviation. It does not sound very convincing. It might have been better for Einstein to simply state that the tides were due to something else closer to home, there are several other possible explanations that can be found online. If he had done that however, there would not have been an equivalence with Newton’s theory, instead, there would have been significant differences.

As it stands now, even with Einstein the Moon can affect the tides, precisely as if there was a force acting at a distance emanating from matter. In which case, Einstein’s Principle of Equivalence with Newton still stands, and therefore Einstein cannot be used to justify the spring and elastic band experiments. Because if Newton can’t explain it, then Einstein can’t either, since their theories are equivalent. Whether it is a force acting at a distance, or geodesic deviations on a curved spacetime, the result is exactly the same for any experiment.

In Atomic Expansion Theory, gravity depends on the size of the objects, not on their mass. Although density still plays a role in gravity, but only while on the ground, and it could not be assessed from orbit. This is why where NASA landed their probes on the Moon, gravity was only one sixth the one of the Earth, instead of the quarter that was expected, since the Moon is about a quarter the size of the Earth.

Figure 14 (3-14) The moon’s non-uniform density causes differing gravity

As seen in figure 14, the density of the Moon must be unequal, and be denser nearer the Earth, due to the original Earth-Moon formation. It also means that on the dark side of the Moon, gravity should be one third the one of the Earth, and about a quarter near the edge of the visible Moon. Taken overall, gravity around the Moon in average is about a quarter of the one of the Earth. It is a wonder some countries were able to land probes on the Moon while being unaware of this. Other countries have not been so successful, and their probes crashed on the Moon.

Gravity is calculated from surface to surface of objects, not from centre to centre. This clarifies several observed trajectory and gravitational anomalies in space and on the Moon. There are no gravitational forces or gravitational waves acting at a distance, or distortion/warping of a so-called spacetime, or graviton particles. Proofs of these in our science have simply been misinterpreted, as explained in Mark’s book.

Mark McCutcheon does a great job of debunking Standard Theory in his book The Final Theory. Links to the debunk of our actual science can be found at the end of chapter 2. It has been written for laypeople, for anyone whether they have a scientific background or not. It re-writes our entire physics and is the only working theory of everything that truly has an answer for everything in our science.

Dismissing Atomic Expansion Theory without reading the book, could cost humanity a great deal. And if you reject everything else from my book New Age Physics, at the very least you should give The Final Theory a fair chance. Our current models have served us well, they were describing our reality well to a certain extent, but with Atomic Expansion Theory we could achieve much more.

4.13 Two best proofs of Atomic Expansion Theory - The levitating slinky and ball

It is very difficult to identify a proof for a theory in physics, when other theories that might be incorrect, or misinterpretations of physical phenomena, can still model reality very well, and equally explain what we see. Atomic Expansion Theory can explain all the so-called proofs of Einstein’s theories, and can re-interpret everything stated within Quantum Mechanics, from the point of view of expanding and contracting matter.

They are all theories after all, supposed to model perfectly all identified phenomena in nature. And you can always tweak these theories to infinity, so they still model what we see. For example, by inventing wild and unlikely concepts such as dark matter, dark energy, gravitational waves, graviton particles, black holes, singularities, etc. Better that, than admitting that a theory is incorrect, I suppose. But when exactly do we draw the line and admit that the theory is wrong?

The key to prove Atomic Expansion Theory, is to find proofs where the expansion of the planet and all objects, explain something that no other theory can explain. So it should be a consequence of the expansion of matter, and show what is happening behind the scenes, to justify what we see in our resulting reality.

I came up with the two best proofs for Atomic Expansion Theory that I could think of. I do not guarantee that in time, people would not use other theories to justify what is happening, and state that these are not proofs after all. It would not disprove Atomic Expansion Theory, it would simply mean that other theories can also explain them. However, they better explain them convincingly, without resorting to magical thinking. I’m pretty sure levitation is not part of Standard Physics, no matter how someone somehow could justify it.

4.13a The physics of a stretched suspended slinky being dropped

No proof appears to be convincing enough, it seems. Which brings us to the physics of the drop of a stretched suspended slinky. Good luck explaining convincingly that particular phenomenon, using either Newton or Einstein’s theories of gravity.

First you need to watch on YouTube these four videos from Veritasium, showing in slow motion what is happening when you drop a fully stretched slinky from the top of a building:

Does a Falling Slinky Defy Gravity?

https://youtu.be/uiyMuHuCFo4

Supersized Slow-Mo Slinky Drop

https://youtu.be/JsytnJ_pSf8

Slinky Drop Answer

https://youtu.be/eCMmmEEyOO0

Slinky Drop Extended

https://youtu.be/oKb2tCtpvNU

When you drop an extended slinky from high up, film it and play the video in slow motion, the base of the slinky does not move at all, until the top reaches the base. Almost as if it was free floating in space, as in Einstein and Atomic Expansion Theory, which are geometry based theories, with the exception that it is actually levitating for a while.

This experiment is even visible to the naked eye, from a drop of your own height. There’s no need to drop the slinky from the top of a building, or to film it first in order to slow it down. You will see, the bottom levitates, it stays there suspended in the air, until the slinky is fully contracted back, and only then, will it fall down.

The first obvious issue is that levitation is impossible in Newton and Einstein. As soon as an object is dropped, the entire apparatus must immediately start falling down. This is true whether gravity is a force acting at a distance, or is explained by geometry, where any dropped object must immediately follow the curvature of spacetime.

You would not expect a bearing ball dropped at the top edge of a funnel, or of a garden trampoline, not to move for a while, before starting to fall towards the middle. Slinkies and springs don’t have a special status when it comes to gravity, simply because when they are stretched then dropped, they not only fall, but they also contract back to normal. And that is key.

The second obvious issue is that, it is impossible for a stretched slinky or a spring, suddenly freed from both ends, not to have both ends come back together. One end cannot suddenly remain immobile in the air, while the other end comes back towards it. This is a serious misinterpretation of what is happening here.

In Einstein, the bottom end of the slinky is not attached to anything. And granted that there is no force acting at a distance upon it, and it is free floating, but once dropped from the top, it should still immediately follow the curvature of spacetime to its destination, which is the ground.

These two issues are common sense. The first issue is telling us that neither Newton nor Einstein can explain this observation, which is levitation, hence they cannot be correct explanations for gravity. The second issue is telling us that, despite what we observe, the bottom end of the slinky must be going up, as the top end is coming down, as the slinky contracts back together while falling.

It cannot possibly matter, if the slinky is more stretched nearer the top, and more contracted towards the bottom, with a centre of mass nearer the bottom. Both ends must always come back together, even if they don’t do so in equal measures or at the same rate.

Fine, I hear you say. The slinky is not falling immediately, because the bottom end is going up, as the slinky contracts back, which explains why it remains suspended in the air for a while. However, this is still magical levitation.

No matter what anyone might say, gravity does not wait for information to come from the top of the slinky to reach the bottom, before starting to fall, no matter where its centre of mass is. This is a desperate and illogical argument to explain the unexplainable, in the absence of a valid theory in physics that could explain what is really going on.

And the bottom end cannot remain immobile floating in the air, even if it is going back up. The entire slinky must immediately start to fall down under both current theories of gravity, even while it is contracting back to normal.

In the Supersized Slow-Mo Slinky Drop video, they have an experiment meant to reflect the other, but without any gravity involved. They put an unstretched spring horizontally on a table, hit one end, and we can see that the other end remains immobile until the spring is fully contracted, then it bounces back. This is an entirely different experiment not equivalent in any way to the first one.

First, there is no real stretching of the spring whatsoever. So, you would not expect both ends of a spring to come back together, when you let go of it, when the spring is not stretched.

Second, not only they have eliminated the downward force of gravity, but they also removed the other upward force against gravity, while the object is being held. There are two forces here acting on the slinky. So, whether one end of the spring remains immobile or not while horizontally, in that particular experiment, is hardly equivalent to what would happen with gravity, a force holding the slinky at the top, and stretching.

The linchpin of the entire phenomenon, is the fact that not only the slinky falls down due to gravity, but also that it contracts back at the same time. If you eliminate the stretching as well as gravity and the holding force, then you are comparing two different phenomena.

A more accurate experiment would have been a horizontal spring tied at one end, being dragged on the table by that end until it is stretched, and then let go. Then both ends would have come back together during the contraction of the spring, no end would have remained immobile.

And this is precisely what is happening that we cannot see, when the slinky is suspended from a rooftop, because it is only happening behind the scenes, where we can see the expansion of the Earth.

So here is the solution that no other theory, I feel, could explain. Once the slinky is dropped, the base must be going up while the top is going down, while the entire slinky contracts. But the bottom end must be going up at the exact same rate as the expansion of the Earth. Which is not surprising, since the stretching corresponds precisely to the measure of gravity on Earth.

This is because, the force holding the slinky at the top before the drop, is dependent on the expansion rate of the planet pushing it upwards in the first place. The planet is constantly expanding at a rate of 4.9 metres per second, pushing everything upwards, and this is what causes the initial stretching of the slinky while it is being held.

Consequently, it seems like the bottom end of the slinky is not moving at all, when in fact the base is going up. The important difference here, is that the slinky is free floating in the air as soon as it is dropped. It is not being attracted to the Earth, and it is not following the curvature of spacetime. It is the Earth that catches up with the entire apparatus in its expansion, once the slinky is no longer being pulled upwards while suspended.

And since the base is going up at the exact same rate as the expansion of the planet, it appears as if the slinky is levitating in the air. The base of the slinky is not going up from our point of view, but it actually is behind the scenes, if you could see the expansion.

It would be interesting to try a variant of the original experiment to see the result. For example, if someone on the sixth floor holds the top of a supersized slinky, normally it would stretch all the way to the second floor. But if someone on the fourth floor brings up the bottom half of the slinky, holds the base there, and then both persons let go of the slinky at the same time, then what would happen to the base of the slinky?

In the original experiment, the base of the slinky appeared immobile and levitating, because in the background, it was going back up at the exact same rate as the Earth’s expansion. In the second experiment, the stretching of the slinky no longer corresponds to the Earth’s gravity, since the base is held at the mid-point. It is therefore possible that the slinky would start to fall down immediately. However, it would do so slower than would be expected from normal gravity, since the base would still be going upwards, while the slinky contracts back to normal.

This said, since the stretch is now less pronounced than before, and both ends would be coming back with less force, it might compensate for the difference in the two experiments. After all, the stretch still corresponds to the force of gravity, it is just that the slinky is now held at two different points. As a result, the base might still levitate and remain immobile in the air, until the top reaches the base, and then fall down. If you attempt it, please let me know the result, so this point can be settled.

And now, let’s move on with another prediction that could doubly prove Atomic Expansion Theory, when we replace the slinky with a ball. Which brings us to our second best proof.

4.13b The physics of a suspended ball being dropped

If a person on the top of a building is holding a ball, then obviously the building, the person and the ball, would be going up at a rate of 4.9 metres per second, being pushed upwards by the expansion of the Earth.

So when the person drops the ball, and the distance between the ball and the ground reduces in an acceleration of 9.8 metres per second square, the expansion of the Earth would first need to overcome that initial speed of the ball going upwards.

And while it is doing so, just like with the slinky before, the ball should appear immobile in the air, as if levitating, in the first half second it will take for gravity, to overcome that initial upward speed of 4.9 metres per second.

This is completely different from Newton or Einstein, where the dropped ball should immediately start to fall back to Earth. Because in their theories, there is no such thing as an expanding Earth justifying gravity, and the ball held in the person’s hand would not already be going upwards at a rate of 4.9 metres per second, before being dropped, since this is a consequence of the expansion of the planet. So if we could witness this, it would be the perfect proof for Atomic Expansion Theory.

I don’t know if from these limited heights, we would be able to prove a levitating ball, just before it starts to fall back down. However, the levitating act of the slinky is so striking and obvious, it gives me hope that we might also be able to witness and measure the levitating act of the ball. A speed of 4.9 metres per second upwards before being dropped, as could be seen behind the scenes, is quite a measurable quantity, so maybe this could be tested and proven.

Now, there is another issue. Measuring this using our actual equations for gravity, or even the Atomic Expansion Equation, might not be sufficient. Because these equations might have been derived from empirical evidence, from how long a dropped object takes to reach the ground, through simple observation. And without these equations having been established, while being aware of that initial upward speed of any held object, these equations might already be measuring it by default.

For example, Mark McCutcheon has developed his Atomic Expansion Equation, based on empirical evidence of how long it takes an object to fall back to Earth. Most probably Newton and Einstein did the same, since their equations needed to match observation. Even the expansion rate of the atom, and of everything else, is based on how fast an object falls back to Earth, and might need to be re-adjusted slightly in light what I am saying now.

Even an object falling from a plane has an upward speed, as planes must constantly be going up in order to counteract the expansion of the planet. Even an object dropped from the International Space Station must be going upward, because behind the scenes, all orbits are constantly enlarging away from Earth, while all objects are being accelerated as well. Anyway, an object being dropped from the space station, would simply continue on the same orbit as the station, since it would already be going at the right speed for that altitude, to continue on the same orbit.

Therefore, any kind of measurement comparisons for this, should be done in space, far from the planet. So we could compare if our equations bring similar results, for the gravity of two objects totally free in space, and the gravity between the ground and a held ball, before being dropped, while standing on an expanding planet.

This said, the levitating act of the ball in slow motion, might be as obvious as the slinky one, for a long half of a second, before the ball starts to fall. And that prediction and fact alone would be all the proof we need. No calculations using equations are required to prove it.

4.14 Atomic Expansion Theory concepts and orbit simulations on YouTube

It might be helpful to check out these orbit simulations and discussions about the concepts of Atomic Expansion Theory on YouTube. Mark McCutcheon and I are grateful to these talented artists, who were intrigued enough to put their mind into making these simulations and videos, and to the thinkers who are further developing our theories:

4.14a Cruz deWilde

- www.avantgravity.com

- www.youtube.com/c/cdewilde

- Turning Gravity Inside Out

- Gravity as a Result of Expansion

- Gravitational clustering as a result of particle expansion

4.14b Roland Michel Tremblay Catch Up and Interview by Ed Smith from the Universal Digest

- https://youtu.be/q-i8CxH_Cuc

4.14c The late Gerald Clark’s series about gravity featuring an interview with Roland Michel Tremblay

- www.youtube.com/channel/UCFUH_0JRBPG9g5k5M3AgJ4g

- Atomic Expansion Theory - A Theory of Everything - Full Interview Gerald Clark and Roland Michel Tremblay - https://youtu.be/8lj1F8UqPc8

- FREE Gravity Series Episode 1 [ Gerald Clark Premier Content ]

- FREE Gravity Series S1E3 "The Final Theory" Part 1

- Gravity Series S1E3 Final Theory Explained Supplement

- Gravity Series Final Theory of Expanding Matter and Orbits

4.14d Gerald Clark’s Premium Content requiring subscription, except for the free ones indicated, which are also on YouTube

- https://geraldclark77.vhx.tv/gravity

- Ep1: Gravity Series Episode 1: What is Gravity? (Free)

- Ep2: Gravity Series Episode 2: Gravity Pioneers

- Ep3: Gravity Series Episode 3: Final Theory Part 1 (Free, part of my interview with him)

- Ep4: Gravity Series Episode 3: Final Theory Part 3

- Ep5: Gravity Series Episode 3: Final Theory Part 2

- Ep6: Gravity Series Episode 4: Search for Gravity Waves

- Ep7: Gravity Series Episode 5: Gravity and You (Free)

- Ep8: Solar System Helical Orbit and Satellites

4.14e Life, Everything And The Universe

- www.youtube.com/channel/UC5835CWoYWpQrv05ahKbugQ

- Think Gravity is a force or warped spacetime? This realtime simulation might convince you otherwise.

- Slow motion footage reveals one of the paradoxes in theories of gravity. See it with your own eyes.

- Powerful Gravity Thought Experiment. You might see things differently after this. (Inflating Balloon)

- A Proof, Using 3 Logic Steps. That Current Gravity Theories Are Indeed Invalid

- Visual confirmation that gravity has absolutely ZERO force

- How Gravity Might Really Work. All The Paradoxes Explained From An "Outside The System" Perspective.

- Quick Push Pull Gravity Animation

4.14f Chris Freely (The Cosmic Fool)

- www.chrisfreely.com or www.chrisfreely.blogspot.com

- www.youtube.com/channel/UCE1h_z9F-fyLIX-IOmRKcjQ

- Expansion Theory Science The Unified Field Theory

4.14g Ian Moore (Ianto)

- www.candigram.co.uk

- www.youtube.com/channel/UCPQR8jv6Xk3kpOsBm4A_iHQ

- Proof of NoThing

- Proof of SomeThing

4.15 Standard Theory and Atomic Expansion Theory Maps

The next two figures are full page maps with larger versions available online:

Figure 15 Standard Theory map

www.themarginal.com/map1.jpg

Figure 16 Atomic Expansion Theory map

www.themarginal.com/map2.jpg

* * *

FIVE

Third type of growth and shrinkage of matter - Other dimensional worlds or world densities

10.1 Third type of growth and shrinkage of matter - Interdimensional density of matter, when the electrons, atoms and molecules’ vibrational rate, size and spacing vary

The third type of growth and shrinkage of matter, is when the neutrinos are orbiting faster or slower, around and between the electrons, enlarging or reducing their orbits. This is the cause of the change in size of the electrons, which are essentially solar systems at the smaller scale, with the planets being neutrinos, and the sun or suns being super-neutrinos.

This process is identical to the crossover effect, in the second type of growth and shrinkage of matter, when the electrons grow and leave the atoms to become anything that is in the electromagnetic spectrum. The difference is, the change in size of the electrons is happening within the atoms. When electrons grow or shrink in size within the atoms, it affects the size of the atoms and of the molecules, their level of vibration or excitement, and the overall spacing between all these particles.

This has never been obvious or known to us before, in our science, because when matter changes density in that manner, it moves outside our range of visible light. But more than that, it is like this matter is no longer part of our reality, since we can no longer interact with it. From our point of view, matter in the lower dimensions move in slow motion, while in the higher dimensions matter moves in fast forward. Which might begin to explain why that matter disappears and is out of our reach.

If the change is not too significant, or the conditions keeping these worlds apart break down for whatever reason, we can still see and interact with matter vibrating slower or faster. But the consistency of that matter is suddenly different than what we are used to. Rocks and metals are unexpectedly malleable, sometimes intangible, they can levitate easily as if lighter or less dense than air, and no doubt this is how they built the pyramids and Stonehenge.

Beings from higher dimensions, or from the future, glow, simply because their neutrinos, electrons, atoms and molecules vibrate faster. And from the lower dimensions, everything seems very heavy, even in the atmosphere, and beings are sometimes dark and shadowy, instead of substantial. However, if they cross over completely, they can be as solid as anything.

The density, when it comes to other dimensional worlds, or world densities, is a different type of density of matter, than the one we find in our books of physics today, although they are closely related. All dimensions share the same space, the same Earth, just like the gases in the air surround us. All these worlds use the same particles that we do, all expanding at the exact same inner expansion rate. And they too have solids, liquids, gases and plasmas in their own dimension.

Usually, a change in density is simply a change in the spacing between the molecules, which turns a solid into a liquid or a gas. Indeed, more electrons added to the system through heat, or pressure being applied, will cause the electrons to orbit faster, enlarging their orbits between molecules, but not between or within the atoms, so atoms and molecules don’t change size. This excites the atoms and the molecules, causing the molecules to become more spaced out. This is all within our own third dimensional world, where electrons, atoms and molecules never proportionally grow or shrink, while still expanding at a constant rate, from the first type of expansion of matter.

Although there is the same type of change in density in all dimensions, of solids, liquids and gases, each dimension has its own specific vibrational rate, size and spacing for the electrons, atoms and molecules. These are the only difference. Something does not need to vibrate that much faster before it disappears from view, since some insects can easily do so when in flight.

This is why it has always been confusing, and why we never understood what the spiritual literature meant, by another density world. It is also a change in density, in a different manner, when the particles become larger, as well as more spaced out, while the neutrinos are orbiting and vibrating faster, causing the electrons to grow within the atoms.

It is a change in the size of the particles and the spacing between them, which is a result of the change in the vibrational rate of matter, beginning with the neutrinos causing the growth or shrinkage of the electrons within the atoms. Otherwise, a simple change in the vibrational rate of matter, of the electrons without growth or shrinkage, solely leads to a change in the state of matter, and not to matter moving to another dimension.

We must bear in mind that, matter moving to another dimension, appears to bring new states of matter unfamiliar to us. However, it might simply be how we perceive it from within the third density world. From within their own dimension, other beings might perceive it as normal states of matter, similar to ours.

10.2 Proving Earth used to be smaller and denser, while weight and gravity are increasing with time

If we could prove the third type of growth and shrinkage of matter, we would essentially confirm the existence of other dimensional worlds. In concept, since it is similar, it would also validate the second type of growth and shrinkage of matter. Except of course that, in the second type, the electrons grow and shrink outside the atoms instead of inside. This is no small test, and the proof certainly would be revolutionary.

At this present time, it is not obvious how it could be properly tested. Except perhaps, through proving that the Earth used to be smaller than it is today, albeit denser, and that weight and gravity not only used to be less, they both still increase with time.

It would explain why gigantic animals, such as dinosaurs and pterodactyls, came to be in the first place, and had no issue moving or flying around, on a smaller planet without oceans, mainly covered by all the continents. This was discussed already in section 3.7 How to move to other dimensions?, where there are links to Neal Adams’ animated simulations, showing that all continents used to fit perfectly together into a smaller sphere.

Let’s begin with this quote from section 2.2c The third type of growth and shrinkage of matter:

“The process causing the expansion of all matter behind the scenes, will be discussed shortly, in the section about gravity and orbits. But for now, most of the natural acceleration within orbits, and the enlargement of orbital rings, does not affect the interdimensional density of matter, or the size of particles and objects, within our resulting reality. But a tiny part of this process is, and in time, particles and objects orbit faster, and grow slightly more, even in our resulting reality.

“Consequently, as time goes by, all particles orbit slightly faster, all orbits enlarge slightly more, all particles and objects become larger, and the time rate marginally accelerates, as we constantly move into higher dimensions. Which makes any time and place in history, its very own dimension, where matter vibrates at a unique frequency, or unique resonance.”

The test discussed below, is not exactly about proving directly the third type of growth and shrinkage of matter. Instead, it is about proving that a tiny part of the invisible process, of the expansion of matter, leads to an actual and real expansion of matter, in our resulting reality.

If that is true, then it proves the third type of growth and shrinkage of matter. But if it is not true, it does not disprove it. Because the third type of growth and shrinkage of matter could be true, even if the tiny expansion of matter in time, within our resulting reality, is untrue.

It should be extremely simple to test that weight and gravity, not only used to be less than they are today, but they both still increase with time. Right? If we drop a mass of 1 kg from a height of one metre, and weigh it once it is at rest, carefully measure the results, and repeat the experiment every year, we will notice that weight and gravity increase with time.

Why? Because particles and planets are increasing slightly in speed all the time, causing the orbit and the size of all the particles, and of all the astronomical bodies, to enlarge, in an expansion of all objects that is visible and can be measured.

Consequently, the Earth and everything else grow in time, enough to cause the continental drift, meaning the continents are constantly slightly moving away from each other. Moreover, the distance between objects reduces faster as they grow, which is gravity increasing. And the force required to move, accelerate, or hold an object at rest against gravity, meaning its weight, would also increase with time.

But if it is that simple, why have we not noticed it before? Countless experiments have been done. Surely it is verified, that a mass of 1 kg must always fall at the same rate, and its weight, in a same location, must always be the same? As it turns out, it is not so simple to prove this point after all.

First, it was assessed previously in sections 2.2a The first type of expansion and contraction of matter, and 4.4 Gravity and the formation of galaxies, that objects don’t all fall at the same rate. It was stated that our measurements of falling objects on Earth, are too limited to even notice a difference, between a falling bowling ball and a feather in a vacuum, or a massive aircraft carrier and a marble, dropped from high up. They do appear to fall at the same rate, when theoretically, whether we use Newton, Einstein, or Atomic Expansion Theory, they should not. In all three theories of gravity, larger or more massive objects should reach the ground first.

And if the experiment is not performed in a vacuum, terminal velocity could skew the results. At some point, and not all at the same point, the falling objects would stop accelerating, until they reach the ground, because of the objects’ buoyancy and the friction with the air.

Therefore, from how high up must we drop two objects, of different size and mass, in a vacuum, to finally notice a difference? Excellent question, which requires an answer before we perform any test or experiment.

Another major issue is that, two different objects with a mass of 1 kg each, cannot reliably be trusted to be 1 kg at all, or to have the same mass, unless we compare them side by side. Which must bring discrepancies between different experiments, performed at different times and locations, using different masses and instruments.

Furthermore, it is said that a mass of 1 kg is always the same. It is true that the number of electrons, atoms and molecules of a 1 kg object, should theoretically always remain the same, even when the object becomes less dense and enlarges. But how do we measure or calculate this mass?

We establish the mass of an object using its weight, also the force required to move that object – or its resistance to acceleration – and the force of gravity. All of which change, depending on the location of the object on Earth or in space. An object of a certain mass will not weight the same at the equator, in London, or on the Moon, since the force of gravity is not the same in all locations.

Plus, gravity is different depending on if the object is free falling, where only the size of the objects matters, or if it stays on the ground, where the density of matter also affects gravity on the ground. Gravity on the Moon is not uniform. While it is one sixth the gravity of the Earth on the near side, it could be up to one third the gravity of the Earth on the other side, where the composition of the ground is less dense than on the near side, where the centre of gravity is located.

And finally, if all objects in the universe become less dense with time, we might not notice any difference in our measurements. The interdimensional density of matter is not the same as the traditional density of matter. It is not solely the space between the molecules which changes, it is also the size of all the particles, as well as the spacing between them, which change with the acceleration of all particles.

To make matters worse, the teams in charge of establishing the International System of Units, works very hard to ensure that all units remain exactly the same, year after year. Of course, a kilogram, a second and a metre should always remain the same, otherwise how could we compare accurately our measurements?

But what if our kilogram, second and metre really change every year? Means would have to be found to ensure that they don’t, that they are constantly adjusted to correct any discrepancy. As a result, we might believe that gravity and weight do not increase with time, when in fact they do.

There is a string of constants in nature, which we use to measure accurately most of our units. But then again, how can we be sure that these constants are truly always constant, especially in relative terms, and that this does not skew the end results?

For example, we could not use the size of the Earth to establish the length of a metre, as we used to in the past, since both the Earth and the metre stick may be growing. I heard that a metre does not exactly measure the same, neither is the speed of light, from one year to another. This is not surprising, because today we are using the speed of light, to accurately calculate the length of a metre. But this is a mistake, since the speed of light is not constant, as discussed in the first three sections of chapter 6.

And how do we measure the speed of light? We use the second and the length of a metre. It is a vicious circle, we use variables to measure variables, that were originally measured, by what we are measuring. So, if all these variables increase in time, or change, we will fail to notice, as they are constantly self-readjusting, and self-standardising each other.

Also, we cannot accurately measure gravity using light or light beams. What we see is always relative, because the speed of light is relative, and variable. And now that time and mass are no longer relative, meaning they are constant, there must be a bunch of measurements out there requiring correction.

And then, the second is defined by using the vibrational rate of the caesium 133 atom. But if the atoms, and the electrons within the atoms, are constantly growing, and the electrons are accelerating, and their orbits are enlarging, then it must also affect the measurement of the second.

That is all three units required to measure gravity and weight – the metre, the second and the mass (measured through weight and gravity) – which potentially we have been adjusting and normalising as time goes by, while for all that time, they may really have been changing, without us realising. Therefore, how can we be sure that we are measuring gravity or the speed of light correctly?

In view of this new physics, if the speed of light, and the frequency of a caesium 133 atom, are not constants of nature, then what about the other constants of nature, upon which the measurements of our units depend?

Everything changes in time. Particles, orbits and objects are expanding, both behind the scenes, and in our resulting reality, while we are not even aware. And although we might think that our measurements are always the same, relatively and proportionally speaking they might not.

This might begin to explain why, if the Earth is growing in time, and the density of matter is becoming less, that weight and gravity also increase with time, and that the speed of light is variable, we might have failed to notice. It also shows how it might be difficult, to verify such a state of affair. But it might be within our capabilities to prove it, if we specifically set ourselves to do so.

To prove the third type of growth and shrinkage of matter, and essentially to prove that weight and gravity increase with time, we would need to drop the very same object from a very high height – and I mean at a significant distance – at the very same location, year after year. We would need to use the very same measuring instruments, to measure the fall and the weight on the ground of the object when at rest. And it would have to be done in a total vacuum, or as close to it as it is possible. Maybe it could be tested in space, outside the International Space Station, but I recommend the Moon.

Despite all this, I do wonder if we could prove it. If time and gravity are accelerating, the metre is getting longer, and mass, or at least its weight, is increasing, is it possible that we would still get the same measurements year after year, even although these values increase in real time?

Measurements are, after all, just an equivalence and comparison between quantities and variables. If all variables increase over time, we might get the same relative and proportional results, and be unable to prove any of it, even when it is happening in real time, and that such changes must be visible, and should be measurable.

This said, there might already be some data or proof somewhere, unrelated to measuring falling objects or weighing them, providing an indication that this is true. For example, the evidence that once upon a time, all continents were glued together to form one large continent called Pangea, which led to the idea of continental drift.

And now, it seems that all continents once formed a perfect smaller sphere, as if the Earth was much smaller in the past. This is such an indication that these theories might be correct. This is not to say that the plate tectonics theory, to explain the continental drift, is wrong. However, what drives these plates to move and cause earthquakes, could be the growth of the planet.

Let’s hope people will start looking into this and find other evidence.

10.3 Interdimensional time and higher dimensions - Time is relative to the density and vibrational rate of matter

What is meant exactly, in the New Age, spiritual and esoteric literature, when they say that time does not exist? Do they really experience their entire existence all at once, in a simultaneous timeline, or spacious present? Like a computer programme sitting on a server somewhere, not being played, containing all the possible outcomes of its playthrough? Or multiple instances of the same game opened on a computer, all being played at the same time?

Is it because they can switch to the past, present or future, just like that, all the time, just by thinking about it, and bang they’re there? Hence there is no possible linearity to time in their mind? Or every time they stop somewhere, time runs at radically different rates, so keeping track becomes secondary? How do they measure being babies compared with being old, or that an action must precede a reaction? Or even, the simple concept of before and after?

Perhaps the ultraterrestrials live in a world where reactions might precede actions, or that results might happen without even an initial action, or that they experience being babies and old pensioners all at the same time, who knows? But maybe it is just semantic, and that the way they live and experience life, led to a different kind of measurement of time, or of these concepts just mentioned.

You certainly would not keep a watch, if you could constantly travel in time, and everywhere had a different time rate. Or if you kind of perceived living your entire existence all at once, in a fluctuating timeline. Simply because, you are fully aware of both your future and your past at all times, along with the constant changes to both.

Or maybe they only ever have a present, while living in different bubble realities. Where within one bubble, a certain past already exists as a given, like in dreams, which might change from bubble to bubble. I’m not sure exactly how that works out for them, or if this is really what is going on here.

You think about a certain moment in time, and here you are there. Like if any specific event was actually just a bubble reality, or a dream, that can change all the time just by thinking about it, and that you can experience at any time. It would be like being connected to the programme running on a holodeck, where you could recreate and relive any moment of your existence at any time. The programme would be monitoring your thoughts and changing everything as you go along. Except, your brain or consciousness would create and change everything, not any external programme or computer.

There is something that gives us an idea of what that might be like, although it is just sci-fi, the double first episode of Star Trek Deep Space Nine, where the wormhole aliens are trying to understand the concept of linear time. Commander Sisko keeps coming back to the solar system Wolf 359, about 7.9 light years away from Earth, where his wife died at the hands of the Borg. And the Prophets are telling him something like: “But you live here as well, at the same time as all the other moments in time that you are showing us”.

What kind of brain, processor and memory type, they must have as their mind, in order not to understand the distinction, that these are different events on a linear timeline, and what they saw were just memories? And what kind of existence are they really living, compared to us? Star Trek Deep Space Nine does not really tell us, except that the concept of time is meaningless there.

Maybe this kind of life is more suited or appropriate to eternal beings, without a physical body as dense as ours, where we are born, fall in love, get married, have a kid, fall out of love, divorce, and then die. Not necessarily in that order, with perhaps a few more marriages, kids and divorces, but usually in a linear and chronological fashion.

You might have noticed what I have just said, that every single place has its own time rate. When earlier, I stated that time ticks the same everywhere, and Einstein’s relativity of time was incorrect. But of course, now I am talking about interdimensional time, where time is still relative, depending on the dimension or plane of existence you are in. And the reason time is relative there, has nothing to do with Einstein’s relativity of time.

Within our own reality, generally limited to the third world density, or third dimension, time ticks the same everywhere, more or less. Although, technically, every single place in the universe is its own dimension or plane of existence, its own bubble reality, with its own time rate. But if they are all of a similar density of matter, and vibrate relatively all at the same rate, then they can all be considered to be part of the same dimension, or world density, where time should relatively tick the same everywhere, within that overall dimension.

Reading the book of Dolores Cannon called The Custodians, it appears most phenomena involving the loss of time, in alien abduction cases, could be explained by the fact that the abductee was either not conscious, in an altered mind state, or his or her memories were somehow changed or wiped out. They don’t always realise where they were for the time they were abducted, and not aware of the passage of time. Going to other dimensions does that to our memory, it is like trying to remember dreams.

Plus, instances of condensed time, where suddenly people appear to have arrived faster at their destination, can be explained by technology used by these beings. They appear capable of dematerialising a car and its occupants, and instantly re-materialising them elsewhere, closer to their destination, giving the impression that somehow time was gained.

These examples attempt to explain, how time did not need to change rate in these particular cases. But as soon as you move into a higher or lower dimension, time would be affected. I take it that if you can move a car and its occupants into a higher dimension, and back to our dimension, you would indeed dematerialise and re-materialise them elsewhere, from our point of view, but it is just that they moved dimensions. And since the time rate would accelerate significantly, while being into higher dimensions, they would indeed gain time and arrive faster at their destination.

Abductees brought to higher dimensions, could stay there a very long time, before they are returned to our dimension, where almost no time at all would have passed. Because while in the higher dimensions, all their particles were vibrating faster, and they lived in fast forward.

Have you ever noticed, how Presidents and Prime Ministers in the world, appear to age extremely fast while in power? You can search online for photos of before and after their time in power, and it is unbelievable. The most striking examples that come to mind, are Barack Obama and Tony Blair.

Even Gordon Brown, although he was only in power for three years, was ageing and degenerating before our eyes. And this was not the case while he was Chancellor of the Exchequer for ten years, it only happened once he was Prime Minister. And yet, both jobs must be extremely stressful. It is likely these leaders spent some time in higher dimensions, while in power, or were sharing their body with some entity from another dimensional world, and they aged faster as a result. And the question is, were they aware of it at the time?

My guess is that they were aware of it, and that some of our leaders are in contact with other alien species and/or ultraterrestrials. There is a book available online for free on that topic, which I highly recommend, where it can be seen how they were in contact with our leaders in the past. It is called Genesis For The New Space Age by John B. Leith. It can also be bought under the new title Genesis of the Space Race: The Inner Earth and the Extra Terrestrials.

I read a lot of books about the hollow Earth, and I now believe that it exists, but perhaps only in higher dimensions. And just by going there inside the Earth, we would naturally move to higher dimensions. As to how or why exactly, I’m not sure. I will say this though, if the Earth, moons, planets and suns are hollow, even in our dimension, and there are strong indications that they are, it is clear that the expansion of matter over time, would explain this better than any other theory out there.

I’ve been in contact with Rodney M. Cluff, the author of World Top Secret: Our Earth IS Hollow!: The Scientific, Scriptural and Historical Evidence that Our Earth Is Hollow! I do hope he gets a chance to mount his expedition, to reach the hollow Earth through the holes at the poles. In his book, he even developed his own theory of everything.

And as for any ultraterrestrial’s threat to humanity, I believe it is unlikely to come from the higher dimensions. However, there could be a threat coming from the lower dimensions. Entities closer to animals than humans, but intelligent enough to take over the planet. We could say their plan is coming along nicely. I will elaborate further later in this chapter.

To get back to our topic of how ultraterrestrials can snatch us off the Earth, this is apparently accomplished by using a light beam, to accelerate the vibrational rate of atoms and molecules. People caught up in this higher frequency light beam, are not necessarily travelling at the speed of light. I suppose what is meant here, is that our molecules, and the atoms forming them, must be vibrating faster, by getting into contact with this light beam. And seemingly, this is how one moves to another dimension, one where matter is vibrating at a higher frequency. It also appears to be accomplished using technology, as well as through thoughts.

When in a higher dimension, the matter is still there, we just can’t see it, because it is of the density of air or a gas, perhaps even lighter. Their particles, such as electrons, atoms and molecules, are slightly larger and more spaced out, while still keeping their normal structure, unlike with gases. And the time rate seems to be affected, but not exactly. When you vibrate faster, you live faster, you can do much more in a same amount of time. The time rate does not change. Put simply, you live and do everything faster. Technically, even here time is not really relative per se, and that is quite an important distinction.

Somehow, when in that light beam, it would seem that our surroundings have frozen, and time would appear to have stopped, or to run very slowly. This is when our molecules are vibrating faster, while normal molecules on Earth are vibrating at a very slow rate, while still being of a normal density. I wonder what kind of light beam this is, but it must be of a high intensity and frequency. Laser light appears closer to that definition, as mentioned in The Custodians. However, larger particles, with neutrinos and electrons orbiting much faster everywhere, brings a different kind of electromagnetic spectrum, one more adapted to that different dimension or plane of existence.

Laser is a light amplifier. It stands for light amplification by stimulated emission of radiation. According to Wikipedia, a laser differs from other sources of light, in that it emits light coherently. Spatial coherence allows a laser to be focused to a tight spot. Spatial coherence also allows a laser beam to stay narrow over great distances, it is called collimation. Collimated light, is light whose rays are parallel, and therefore will spread minimally as it expands and propagates.

As for the frequency of light in a laser, it can be any frequency of the second part of the electromagnetic spectrum, from infrared light to gamma rays. I am unsure what size of clusters of electrons these beams would be using for light, to achieve such feats. But most likely, that light is from a higher dimension. It is made of larger than normal electrons and clusters, vibrating faster and more spaced out. This is how they can affect molecules, in order to transport people outside their bedroom, passing right through closed windows and walls, while defying gravity.

John A. Keel, the paranormal investigator and author of The Mothman Prophecies and The Eighth Tower: On Ultraterrestrials and the Superspectrum, used to call aliens ultraterrestrials, instead of extraterrestrials. Because he believed that they have always lived here, albeit in a higher density world, instead of coming from elsewhere. And several encounters with them, where deceptive attempts at concealing this fact. He also stated that their electromagnetic spectrum seems to be different than ours.

The ultraterrestrials appear to be able to achieve a lot through the use of laser light beams, or bright white light beams. They seem to be used as antigravity devices, and for switching objects or people to higher or lower dimensions. And possibly also to create deceptive virtual realities or holograms, although this could be achieved instead through signals beamed into one’s mind, or simple suggestion through telepathy, who knows.

One thing for sure, this is no ordinary light or laser. It must be using a different scale of the electromagnetic spectrum, where the clusters of electrons are somewhat structured differently than ours. The different frequency in light here, refers to how fast the neutrinos within and between the electrons, forming the clusters in light, are orbiting, and the size of their orbits. This is what is meant by a higher vibrational rate of matter. It makes electrons slightly larger, and more spaced out, leading to overall larger clusters of electrons, of a different density and vibrational rate than our normal ones. This is called interdimensional energy.

The frequency here is not the one usually referred to, when talking solely about our own electromagnetic spectrum. Usually, the frequency of light refers instead to the size of the clusters of electrons, while intensity is how many clusters are passing each moment. Nothing about the electrons growing or shrinking in size.

Making matter vibrate faster, changes the time frame, so time could be considered relative in that way. It also changes the density and weight of objects, and then the objects can go through walls, they can levitate easily, as some sort of antigravity. They can probably reach the speed of light easily and even faster, without any of the g-forces we would experience in our space shuttles. Being of the density of air or a gas, no wonder UFOs can float so easily and move so fast, with what seems to be no acceleration whatsoever.

In a book of Dolores Cannon, during a morning session, through hypnosis, they connected to a being in a higher dimension. They decided to break for lunch and re-establish contact in the afternoon. By the time they re-connected, that being was somewhere else entirely, light years away from its previous location, and more than a year had passed since the morning session.

In The Custodians, there is a chapter called The Alien Base inside the Mountain, a base that would have existed since the beginning of Earth, well before human beings appeared. It would be located somewhere on Earth at a juncture in time:

“Yes, because there's a juncture of time there. That's why so many of your phenomena take place, is because you're at a juncture in time. The dimensions that come to a point at a juncture in time on the Earth planet and Earth time, cause a twisting and turning so man's perception is altered in such a way that he doesn't really know what happened. He just knows it happened.”

Dolores Cannon, The Custodians

Advanced humans visit that mountain to be taught, and spending eight hours there is like spending one minute on Earth of our normal time. Hence, there is certainly a way to change our perception of time. But as I showed above, if our molecules and particles suddenly vibrate at a higher frequency, or faster, possibly we could live eight hours in one minute. We would simply gain the ability to do everything much faster, in a same amount of normal time. Everyone else everywhere else would simply appear to move in slow motion.

Just like flies vibrating at 250 hertz, compared to us vibrating at 50 to 60 hertz. We are still sharing the same time frame, but flies can achieve four times more than us in a same amount of time. We appear to move in slow motion for them, while for tortoises vibrating at 15 hertz, we appear instead to move in fast forward, four times faster than them.

As for Seth in Jane Roberts, and the fact that there is no past nor future, but just a spacious present, where all of humanity’s history happens simultaneously, would be the true definition of time, something that does not exist. But it still exists in the mind of everyone, even if the past and the future are constantly changing:

“The past exists as a series of electromagnetic connections held in the physical brain and in the nonphysical mind. These electromagnetic connections can be changed. The future consists of a series of electromagnetic connections in the mind and brain also. In other words, the past and present are real to the same extent. No event is predestined, any given event can be changed not only before and during but after its occurrence. From within this framework you will see that physical time is as dreamlike as you once thought inner time was. You will discover your whole self, peeping inward and outward at the same ‘time’, and find that all time is one time, and all divisions, illusions.”

Jane Roberts, The Early Sessions

In this eternal now of Seth, if you were to visit the ruins of the most ancient city in Europe, the city of Knossos located on Crete in Greece, where the Minoan civilisation used to thrive, you would realise that they are actually living their history right now, at the very same time you are walking on their ruins.

It is also true, that several psychic mediums can actually switch to that other present at will, and witness it for themselves. It is often related to psychometry, retrocognition and time slips. It is like if psychics can pick up these electromagnetic signals, and re-create the past within their mind, a new bubble reality which co-exists with the present. Or, picking up that signal, that resonance of the interdimensional frequency of matter, from that particular time and place, can transport them there in the past instantly.

There are several astonishing examples, in the paranormal literature, of people who have suddenly found themselves in the past or the future for a while. Those events must also be explained by science. But if all the history of humanity, is more like a psychological construction in our collective and individual minds, or even a virtual reality, then anything is possible.

Especially if any event in our past, present or future, only exists as electromagnetic connections in an electrical universe, behind the scenes of our camouflage reality. It is pretty clear that Seth is describing what computers do, a virtual reality. Electromagnetic signals that our brain receives to create 3D bubble realities out there, instead of on a computer screen. All the patterns and signals are stored magnetically all around us, even in rocks, like memories stored on a hard drive. Which explains these ghost apparitions from the past, that reappear cyclically in certain locations, where these events took place. We can simply focus on them and fill the patterns with matter, to re-create any reality from any time period.

Hacking reality must be possible then, if one could access these electromagnetic connections or signals, and modify them with their thoughts. The biological computer here, is our own brain, although our consciousness seems to exist beyond the third dimensional or density world, which would explain déjà vu.

According to Dolores Cannon, in The Convoluted Universe Book One, we can see and experience the past, by simply vibrating slower than our normal vibrational rate. Just like vibrating faster, would bring us to the future. However, if we vibrate just a little bit faster, not enough to move to the future, time appears to run in slow motion around us. As we vibrate faster, time appears to stop on Earth. This has been reported by witnesses of UFOs and aliens. Vibrating a bit slower than normal should make time run faster, like from the point of view of tortoises looking at us.

I think the solution to this conundrum, is that the overall frequency of matter constantly increases in time, as everything expands. All particles are orbiting slightly faster as time goes by, and their orbit enlarges at a constant rate. This enlargement of their orbits is independent of any additional enlargement or contraction, due to a change in speed of the particles, because of more or less matter is being added or withdrawn from the system. It is not related to the crossover effect and the growth and shrinkage of the particles.

It is an enlargement of their orbits solely due to the constant inner expansion of the particles themselves, which accelerates all objects in the natural orbit effect, due to the relative motion of the geometry of expansion. I explained this in chapter 4, in section 4.11, subsection: 4.11c The third perspective - Expansion re-established after the relative effects - And how orbits enlarge in spirals and naturally accelerate objects. But just like the expansion is unseen, because everything is proportionally expanding with everything else, this constant changing frequency of matter is also unseen by us, and not taken into account. We cannot notice or measure it, for us it remains the same.

In order to move to the past or the future, our vibrational rate needs to match the interdimensional frequency or resonance of the time and place we wish to visit. This is also true for instant travel within our own dimensional world, for example from London to New York in real time, since both these cities, at this very moment, are like two different dimensions or bubble realities within the same overall density world.

The spacious present is ever always changing, changing the past and the future. Our timeline, or perhaps timelines as Seth confirmed, are always in movement. Thoughts can affect them, as thoughts and emotions can change the vibrational rate of matter. Which is why when we hear extremely bad news, time appears to slow down. In fact, time actually does slow down in a way, because we vibrate more slowly, and we switch to slow motion.

It would explain why every vibrating life form is unique, since we all probably vibrate at a slightly different rate. And although we could always vibrate at that same rate, the overall frequency of matter is constantly increasing with the expansion of matter. This way we can also pinpoint someone or an event, vibrating at a certain frequency, and also pinpoint it in time, by locating it on the overall increasing frequency of matter in time.

What is important in the discussion above, with this ability they appear to have to stop time, by somehow making the particles in our body vibrate at a higher frequency, is not related to any real time relativistic effect, where the time rate would suddenly go faster or slower due to any acceleration in space or gravitational field, as described in Special and General Relativity. Anything related to the effect of time changing rates, must have an explanation unrelated to any real time relativistic effect as proposed by Einstein.

We also need to remember, that our entire physical reality is a psychological construction, exactly like in the dream world, and that all events are just electromagnetic or electrical signals of different frequencies. We are free to wake up in the morning, and imagine ourselves in any reality we truly deeply want, like one without wars or without an incoming Armageddon, or one where whatever happened in the past has no longer happened. Possibly by simply changing the vibrational rate of the matter composing us.

This said, we are all individually dragged down by the power of our beliefs. We need to convince ourselves, that the reality we need to create every day, is not the very one shared collectively by the whole of humanity, that we lived through the day before.

There are two types of time according to Seth, psychological time as in dreams, where time appears to run much faster than our normal time, and where we could potentially live an entire existence within an hour of dreaming. And there is our conventional time, all agreed by every single person in the world, with whom we constantly exchange information telepathically, just like several computers connected to a network. In this world, we have convinced ourselves that time exists, and we all live by the second, in a chronological and linear kind of timeline.

From Dolores Cannon’s books, these other beings, including aliens or ultraterrestrials, can easily affect our mind to show us anything they want. They can change our entire surroundings, bring us to another planet, without even having to go there, and perhaps even they can bring us there instantly. Simply because they help us re-create that reality in our mind, just like in a dream, and it becomes as good as the real thing, as it is the same as the real thing.

Then, they are bringing us into psychological time, in a higher dimension, where you could easily be there for three days, and yet only an hour would have passed on Earth. As it is all but an illusion, like a dream, just like our physical reality is. However, it may just be the use of clever technology, speeding up the vibrational rate of our atoms and molecules, making them larger and more spaced out. And the use of lasers or higher density light beams, from a higher dimension, to create virtual realities or holographic images. Perhaps it is a mix of all of that.

It also seems we can travel anywhere in the universe instantly, in any dimension, in the past or the future, simply by knowing the interdimensional frequency of the matter in that location in time, by adjusting our vibrational rate or resonance to match. This is how alien technology appears to be working, from what we read in the books of Dolores Cannon.

It is not necessarily an illusion however. It does appear that an entire civilisation, living at a higher vibrational rate of matter, or the fourth or fifth world density, could experience a normal lifetime of 100 years, while a few days would pass for the whole of humanity.

Although, this is simply how differently time is being perceived, to the point that for them time does not really exist, in any concept or manner as it exists for us. There is still here what could be called a relativity of time, when it comes to comparing our time rates. This is called interdimensional time, in the books of Dolores Cannon, so I adopted the term.

Seth does say that the dream world, with its psychological time, which can run at any rate we wish, is closer to the reality of everyone else in the universe. As Dolores Cannon stated in The Custodians:

“We are hampered by being trapped within our concept of linear time. It has been said we may be the only planet in the universe that has invented a way to measure something that does not exist. I have been told many times in my work that time is only an illusion, an invention of man. The aliens do not have this concept, and they have told me that man will never travel in space until he overcomes the erroneous idea of time. This is one of the main problems that keeps man trapped on the Earth.”

Dolores Cannon, The Custodians

Our idea of time is a collective invention, an agreed convention. If we were able to convince everyone, that we can create any reality we want in psychological time, a time that is not linear, we would have a very different physical world indeed, where no two days would ever be remotely the same.

No one then, could tell us what the future will be, and be so accurate, as to make it a self-fulfilling prophecy. There is not going to be an Armageddon or an end of the world. It is only the collective belief that it will happen, that will make it happen. So forget about it, despite all the prophecies in all the biblical books.

We are in charge of our future, through what we believe through our thoughts. But we are equally in charge of our past, and our prophecies can change, to become much more positive than what they are telling us now. As it is, these prophecies only reflect our present state of mind, they are only an indicator of where we are heading. But as surely as the future is not written, neither is the past. Only the present exists, and this is what they mean, when they invite us to live in the present.

And if we could, just through will alone, adjust our vibrational rate and find ourselves whenever we want, in the past or the future, at any given time and place, we would indeed have a totally different concept of what time is, as it would no longer be linear. Effects or consequences, could precede the cause of events, even, we could witness effects without causes, and it would all be normal. The past could be changed, the future could affect the past, and the spacious present would be all there is, as Seth states.

Freeing ourselves of our idea of time, is the first step toward opening our inner senses, according to Seth. We have our work cut out for us, learning to live more in psychological time, abandon the idea that our world must run on linear time. I’m not sure we could ever succeed, perhaps not on a massive scale at least.

And maybe, people in higher dimensions don’t need to take time into consideration, because they have an equivalent concept to help them locate anyone, in any time frame. And that is, the rate at which matter vibrates, the resonance. If the frequency of matter is usually apparently constant, with the constant expansion of all matter, there is also an unseen constant increase of the vibrational rate of all matter. Consequently, you would not need the concept of time, if you were guiding yourself, and measuring instead, the changing vibrational rate of matter in time, in various locations.

Then, the constant and ever greater interdimensional frequency of the vibrational rate of matter, would be the equivalent to our concept of time. Except that none of it would be linear. You could go anywhere at any time, in the past or the future, and the past and the future would be constantly changing.

At least it would have a real basis in physics, since the vibrational rate of matter, depends on how fast smaller particles are orbiting larger ones. This in turn, affects the size of these particles and all objects. Adding energy, or more particles, to such systems, simply causes particles to become larger and orbit faster, spaces them out, and move them to a higher dimension or density world. While overall, they are constantly further expanding at a constant inner rate, in an unseen expansion, and also, in an unseen increase of the interdimensional frequency and enlargement of their orbits.

This is how we can move instantly to other dimensions, the past or future, to dreams, thoughts, our own imagination, and other locations where matter vibrates faster or slower. These are all other dimensions, realities made of matter and particles of different sizes, orbiting at different speeds, and creating worlds of different densities.

The interdimensional frequency of matter, simply means the number of orbiting cycles of neutrinos around and between the electrons, and of the electrons within and between electron clusters, atoms and molecules. The faster they orbit, the larger their orbits, causing a change in the size of the larger particles they form. This is just to highlight the difference with the other and more usual type of frequency of matter in our science, where the electrons, electron clusters, atoms and molecules don’t change size.

The difference is more important when we are talking about the frequency of light or any electromagnetic phenomena, where the frequency may refer instead to the size of the electron clusters, meaning the number of electrons within the clusters, while the electrons have not changed size.

And for radio signals and microwaves, the difference in frequency only refers to a change in the vibrational rate of the compressed bands of electrons, within our own electromagnetic spectrum, where once again the electrons have not changed size, although they would still be orbiting faster in enlarged orbits, or slower in contracted orbits.

The size of the electrons is only affected when the neutrinos, within the electrons, orbit faster or slower, enlarging or contracting their orbits, causing the change in size of the electrons. This in both the second and third type of growth and shrinkage of matter.

10.4 John A. Keel, The Mothman Prophecies, Bigfoot, Mysterious Beings, Ghosts and Spirits, Dimensional Worlds and World Densities

We could say that I am a philosopher of theoretical physics, who is also interested in the paranormal. I’ve always been fascinated by The Mothman Prophecies, and recently I read several of John A. Keel’s books. I realised then, that I had reached independently certain conclusions that Keel also reached in his books. It was kind of a confirmation of some of my theories.

I’ve been thinking about how we could explain ghosts and spirits, and for a while I kept thinking that they often appear like clouds of gases. I wrote an entire essay about how they could be made of gases, becoming solid when they materialise. Nevertheless, I could not explain how a gas could still keep the necessary molecular structure to support life, or some sort of consciousness. The very definition of a gas, is molecules in chaos. For a while, it seemed there could be hope with the fourth state of matter, plasma. Still, it looked highly unlikely, as it is still a gas.

Since then, after reading all the books of Dolores Cannon, and several of Jane Roberts, getting a hint here and there, but never any kind of readymade answer, I developed a better hypothesis. The difference between solids, liquids and gases, is how spaced out molecules are from each other. The faster the molecules are moving or vibrating, the more spaced out they become, and the more the material moves from solid to liquid to gas. This is just when we consider the spacing between the molecules, when the molecules always remain the same size, as they must do in today’s physics.

Then I wondered what would happen if we could have different types of molecules of different sizes. What if what changed, when it comes to the paranormal - ghosts, spirits, UFOs, ultraterrestrials, higher beings - had something to do with a reality where the electrons were growing within the atoms, moving and vibrating faster, making atoms and molecules larger than usual, as well as more spaced out? Enough for light to pass straight through it all, like it is for gases, and suddenly we could no longer see or interact with that matter.

It would be like a gas, but truly you could still have solids keeping their molecular structure, capable of supporting life and consciousness. It would exist outside of our visible light, and even outside our field of interaction. In effect, I thought, this could very well explain worlds of different densities, of other dimensions. Other realities that exist right here on Earth with us, sharing the same space, but simply made of matter of a different vibrational rate, density and size of particles.

Turtles vibrate at 15 Hz, humans at 50 to 60 Hz, and flies at 250 Hz. It means all the particles composing these three different life forms, are moving at these frequencies, a specific speed. What are these frequencies corresponding to, I wondered? In my mind, it is how fast the neutrinos are orbiting within and between electrons, enlarging or reducing their orbits, affecting the size of the electrons. And in turn, it is how fast the electrons are orbiting within and between atoms, bonding atoms together to form molecules. The faster the neutrinos and electrons are orbiting, enlarging their orbits, the larger and more spaced out the atoms and molecules will be.

This interdimensional frequency is what defines the dimension or world density we live in. Every being at any specific time, and every location at any specific time, have a unique vibrational rate or resonance, which corresponds to the speed at which the neutrinos composing electrons, are orbiting and moving, changing the size of their orbits, which in turn defines the vibrational rate and size of the electrons, clusters, atoms and molecules, composing that specific dimension or density location.

This might be why the ultraterrestrials can move instantly anywhere in the universe, at any particular time, either in the past or the future. They can probably calculate what is the right frequency or resonance of a certain person or location, at any specific time. The past affects the future, but the past constantly changes, as well as the future, and the future can change the past. Everything is constantly changing, as everything expands and is in motion.

This is why they also say that time in a linear fashion, as we imagine it to be, does not really exist, if you can go to the past and change the present and future. We kind of live in bubble realities, more psychological than anything else, very much like many different interconnected dreams.

When you are standing in a specific location, you might think your frequency or vibrational rate never changes. However, matter expands at a constant rate, and in time, continuously expands a little bit faster than before. Hence, every second you are larger overall proportionally than before, and the matter composing you, and the location you are in, also constantly expand and rise in frequency.

The ultraterrestrials can probably pinpoint exactly where we are, at what particular time in history. They only have to adjust their vibrational rate to match ours, in order to move instantly there. Their particles then become of the right size and speed, or of the same resonance.

Reality is more like electric or electromagnetic signals or codes, that we all transmit and receive, and that the brain interprets, in order to recreate in our mind, the common reality that we see at any given time. You can easily influence the reality of someone, by suggesting anything through hypnosis, and create hallucinations or entire other realities. Because then, you simply emit those particular signals, that will cause someone to create these realities in their mind. At that point, you could say that it is as real as if it had actually happened, because it is probably the very same process that creates our actual reality.

When you move in the distance, you are not really moving, you are simply either shrinking or growing towards other objects or persons, that are initially all shrunk from your point of view. Everything is essentially located here at a same point. And things are only either enlarging or shrinking, from your point of view, as they approach or move away.

Very much like what someone would programme on a sophisticated computer simulation made of electrons, that would actually form into atoms and molecules. Everything is made of electrons in our reality, including protons, neutrons, atoms and molecules. In a virtual reality, they would programme a ship coming towards you as getting bigger, instead of moving in the distance, and once it has past you, it would simply get smaller. While for all that time, the ship was actually with you the whole time, simply shrunk or enlarged from your viewpoint.

The entire reality, every single location in the universe, any object or person, is ruled by the expansion of matter, which reduces the distance between everything. This is gravity, which also leads to the natural orbit effect. It is also defined by the growing and shrinking of electrons inside and outside the atoms, explaining electromagnetism, attracting and repelling forces, electricity, the density of matter and other dimensions. And finally, relative motion creates the illusion of distance, through the relative enlargement and contraction of matter, as objects approach or move away from each other. Overall, this is all due to the geometry of expansion, when we cannot see the inner expansion behind the scenes, because we are also expanding, as we are part of this universe.

A turtle moves in slow motion from our point of view, but from the perspective of the turtle, it is us who move in fast forward. It is the same for flies. By vibrating four times faster than us, they can achieve four times more than us within a same amount of time, plenty of time for them to see us coming with a fly swatter, and move out of the way. It could be said that flies are not existing within our human dimension. They are in a higher dimension compared to us, but a dimension that we can still see and interact with.

Any higher, and we get these mysterious spinning flying rods that we cannot see or interact with, but can sometimes be seen on photos or films in slow motion. They are most likely simply insects. Even higher, we get where the spirits and ghosts live, the world density 3.5. Or 2.5, if the mean spirit is from a lower density or dimension. And in the fourth dimensional world or world density, you have where the ultraterrestrials and their UFOs live, where they’ve always been living, sharing the world and the same space as us.

Now, this is where it becomes interesting. The second world density, where the matter is denser, and all the particles are orbiting and vibrating much slower, at very low frequencies, is the reality of the Bigfoot, goblins, gnomes and the Mothman. They are sharing the world with us, but we cannot see them and we cannot interact with them, because the spacing between their particles and their vibrational rate are different, and as a result, it is like a different reality, although still very much a solid reality from their point of view.

10.5 Known World Densities/Dimensions sharing the same space

1. Extremely dense and heavy life forms, black shadows?

2. Bigfoot, Goblins, Fairies, Gnomes, Mothman, etc.

2.5 Dark spirits appearing as dark black clouds, violent angry ghosts

2.75 Possibly our own physical body also exists here, which could explain how people could seem to create poltergeists without the need for any external influence. When we die, sometimes this physical body might continue on its own like an empty shell, or as a very confused consciousness, possibly moving to 2.5 and becoming an angry ghost

3. Our physical world

3.25 Our own physical body might also exist here, so when we die, this physical body continues on its own and possibly moves to 3.5

3.5 Spirits, ghosts of dead people

4. Ultraterrestrials, extraterrestrials

5. Other higher beings people appear to be channelling

6. Even higher beings? Archangels?

7. God?

The above table is just for guidance and ease of understanding, it could be slightly or fundamentally different. It is important to understand that every single person, every single location, every single particular time, is a dimension or world density of its own. There is in fact an infinite number of dimensions or world densities, but they can be grouped in the main bands above, when they are relatively similar in vibration and resonance.

For us, the fourth world density might appear like a gas, or a gaseous world, but for them it all appears very solid, since their particles are vibrating at that higher frequency, so they can experience that reality in a higher dimension. The word dimension here means the dimension of the matter composing them, and it is clear from the literature that, another dimension is synonymous with another density of matter.

John A. Keel got very close to this conclusion, when he talked about a different electromagnetic spectrum for the ultraterrestrials, where they live in realities of different interdimensional frequencies. The animalistic beings of the second world density, often have illuminated red eyes, because most likely, in that reality, they only see below our range of visible light, which is infrared light. While ultraterrestrials have huge black eyes like camera lenses, just like some insects, and the light they see must be above our visible light, meaning ultraviolet light.

I read somewhere that if you use ultraviolet filters on cameras, or somehow have technology that can see ultraviolet light, you could see a lot of UFOs out there in the sky, just standing there or moving about. And probably the same for infrared light, you would see all sorts of low intelligence creatures creeping around. Sometimes ordinary and FLIR cameras do get a glimpse of other dimensions.

However, it is not enough to simply look with infrared and ultraviolet light googles, filters or cameras. The ultraterrestrials’ electromagnetic spectrum, as John Keel suggested, is not the same as ours. Remember, in their reality, all the electrons and the clusters are either smaller or larger, and are orbiting everywhere much slower or much faster than within our reality.

Heat and light are made up of clusters of electrons instead of photons, usually produced by heating an element. The size of these clusters of electrons defines the frequency of that light. The larger they are, the more they tend towards heat and infrared. The smaller they are, the more they tend towards ultraviolet, X-ray and gamma rays. The number of clusters passing within a second is the intensity of the light.

In our reality, or third density world, these clusters are relatively all the same size and equally spaced out, for one specific frequency of light. In the lower and higher dimensions, the density changes, the neutrinos change speed, and their orbits either enlarge or shrink, changing the size of the electrons. The electrons are then orbiting slower or faster within and between the clusters composing light, also changing the size of their orbits. This changes the size of the electron clusters and the spacing between them, and leads to different electromagnetic spectrums for these other dimensional worlds.

The electromagnetic spectrum should be separated in two different sections. The second section is the one I have already discussed, about heat, light and radiation, but the first one is something entirely different. While heat and light are clusters of electrons of different sizes, produced by heating an element, radio signals and microwaves are instead compressed bands of electrons produced through oscillating antennas.

If the emitted signal we are trying to receive, has been emitted using equipment from another dimension, then the signal would technically only be reliably received on equipment from that same dimension. Although sometimes, through flukes, we do receive these signals and communications, such as in the Electronic Voice Phenomena, also called EVP, where we can record, on any device, what appears to be disincarnated voices.

In order to communicate with beings of these other dimensions or realities, or in order to see and film them, we would technically need to change our very own vibrational rate, the speed at which all our neutrinos and electrons within us are orbiting and moving. The same for our equipment, be it radio, recorders and cameras.

When it comes to ourselves, it can be achieved through thoughts and intent, a willingness and desire to make it happen. When it comes to our equipment, electromagnetic fields (clouds of electrons) might help, air charged with static electricity might also do it, or a lot of heat or a lot of cold might help. Injecting a lot of electrons, through electron guns, might work. The more electrons there are in any location, the more excited all the particles will become. But there is no guarantee that any of it will actually affect the speed of the neutrinos, which is needed here to change the size of the electrons. Testing is required to find out what works best.

Perhaps the right tuning of radios might do it, without having to change the vibrational rate of the equipment. This is perhaps how these devices, we sometimes see ghost hunters using on TV, work. They receive signals made of clusters of electrons like light, clouds of electrons such as magnetic and electromagnetic fields, and compressed bands of electrons also called radio waves, with electrons of a different size, moving much faster or slower than normal. And when it comes to beings, we need to be able to hear and see them, while they are made of molecules and atoms of different sizes, vibrating faster or slower, and more or less spaced out than usual.

In areas where geomagnetic and magnetic fields are unusual, or near power plants and industries producing a lot of heat, or maybe in highly electrically charged areas, or whatever else, the barrier separating our dimension from the others may break down. This is why suddenly there are zones where we see a lot of activity, like the Bigfoot and the Mothman from a lower density, and ultraterrestrials and UFOs from the higher density, and probably also ghosts and spirits, which can be from either the lower or higher dimensional worlds, halfway through the other more concrete ones.

The lower the density they come from, the more animalistic they should appear to be. And the higher, the more intelligent, knowledgeable and powerful they should be. Before thinking of going to war with any of these species, it would be wise to recognise that we are most likely no match for them. They have proven many times to be able to disable our nuclear weapons at the press of a button. And chemical and bioweapons won’t work on beings from another dimension. If they really wanted to annihilate us, we would not know what hit us, or how.

Most of them in the higher dimensions, according to Dolores Cannon, are benevolent, despite anything they might have done which might be questionable. This said, maybe they are not all caring and compassionate, even in the higher dimensions. This is much more complicated than what we could surmise, from reading all of Dolores Cannon’s books. If you want the entire history, of all the other species of beings out there, and which dimension they come from, and the level of threat they may represent to us, you will need to read The Wes Penre Papers - A Journey through the multiverse. His Levels of Learning are free to read, and you would be hard press to find a better source of information concerning this subject.

Once something in the environment affects the rate at which neutrinos and electrons are moving within particles, suddenly we can all share, to a certain extent, the same reality or dimension. Which explains why sometimes there is a lot of activity in one particular location, what they call a gateway or an open window. And I’m sure some of these beings from other dimensions, can get stuck here. While the great percentage of people who go missing every year in the US alone, might very well have moved permanently into these other worlds. Then, they are not dead, and I do wonder how they adapt over there.

The true reality is that in the same space, we share this world with another reality made of a lower density of matter, and also another one of a higher density of matter. Where molecules are either smaller or larger than normal, and less or more spaced out, with particles moving slower or faster.

In these worlds, there are probably entire populations of these beings, with cities and UFOs and ultraterrestrials everywhere. And it is only when the barrier between these realities disappears, through most likely natural phenomena, or through the action of these ultraterrestrials, who appear to be capable of lowering their vibrational rate at will, but never for very long, before they must return to their world, only then can we share the same reality.

Anything that can affect the speed of the neutrinos orbiting the electrons, inside and outside the atoms, will do it. By injecting more neutrinos somehow, within and around electrons, even within the atoms. It seems like high electromagnetic fields can do this, but it might also be dangerous.

It is likely that all human beings are made of at least two superimposed layers of matter. One layer of matter moving at normal speed in third density world, which is our physical body, and another made of matter vibrating at a higher rate, of the density world 3.5, which is also a physical body. Which means that we are multidimensional, and kind of live in at least two different dimensions at once, without being fully aware of it. The dream world is probably in world density 3.5. It also appears that both our physical bodies share a consciousness, and are functioning and capable of storing memories.

Our physical body might also be made of a third layer of matter, vibrating at a much lower rate than normal, closer to the world of the Mothman. When we are happy, we move towards the higher dimension, and when depressed, towards the lower, as emotions affect our vibrational rate, and also our time rate.

When we die, quite possibly one of these physical bodies can continue to exist on its own, sometimes normally, other times perhaps in a diminished manner, if the death was violent or traumatic. People don’t change after death, if they were angry violent people, their second physical body that survives, is likely to be the same. If they start vibrating more slowly, they might move towards the denser reality, to the world density 2.5, if faster, towards the higher dimension 3.5. But it does appear that sometimes, they do change after death, and become more compassionate and understanding than while they were alive. These people were probably not that bad to begin with, but they probably hid it very well.

Rituals and psychological preparation before attempting communication with other dimensional beings, probably has or should have something to do with raising our vibrational rate, so we can attract and communicate with beings in the higher dimensions instead of the lower ones.

Keep in mind that, the day we successfully develop the technology to communicate with all these other beings, ghosts and spirits, or find a way to see them, is the day we will effectively raise the dead back to life, in the biblical sense. They were never truly dead to begin with, and there must be a way to bring that second physical body, living in higher dimension, back to our dimension. We only have to reduce the vibrational rate of their matter, or raise ours. And this is what psychic mediums probably do.

Now we can understand why the ultraterrestrials are playing these mind games with us, leading us astray constantly, lying and deceiving us. They are simply protecting themselves, as we must be a threat to them. They give us hints of our future that they can actually see, since they are vibrating faster than us, and relatively speaking they can achieve much more than us in a same amount of time.

Essentially, their time is running relatively faster than ours. Not only can they see our future, but they can lower their vibrational rate to specific times and places, in order to tell us our future. John A. Keel related several of these stories, including in The Mothman Prophecies. He said that eventually they let us down, and the future they tell us is incorrect. It destroys our credibility, so nothing we say will be listened to by others, and they render the entire idea of what happened completely ridiculous. The absurd, when it comes to any encounter with them, is common. They may simply be trying to hide the truth from us, so they can live in peace.

The time rate difference also explains why some people seeing UFOs, and interacting with ultraterrestrials from higher dimensions, suddenly see everything around them in slow motion, or even disappear from view to everyone else around. They must be in a bubble where all the particles are moving much faster, effectively existing in a higher dimension, leaving our dimension in a kind of frozen state that they can still see. Several such accounts were related in Dolores Cannon’s books.

These ultraterrestrials might live in complete fear we will find a way to break the barrier between the realities, find a way to interfere, and perhaps even go to war with them. Not surprisingly, every nuclear bomb we detonate must be as devastating to them in their reality as it is to us. No wonder we caught their interest when we started testing these weapons. These kinds of explosions must destroy matter in all dimensions, I reckon, not just ours.

In a higher dimension, their reality might be more fluid, ultralight, with less gravity, with animals and plant life unusually large compared with ours. Still, it is all made of matter, solid from their point of view, and it shares our reality the very same way the air and gases in our atmosphere do. And for the Bigfoot and the Mothman, they also share our reality the very same way water, rocks and dirt do.

By misleading us, making us believe they are from other solar systems and galaxies, from other planets, and even from particular constellations (while this makes no sense, since these stars composing constellations could be millions of light years apart from each other), they are hiding their true location, they are protecting the truth. Which is that they live side by side with us, intertwined and interconnected to, and within, the fabric of our reality. And that it would not take much for us to develop the technology required to change all three interlinked realities forever, including the lower one of the Bigfoots and the Mothpeople.

Now that we have the correct understanding of the physics of our world, as I believe we are getting closer to, it might become easy, within years, to find ourselves in these other dimensions. One more revolution in theoretical physics and we’re there, and perhaps this present book is just it.

This said, possibly not all ultraterrestrials are from Earth. Certainly, other planets of our solar system could sustain life in other dimensions. It has been said that the gas giants Jupiter and Saturn, at the far end of the solar system, are actually four-dimensional worlds, and are inhabited. Instead of gases, they may very well be made of molecular structures of different sizes of molecules. They may appear gaseous to us, but possibly they are not. However, for beings living there, in other dimensions, they would see these planets as solid as we see ours. They might be paradises. They may also visit us here on Earth, who knows.

And God only knows about aliens from outside the solar system, they’ve lied so much, it is hard to distinguish the truth. Have you ever wondered, why any knowledge coming from a great channelled source, never quite gave us any answer, that could advance our knowledge and discoveries by leaps and bounds? Are we that stupid, is our reality or science that different, or have they only ever provided half answers, hints? I can understand if they feel we must discover this on our own, and hopefully we will, but then overnight our existence will most probably radically change.

I’ve worked most of my life on a new theory of everything, which should explain everything, including the paranormal. And it starts with what is gravity. Put very simply, gravity is due to the fact that all matter constantly expands while we are unaware of it, because we proportionally also expand along with everything else.

This expansion of matter is the reason why the distance between objects is always reducing, what Newton stated was an attractive force acting at a distance, when really there is no such force acting at a distance. We are not attracted to the Earth, the Earth constantly expands underneath our feet, pushing us upward. A falling ball from a plane is not falling, it is free floating in space until the Earth, in its expansion, catches up with it. Although everything expands at the same constant rate, the distance reduction between objects actually accelerates. This is what gravity is.

It may seem crazy, to think that atoms are constantly expanding at the same universal expansion rate, no matter the dimensional world we are in, and this expansion reduces the distance between objects and explains gravity, but hopefully Mark McCutcheon’s book The Final Theory, and this present book New Age Physics, will prove convincing. It makes sense, and it resolves every single big puzzle our science has been dealing with since forever.

The only reason the UFOs can fly so easily, defying our laws of gravity, is because they are made of matter vibrating faster, hence of matter of a lesser density, possibly even less dense than the air or gases in our atmosphere. It is easy to fly out of the atmosphere when you are made of such matter, because what is less dense is always automatically pushed above what is denser. Just like a balloon in water being pushed to the surface, or a balloon full of helium climbing in the atmosphere. Helium is the least dense gas in the periodic table of elements, after hydrogen.

The only way for us to achieve anti-gravity, is to build ships vibrating faster, to the point that all the particles will move to a higher dimension. But not necessarily one where the ships would disappear from view, and that we could no longer interact with it. Maybe the dimension of insects would suffice. They can easily fly, since they may be made of matter less dense than air, through larger and more excited molecules and atoms, with neutrinos and electrons moving faster, with enlarged orbits.

And the mystery of the flying spiders covering miles on the oceans and reaching boats at sea is finally resolved, despite the fact that they don’t have wings. Or how bumblebees can fly with their very small wings, seeming to violate the laws of physics. Ever wondered how insects can walk on the ceiling? They are made of matter of a lesser density, and the ceiling is constantly expanding downward every second, which is enough gravity to keep them there.

10.6 Is humanity truly being enslaved by beings from other dimensional worlds?

When we read The Wes Penre Papers - A Journey through the multiverse, we realise that we have been involved for a very long time, one way or another, with a myriad of species of beings from lower and higher dimensions. In fact, there’s never been a time when we have not been involved with them. Our entire mythology, religious bibles, literature, and even children’s fairy tales, are filled with our encounters with these beings.

We have called them by several different names over the millennia, and euphemisms such as aliens, monsters, gods, angels, fairies, goblins, demons, the devil, Satan, evil, etc. And yet, it is poorly understood who these beings truly are, and what is our relationship with them. For most people, they don’t even exist, it is all fairy tales, delusions and conspiracy theories. But what if it is not?

I am not talking about a possible fake alien invasion, that allegedly Wernher von Braun, the German-American aerospace engineer, warned us about on his deathbed. I’m talking about a possible enslavement of humanity, by one or more of these species from other dimensional worlds, and what they are planning for us. If this is truly the case, as we hear from many different corners, we all need to be made aware of it, so we can do something about it. But how true is it?

I had no wish to become political in this book, but if it involves beings from other density worlds, trying to take over humanity, or having already done so, we are no longer talking about politics. Unless we call this interdimensional politics, or interdimensional foreign affairs, which then becomes relevant to this chapter. And of course, it is not all races of ultraterrestrials who work against us, some are actually benevolent and are helping us.

So far, we have proven unable to stop our leaders from doing just about anything they wish, and these days our leaders are rarely wise, intelligent or reasonable people. At the turn of 2020, we have witnessed how alarmists and extremists they can become, and easily manipulated into creating self-made crises leading to catastrophe.

Our leaders destroyed our economy, the supply chain, our food and energy sources, our health and health services, our standard of living and our way of life, all without a second thought about what they were doing, and without even any studies or impact analyses, to foresee the consequences of such global actions.

As a result of the outcry, the right to protest and assemble is being suppressed. Freedom of expression has entirely but disappeared, everyone is being censored and deleted. I fully expect that fairly soon, it will hit theoretical physics and every other field of knowledge. I have already seen harmless people banned, for talking about the Flat Earth Theory. This is where it starts, with theories most people agree are incorrect, so no one cares, until they gradually move on to ban everything else.

Schools, shops, restaurants, pubs, concerts, libraries, cinemas, theatres, museums, all gone, and most are bankrupted, so gone for good. Families unable to pay the rent are now homeless, others have to sell their properties, because of loss of revenue from rent. Millions are starving in what used to be the rich countries. Wearing masks everywhere is now mandatory, even although there is over a hundred studies showing how useless they are in a pandemic, and many more studies proving they lead to serious health issues.

And now we need permission to travel. We must navigate a nightmare of a system, with quarantines and health passports, photographic evidence of where we are daily, and endless testing every other day, costing a fortune. Hospitals have been shut down, denying many of urgent treatments, and condemning them to death. People in care homes were left isolated, denied medical treatments, and even put on end-of-life medications. We have also, more or less, all been prisoners within our own homes, with not even the freedom of movement, and coerced into dubious medical experiments. All of it based on flimsy evidence and shady studies, from corrupted and untrustworthy people and organisations, making billions if not trillions in profits. Can you really put it any other way? Or still defend that it was required, somehow?

What are the definitions of totalitarianism, fascism, oppression or tyranny, no matter the excuse that could justify such a state of affairs, if this is not it? Have the definitions of these words changed recently? We cannot tell what the future holds, but it is certain that the world will never be the same again. And as it is only getting worse, civil wars and serious crackdowns are probably lurking just over the horizon.

It is as if, all our leaders were either bought or threatened in some way, or both. They appear to have no freedom to make any decision benefitting the people they are supposed to represent. And now, all the leaders worldwide seem to talk with one voice, they all say the very same unconscionable things, no matter their political inclinations.

The very same speeches, laws, rules and policies, are passed in every country in the world, under emergency measures and without oversight, all at the same time in a co-ordinated effort. So-called experts, everywhere in the world, all agree on everything, and if they don’t, they are ostracised, discredited and silenced. All news channels and newspapers worldwide, in all languages, are all parroting the exact same propaganda, over and over again.

It is pretty clear, that there is now one world government hiding somewhere, which also controls the worldwide governments, mass media, the military and the police of every country. We can only hope that soldiers and police officers will wake up, and work with us, instead of against us.

What a powerful propaganda machine, led by a team of experts in the psychology of behavioural change. It works perfectly well on the majority of the population, there is no more doubt about that. This is not new either, we witnessed these kinds of things many times before, even within my lifetime. It is just that today, it has become painfully obvious and undeniable. These leaders are not speaking their mind, they are following a script written by others from one source, without being allowed to deviate. We must be nearing where this is all leading, since they are no longer hiding their agenda.

On the surface, central and world banks, large corporations, agencies of the UN, NGOs and other think tanks, appear to be in charge of the world, in a technocracy hiding behind fake elections that no longer matter. That much I can see for myself. But there is a lot of information out there, stating that there could be a smaller group of extremely rich beings, in control of all these organisations, who are not even from our dimensional world. They would come from either the lower or higher dimensions, and ultimately their agenda is one of genocide, preventing births through sterilisation and abortions, and eugenics, but always presented under the guise of public health, public protection and saving lives.

All new policies, rules and laws, usually achieve the opposite of what they are meant to achieve, and always seem to lead to less rights, liberties and freedom, and ultimately to more deaths. To the point, nowadays, that if the politicians or the mainstream media say something, you can bet that the opposite is true. Everything is reversed, but the conditioned majority remains blind to it. It is all very simple and clever, deceptively so.

If some beings from other dimensions, see humans as easily manipulated through basic psychology, and as useful animals that can be exploited, if they only keep the best specimens and their progenies, then it is understandable that they have no compassion or humanity for the human race.

Considering how we treat our animals, we are not that different. Would you not want to ensure that all your cattle and sheep are tagged and microchipped, so you can bring them back to the flock when they go astray? And that they have no rights or liberties whatsoever, so you can do whatever you want with them? But you might allow them to visit other fields, every once in a while, if they get a special permission, official form of identification, photographic proof of where they are at all times. While making it very complicated, as to discourage such behaviour. Because, it is far easier for you, if they remain at all times in their allocated small space, and not be allowed to say anything or complain against you to anyone.

And of course, only the best cows and sheep should be allowed to reproduce, so we can obtain the best pedigree. While using drugs and injections to cull the older ones, the sick and the weak, the ones without much of an immune system, which are easily killed. Better sterilise the dumb and the bent ones. Why would you keep costly dead weight and useless eaters, within your flock of cows and sheep? There would be no point to it, if they cannot fulfil their purpose, the why you keep them in the first place.

However, why kill only a few million people, when there are eight billion of us? Unless eventually, given the chance, they will ramp up their effort, and kill worldwide all the old, sick, mentally ill, gay, stupid, handicapped and lesser races, in their opinion. Ultimately, to save their precious resources, and the planet from a change in the weather, they might be planning to kill billions of people.

I don’t believe for a second that the change in the weather is manmade, as it is simply normal cyclical variations in weather patterns that come and go. We have data from the last hundred years which shows similar patterns, and no one was alarmed then.

These beings don’t strike me as careless caretakers, who would randomly kill people in the hope that the good ones survive. They intend to keep only the best of us, which is why they need the genome of the entire population of the world. Through these processes of injections and health passports, and especially with their PCR tests, and without our knowledge or consent, they are building the global genomic database, which will decide who has the best genes, and consequently, who lives and who dies.

Some people might be extremely intelligent, talented and skilful, and went on to change the world, but their genes might have shown nothing remarkable, and even, would have disqualified them from living. Who knows what kind of genes we need to have, to be useful for their purpose?

Perhaps genomics is all that it is cracked up to be, and maybe it will save many lives, and prevent many more from seeing the light of day, since they will know everything about the babies before they are even born. But it is the other potential uses of genomics which are worrying, and the fact that it has been collected in a dishonest way, it suggests bad intent.

As to why they need us, it has been said some species appear to attach themselves to us and feed on our energy. They apparently need negative or low vibrational energy that human fear, hatred, anxiety, anger, and depression generate. And we seem to be providing other species with natural resources, like mining for materials they require. And what else do we do for them?

You will notice that their plans are very long term. They have been implemented decades ago, often even in previous centuries, and this is why history constantly repeats itself. As it is always the same plan, being implemented decades after decades, over the centuries, by the very same beings, who can probably live for a thousand of our years, especially if they are from the lower dimensions, or operate from there. And we are powerless to stop history from repeating itself, every time that it happens, even when we are aware of it, because it is all extremely well planned. They have the benefit of knowing why it failed before, and can anticipate these variables every time they try again.

And as long as it ends up killing a lot of people, preventing many undesirable births, and bringing more control and coercive measures, then it is a success. And it does not matter to them, if every single person who was bribed or threatened to make it happen, or any person who appears to be running their show, ends up under a bus, in prison, or at Nuremberg type trial. Every single one of those responsible, no matter how rich, famous or important they are, are expandable to them, and a potential patsy ready to take responsibility for their own crimes.

It is quite a game of chess, when your funds are unlimited, and when you can plan to lose all your pieces, and still win. So, none of their plans ever fail, it is just a question of how long they can get away with it, before we find a way to stop it. Hence in time, it becomes more extreme, and we find out afterwards that there were millions of deaths as a result. Just as it happened many times before in recent history. And the day they finally succeed, and that there’s nothing left we can do to prevent the takeover, the greatest genocide ever will probably follow.

Unless it is essential, it is probably best to avoid medical doctors and hospitals, and especially their drugs and injections. In this day and age, and for quite a while now, it is all about genocide. Prescription drugs is officially the third leading cause of death in North America and Europe, but unofficially it probably is the first. It would not surprise me, if dementia and Alzheimer, were mostly a consequence of the drugs they provide, and that, implicit everywhere, are the ‘do not resuscitate orders’ and euthanasia.

Hopefully a new breed of doctors and nurses will come about that we can trust. It usually takes years to organise and fight that sort of thing, plenty of time for the policies to become severe and create total chaos, which usually will take decades to fix and reverse. By which time, they’re ready for the next global crisis to be unleashed.

These beings from other dimensions, seem to know exactly what is going to happen next, through great predictions and training exercises, that turn out to describe events identical to what actually happens soon after. It is as if they could see the future. It could simply mean, that they are often successful at implementing their plans, or, they literally know the future, having mastered going to even higher dimensions, where the time rates are relatively faster than ours. They are in no hurry, remember, time is meaningless to them. In the lower dimensions, they move in slow motion compared to us. Decades for us could be years or months for them. They are like tortoises or reptiles frozen in time, from our point of view.

It is high time that we figure out and master, the real mechanics and physics of this universe. Or we will continue to be ignorant and easily exploited, by beings of other dimensions, often called evil and demons in religious circles. They have a full understanding of how reality really works, and have no ethical or conscience issues, while taking advantage of it against us. Because for them, we are just useful animals that need to be brought under their full control. Preventing us from thinking at all, and expressing our opinions, seem to have always been one of their goals. Along with the one to know where we are, anywhere in the world, and with whom, at all times.

Why are they using such intricate subterfuges to deceive us into submission? Why try to control the masses, through the illusion of democracy and freedom, when it is simpler to control them with the threat of annihilation? Because, with an open threat, we would rebel, we would develop a resistance, we would refuse to do anything they need us for. It would be war, and we might win against them, or at the very least, become useless to them.

What better way to establish your supremacy, when no one knows you even exist, and that you can never become a target people could organise against? While people feel they are free, living in a democracy, going on with their lives, believing that nothing is wrong? A lot of thought and organisation went into this, for a very long time for us. But past a certain point, it comes a time when all the illusions vanish, and it becomes perfectly clear in what kind of world we live in. One without any democracy, rights or freedom. We are always truly ruled through fear and psychological manipulation.

It is possible that they are more powerful than us, and could annihilate us easily in our sleep, but can’t do it because they need us. Either way, fighting them is a big risk. Bringing public awareness to this state of affair, and negotiation, might be the solution. Interdimensional politics, if they are willing. But why would they be willing?

You don’t negotiate with, or kill your cows and sheep when they rebel, you just find better ways and more radical means, to bring them under your full control. Especially if they are no threat to yourself. First, most people don’t know interdimensional beings exist, they don’t even know if the idea of other dimensional worlds is possible. And finally, these beings don’t even have a real tangible materiality in our reality, we can’t even interact with them or see them. We are indeed no threat to them at this stage of our evolution, at our level of knowledge and development. Hopefully we can change all that.

But they made sure we remain ignorant, about the true nature of our reality. Anyone telling the truth, is dismissed as a pseudo-scientist, a conspiracy theorist, or a nutcase ready for the asylum. Anyone presenting a theory in physics that goes against Standard Theory, is always being ostracised, and cannot expect peer reviewed publications. Not many working on theoretical physics are free to speak their mind. They certainly could not say anything against Einstein, or utter the words UFOs, aliens or demons, as they would be ridiculed out of the building, lose their job, and any funding they might have. I nearly avoided the topic myself, but self-censorship is the worst form of censorship.

If we are not allowed to speak about these things, how are we meant to fight them, advance and move on? We need to get to the bottom of this. There is already enough proof out there, which need to be brought to the attention of the public, while attempting to get through their conditioning against such ideas, before it is too late.

Then again, perhaps it is all fairy tales, delusions and conspiracy theories. I guess it is up to you to investigate the subject further, in order to make your mind up. Reading John A. Keel, Wes Penre and David Icke, seems to be a good place to start. And remember, you first need to get through your conditioning against such ideas.

10.7 Conclusion - Five types of expansion and contraction of matter to explain the entire physics

As stated at the end of the long summary in chapter 3, the five different types of expansion and contraction of matter explain the entire physics governing all realms of existence. I hope I have presented a convincing picture of a complete theory of everything in physics, entirely based on the expansion and contraction of matter. This could be what the channelled material in the New Age and spiritual literature has been referring to all this time, and finally we can understand what they meant by everything is expansion.

The fourth type of expansion, is the psychophysical reality we create out of our mind, all around us every time we wake up in the morning or move to another room. Once all the matter is out there, in the first type of expansion, neutrinos, electrons, atoms and molecules, expand at a constant universal rate, raising steadily the frequency at which all these particles orbit and vibrate in the process, while all orbits behind the scenes are constantly expanding in enlarging spirals.

The fifth type of expansion and contraction of matter is relative motion. Objects are not covering any distance, they simply expand as they move towards you, or reduce in size as they move away from you. Like it would be in a psychological reality, a computer simulation or a holographic universe.

This is from our own point of view only, as it is all relative motion. Which means that the particles within the matter are not, as a consequence, truly expanding and reducing in size, this is just how we see it. There are no mechanisms in this process, where the particles suddenly truly contract or expand, and where internally the spacing between the particles would somehow change, unlike for the other types of expansion and contraction of matter.

The second and third types of growth and shrinkage of matter, are about the orbits of neutrinos around and between electrons, and the orbits of planets around and between solar systems, linking them together. It is also about the orbits of electrons around and between atoms, and the orbits of solar systems around and in between galaxies, also linking them together.

The expansion and contraction in size, of these orbits of smaller particles or objects, linking together other larger particles or objects, is creating an additional attracting and repelling force between these objects. A force capable of counteracting the gravity, that is due to the inner expansion of matter, keeping all these particles and objects apart.

This leads to the crossover effect Mark McCutcheon explains in his book The Final Theory, the second type of growth and shrinkage of matter. For McCutcheon, the electrons freed from the atoms, can suddenly expand a great deal compared with the ones still in the atom.

For me, it is just that the orbits of the smaller particles, in this case the neutrinos, within and between the electrons, are suddenly enlarging a great deal, enough to push the electrons out of the atom. But never expanding that much, while they are still interconnected with other particles within the subatomic world, as the entire system, through the geometry of expansion, balances all the varying orbits.

In electrical fields in static electricity, the orbits of the neutrinos can stop enlarging or reducing altogether, forming walls or clouds of electrons, still constantly expanding at their normal expansion rate against each other, however appearing immobile from our point of view. They can remain like this forever, if left undisturbed. Like the repelling force keeping two ‘charged’ glass rods apart, before an electric discharge destroys the field of electrons between the rods.

And when the electrons are completely freed from the subatomic and atomic realm, and start expanding freely in space, either as clouds or clusters of electrons, then the orbits of the neutrinos must be as large as they can be, before the orbits lose cohesion. And in time, as magnetic fields, light and heat travel in space, eventually these orbits lose cohesion and the particles disperse.

In the second type of expansion and contraction of matter, the electrons are growing to leave the atom, to become all the different types of energy identified in science, or shrinking back to the atomic realm, as the neutrinos slow down and their orbits shrink, reducing the size of the electrons.

The third type of growth and shrinkage of matter, is related to the second. It is also the acceleration of the neutrinos and their orbit enlarging, however, without actually leaving the atom, and without going through the crossover effect. When electrons within the atoms are growing or shrinking, the atoms become larger or smaller than normal, creating larger or smaller molecules than the ones we are familiar with, and changing the vibrational rate of matter. This creates realities of different densities, other dimensional worlds that we cannot see or interact with.

There is no guarantee that other planets have solids, liquids and gases made of molecules and atoms that are the same size, vibrating at the same frequency of matter, and similarly spaced out as on Earth. Although the planets closer to the Sun, are probably of a similar density, both in terms of normal density, which is the quantity of mass per unit volume, and also interdimensional density, which is when the electrons, the atoms and the molecules are larger or smaller than normal, vibrating at varying rates, and more or less spaced out. It is possible that the larger gas giant planets, further down in the solar system, will uncover surprises.

The third type of growth and shrinkage of matter, can also happen outside the atoms. If electron clusters, electron clouds and electricity, are produced from higher or lower dimensional matter, or from matter of a different interdimensional density, then the resulting energy would also be different than our usual one, and we might not be able to see it, measure it or interact with it. Or if we can, it could be lethal.

This interdimensional energy, would be made of electrons already larger than normal, while within larger atoms of a different interdimensional density of matter, creating clusters and clouds of electrons in other dimensions or world densities. The energy in the fourth dimension or fourth world density, is made of clusters of electrons that are made of electrons orbiting faster and larger than our normal ones, and these clusters and clouds are larger, with a higher vibrational rate, and more spaced out as a result.

Somehow, the neutrinos and electrons within the clusters and the clouds, must be orbiting faster, their orbits must be larger, and everything overall must be slightly larger than normal. This interdimensional energy or light should not truly affect our third dimensional world, but possibly all of this constantly intermixes. Each dimensional world must have its own electromagnetic spectrum, at different scales than our normal one.

These five types of expansion and contraction of matter are all interlinked together, while being distinct from each other. If you try to visualise these five types of expansion in action, all ongoing at once, you will find an extraordinary and interesting way of seeing the bubble universe that we each create around us.

Whenever electron clusters are freed from the subatomic world on the Sun, and heat and light are launched into space and take eight minutes to reach the Earth, or whenever a spaceship is launched from somewhere towards Earth, both the clusters and the ship expand in several different ways. They expand in all five different types of expansion and contraction of matter all at once, they never really move or cover a distance.

Other stars are extremely small in the tapestry of our reality, the electron clusters must expand for years, for us to see them from that scale. They are not covering a distance, they are expanding towards us. And our acceleration or deceleration, away or towards that light, or away or towards a travelling spaceship, will relatively change the rate at which they expand or shrink compared to us, compared to our frame of reference.

Motion is relative, and in effect there is no more motion or speed in this reality, since the universe has no distance, no space, no time and no spacetime. Ultimately, everything is here with us, everything we can see in the universe, is just shrunk from our point of view. This is basically already applicable to a virtual reality built by a computer. Which is possible, if as Seth states in Jane Roberts’ books, this entire physical reality comes out of our brain, and is constantly being rebuilt with the energy (electrons) permeating the electrical universe at the base of our physical reality.

So far, everything in the universe is explained, by the expansion of matter from the centre of our brain, to create our reality, and the expansion of matter to justify gravity, chemical bonds, nuclear forces, electromagnetism, orbits and all energy phenomena.

Energy is just growing and shrinking electrons, pushing against each other on wires for electricity, in clouds for magnetic fields, in clusters for heat and light, and in compressed bands for electromagnetic fields, such as radio signals and microwaves.

And now, any object moving into this reality, is just further expanding or shrinking from our point of view. Everything is explained by the expansion and the contraction of matter.

Mark McCutcheon does not agree with me on all of this, but he certainly confirms that motion is relative, although, as I said, more like Galileo’s relativity. As for all objects made of atoms in the universe, they never stop expanding proportionally to everything else, they still double in size every 19 minutes, as calculated by the Atomic and Subatomic Expansion Equation derived in Mark McCutcheon’s book. The value of this universal atomic and subatomic expansion rate, for all neutrinos, electrons, atoms, molecules and objects made of them, is 0.00000077 /s^2. Note that there is no metre in this value, it is a proportional expansion rate of matter in time.

We each are the centre of our world, the return to an egocentric view of the universe. The main basic new principle, is that everything in physics is driven by the expansion of electrons and atoms. Now, can we really dismiss a fully working theory of everything, that even explains and take into account consciousness, as our very mind builds the physical universe we exist and evolve in?

Everything has a consciousness, according to Seth, electrons, atoms, molecules and cells, albeit a limited consciousness. But also moons, planets, stars and galaxies. Matter is conscious, so is the energy permeating all universes, since it is made of electrons. And consciousness also has a memory, so matter is conscious, can store data, can remember and decide, and be told by our consciousness, how to shape and form, and if to remain as such or change.

In his book The Holographic Universe, Michael Talbot talks about how each one of our organs has a consciousness, and are affected emotionally depending on how we treat them and talk to them. If we can communicate and control every single particle within us, and any groupings of such particles, which lead to incrementing larger consciousnesses, responsible for other smaller consciousnesses, then we could ensure we never get sick and live forever. Hypnosis is a way to achieve this communication and healing, but I see no reason why it should not be a conscious process.

Under hypnosis, I once spoke with a sun. The person I hypnotised, was living several parallel existences to this one on Earth, including being a star somewhere in the universe. It caught me so unprepared, I did not even ask where in the universe it was located. In the end, I said, are you not bored with this existence, if all you do is stand there in space, moving about? The answer came immediately. If the person under hypnosis was making that up, no thinking was required to obtain the answer. The sun said something to the effect that, it could feel and experience the existence of everything within its system, and live through every single consciousness composing it, and it seemed like a fulfilling and meaningful existence. More than mine, that’s for sure.

I can’t even explain to myself, how I could have thought for one second, that I was leading a more interesting and less boring life than the one of a sun. There is so much to explore within each of us, that being in prison is no indication of our freedom to live a meaningful existence. I just wish it would be easier to access all this information about ourselves. But if it were, we could easily forgo to actually live and acquire new experiences in this lifetime.

Determinism and fatalism are unlikely, in a universe where everything is conscious and capable of changing the behaviour of particles and objects. Nothing is pre-determined in this universe. Particles and astronomical bodies, are not simply following their pre-determined paths, that we could calculate accurately over millions of years, even if sometimes it might seem that way.

This conundrum nearly drove me insane, when I was a kid. I thought, as soon as particles are set on their course, then they must follow their pre-determined paths, which might or might not lead to collisions and destruction, and nothing could change that. And so there could not be free will in this universe. But thoughts, free will, consciousness, can change anything at any time.

And although, so far, we are lucky that nothing much has changed in our night sky, it does not mean that one day it might not radically change. And suddenly, the Earth’s orbit around the Sun, could significantly enlarge or reduce, along with the orbit of everything else in our solar system and the ones nearby.

The destruction of one planet, in any of the solar systems interconnected with ours, could significantly change the orbit of the Earth and lead to our extinction. If we don’t start populating other moons, planets and solar systems now, en masse, we probably won’t survive.

The solution is not to reduce the population of the planet, as I am sure Earth could easily accommodate twenty times our actual population, without much trouble or lack of resources. The solution, is to get out there in the universe in large numbers. And I hope this new physics is just what we need to jumpstart this exodus.

Our mind is supposedly outside our brain, outside our physical body. Although, an extremely small mental enclosure, at the centre of our brain, is what builds the physical reality, from what our mind or consciousness tells the brain via electrical impulses, from what Seth calls mental genes and mental enzymes.

Memory is not exactly in the physical brain, or within matter like electrons, atoms, molecules and cells. Memory would be in their consciousness, the part of their mind which exists in the electrical universe, meaning in the superimposed layer of energy made of neutrinos and electrons. It would have to be, if our entire physical reality is just camouflage, as Seth states. In the end, reality is all just an interpretation and a construction of our brain.

The centre of our brain is certainly an important place for us, for our physical reality, according to Seth. And he says that, although reality is composed of real locations, just like the locations in our dreams are equally real, or any locations we can imagine in our mind, they occupy no real space, because it is all psychological and mental in nature. He also says, that mental genes and mental enzymes build reality. So it is very much a biochemical and bioelectrical process, furthering the idea that it all happens in the brain, although this brain is part of the camouflage reality. It seems that nothing about us is from this world or dimension, really.

The advantage of Atomic and Subatomic Expansion Theory, is that it describes the physics not only of our physical reality, at whatever scale or world density we choose, but also of all possible realities and planes or systems of existence, including the dream world and the world of our imagination. It all works on the very same principle of the expansion of the neutrinos, and every other particle as a consequence, and the growth and shrinkage of electrons, in realities made entirely of neutrinos and electrons. The neutrinos, like the planets, are the only particles that are neutral, because they are not made of a nucleus with orbiting particles, that can attract and repel other particles.

Possibly, the expansion rate of electrons and atoms, is different in these other realities of different interdimensional densities, including also the dream world and the world of thought, which are also made of atoms and molecules according to Seth, although somehow of a different nature.

More likely though, the expansion rate of the electrons and the atoms, is identical in all realities and dimensions, since the expansion rate of the neutrinos must be universal to all realities and planes of existence. If it were not so, we would never encounter beings from other dimensions, we would quickly outgrow and leave them behind, or they would. All That Is, or God, is made of these same neutrinos, electrons, atoms and molecules, as it is most likely the universe itself, which is the overall higher consciousness that all other consciousnesses comprise. Just like it is for the particles, cells, bacteria and organs of our own body, assuming they all have a consciousness.

If everything is made of the same electrons and atoms, expanding at the same constant rate, then gravity, or the changing distance between expanding objects, must also be the same everywhere, no matter the dimensional or density world. But weight can be different from one realm to another, for various other reasons explained in previous chapters, starting with different interdimensional densities of matter, vibrational rates of matter and energy, and time rates.

It might just be a question of interdimensional density, different spacing between atoms within molecules, and between electrons within atoms. Also, different spacing between clusters and clouds of electrons. Making all these particles either smaller or larger, vibrating and orbiting either slower or faster, defining other dimensional or density worlds, which affect weight and buoyancy. All so that in dreams, and in higher dimensions, we can easily fly.

It is the orbiting speed, and the size of the orbits, of the smaller particles linking together the larger ones, that define the density of matter and the dimension in which matter exists. It is not the intrinsic expansion of electrons and atoms, at a rate that is constant everywhere, which most probably never changes.

Although I do wonder. If an atom can become larger or smaller, and switch to another dimension, possibly it might proportionally expand slightly faster or slower than our normal atoms. But any discrepancy would quickly, in time, make the physical worlds in higher dimensions, so much larger than ours, that it is unlikely. It is said that other dimensional worlds are superimposed upon our third dimensional world, they exist right here right now, sharing the same space as us, and they always did.

This conundrum is easily resolved. It is not the size of the object that matters, or the size of the particles. It is the overall expansion rate of matter, which is always constant. It is true that the Earth will proportionally expand much more rapidly than a ball free floating in space above it, but their expansion rate is the same at all times.

The strange creatures sometimes spotted, such as the Mothman and the Bigfoot, are very likely existing in a lower dimensional world sharing our own world. And sometimes they find themselves in our physical reality. Or in unusual circumstances, both our worlds are vibrating at a similar frequency, and then we can see and interact with them. Just like UFOs, ultraterrestrials, extraterrestrials, spirits and ghosts, may be living in a higher density world that sometimes we can see and interact with.

As John A. Keel says in his books, possibly those aliens are not from outer space, they are from Earth, but all their particles and physical reality, vibrate at a higher frequency than ours, all their particles orbit faster, and they live faster. For a long time, as mentioned earlier, they may have been worried we will eventually find a way to see them, interfere and exist in their reality. So they have been lying to us about who they truly are and where they come from.

I highly recommend you read his books The Mothman Prophecies and The Eighth Tower: On Ultraterrestrials and the Superspectrum. Also Operation Trojan Horse: The Classic Breakthrough Study of UFOs, and Flying Saucer to the Center of Your Mind: Selected Writings of John A. Keel. I believe he is getting very close to the truth, he certainly confirmed a lot of my theories and ideas.

I like his idea of the electromagnetic superspectrum, that takes into account the difference in frequencies, relatively speaking, from one dimension or density to another. And the reference to ultraterrestrials, the distinction that aliens are not extraterrestrials in nature, that they are from the fourth dimension or higher, also living on Earth in a physical world just like ours. Imagine if we were to suddenly develop the technology to see their cities.

There is a scene in the movie Valerian and the City of a Thousand Planets, that shows how this works, when they visit the planet Kirian, a massive extra-dimensional bazaar called "Big Market". They wear coloured glasses to see the higher dimensional world, and they use converters to move in and out of the higher density world. The entire bazaar scene is worth watching, it shows exactly what I mean and the kind of technology we could develop in the future.

According to Seth, this pulsation, or different interdimensional frequency rates between physical realities, is due to how fast matter is being replaced or replenished by our brain, in the construction of our reality. Someone vibrating at a higher frequency, and suddenly capable of communicating with the dead, might very well simply be someone replenishing the matter of their bubble reality much faster than others. Simply because they can channel in, more energy than others from the top of their head, rendering them capable of replacing the matter of our reality more often and faster, raising the frequency of the matter and of themselves in the process.

It still does not tell us how we can achieve this, but in a psychological reality, it seems logical that you simply need to think about it to make it happen. As it is through thoughts, and possibly through visualising and verbalising our thoughts, that everything happens. It is hard to tell, but I will have a better idea once I have finished reading The Early Sessions of Jane Roberts, and all her books. It was mentioned that Seth will describe, in the subsequent books in the series, how the molecular structure of other planes of existence differs from our physical reality.

However, I think it is fairly certain that the expansion rate of electrons and atoms remains the same in all realities. Because it is all the same energy that builds up all these worlds, and these worlds are all still made of matter, and apparently, they are all superimposed and intertwined. Consequently, the very same laws of physics must apply to all, and now they can.

In Universal Relativity, whenever we are in motion our speed is always zero. We shrink from other frames of reference we would be moving away from, and we expand compared to other frames of reference we would be moving towards. Indeed, we never really move if our own bubble virtual reality is being projected in 3D right from inside of us.

I have been thinking and visualising this for decades, and now I feel pretty confident that I am correct with Universal Relativity. It is the logical conclusion, of motion being relative to the point of view. And everyone under deep hypnosis, in the books of Dolores Cannon, talk about travel to other solar systems and galaxies, and even time travel, as being instant, and a question of resonance and the frequency of matter.

Even Seth, in Jane Roberts, insists that we must forget building a spaceship that will take decades to reach another planet in another solar system, as this is not the way we will travel in the future. Especially if, somehow, Atomic Expansion Theory is recognised, and we witness another industrial revolution.

I can only think that the frequency of matter, or the right resonance, which is unique to each place in the universe at any particular time, involves the speed of the orbiting neutrinos, and the size of their orbits, within and between electrons. And the same for electrons within and between atoms and molecules. The speed of these neutrinos and electrons, defines the size of these particles and their vibrational rate. And the expansion and contraction of matter is motion, instant motion anywhere in the universe at any particular time in our history, even the past or the future, even if they are constantly changing.

Everyone is creating their own personal bubble reality, independently from each other, following patterns or blueprints our collective consciousness created, like within a network, and continue to change with every new thought, from every contributing mind or consciousness in the universe. Possibly it is easy for aliens, or these ultraterrestrials, to make us see whatever they want, influence our thoughts and create hallucinations. In the end, it is as real as our reality.

And there is not even any other frame of reference that exists, since only ourselves can see and experience our very own reality. When my father sees me in his reality, I, and/or other witnesses, have telepathically sent him the data or information, as to my approximative location, appearance and velocity, so through his mind, he can create me and perceive me in the periphery of his own bubble universe.

Seth’s expansion of the dream world, and of the world of our imagination, the universe of our thoughts or concept-ideas, and also the expansion of our reality, and by extension of our mind, since it is mostly a psychological construction, is all about how we create mentally these worlds.

These three worlds of dreams, thoughts and reality, which are all different planes of existence according to Seth, meaning they are three different universes we create and interact with, are all working on the very same principle, from a physics point of view, the principle of expansion.

And this expansion is the expansion of matter, because that psychic/mental energy, that pure energy flowing through the universe, cannot be made of a magical substance that becomes the matter of our reality. It has to be made of neutrinos and electrons, which then go on to form clusters, clouds, atoms, molecules, objects and realities.

And what about anti-gravity? How does it work, if there are no gravitational waves or some gravitational force that we could counteract, since gravity is now explained by the simple inner expansion of matter? Well, changing the density of an object, practically propels it upwards above the denser atmosphere, without much need for any kind of propulsion, even if this means moving to a higher dimension. Therefore, it is not exactly anti-gravity, but the result is the same.

One important fact, out of Atomic Expansion Theory, is that there is no such thing as a speed of light limit. Which means, that if we can find a mean of propulsion, that can continue to accelerate us for quite a long time, using electromagnetism for example, we can travel at several times the speed of light without being crushed. As long as our acceleration and deceleration are small and gradual. Nothing is stopping us right now from reaching all these other solar systems within reasonable timeframes. It might not be the way to travel in the future, but for now it will do. The Universe is our oyster.

* * *

SIX

Atomic Expansion Theory Articles by Roland Michel Tremblay

These articles, published between 2010 and 2016 on my website www.themarginal.com, and on various independent news websites around the world, are solely about The Final Theory. They were reviewed and edited by Mark McCutcheon, and he fully agrees with their content.

11.1 Expansion Theory – Our Best Candidate for a Final Theory of Everything?

Figure 21 The Final Theory by Mark McCutcheon, book cover

On 4 March 2010, New Scientist magazine published an article entitled “Knowing the mind of God: Seven theories of everything”, where Michael Marshall reviewed the most promising candidates for the Theory of Everything, the Holy Grail of theoretical physics. In the end, there was no solid conclusion as to which, if any, may lead to this final theory. Each is quite different from the others, demonstrating that there is still no fundamental physical or theoretical agreement on the operation of our universe, and all still fall under the general umbrella of our known scientific paradigm, or Standard Theory.

Figure 22 Today’s patchwork of theories vs. the Theory of Everything

Yet, this grand final theory is expected to provide a clarifying simplicity and understanding, that is unknown today, implying that it may even lie outside our Standard-Theory umbrella. What if the answer is much simpler and more straightforward, than any of the current proposals, perhaps even lying right underfoot?

This final theory should unite all four fundamental forces (gravity, electromagnetism, and both strong and weak nuclear forces); identify a fundamental principle or particle that does this, and you are well on your way. According to Mark McCutcheon, a Canadian-born electrical engineer and science author, the stable and ubiquitous electron is just such a particle - provided that it operates on a fundamental principle of constant subatomic expansion, rather than today’s endless, unchanging “charge”.

Figure 23 The Atomic and Subatomic Expansion Equation to calculate gravity: the changing distance (D prime) equals the original distance (D), minus the number of seconds square (n square) multiplied by the Universal Expansion Rate of all matter (XA or 0.00000077 of proportional size per second square), further multiplied by, in brackets, the radii of the two objects we're measuring the changing distance for (R_1 plus R_2), and overall divided by a denominator calculating the further relative decrease in distance (one plus n square multiplied by XA).

This switch from “charge” to “expansion”, termed Expansion Theory, has surprisingly far–reaching implications, not only for electric charge itself, but also for the nature of the atom and subatomic particles, atomic bonds, magnetism, electromagnetic radiation and gravity. As such, this singular new concept, offers potential scientific explanations, for all known forms of matter and energy, offering further solutions, to the puzzling mysteries and paradoxes inherent in such theories as Quantum Mechanics and Special/General Relativity – the very reason we seek a final Theory of Everything.

This certainly qualifies as thinking outside of known science, as may ultimately be required for a final theory, but is it science? To sincerely answer this question, we must equally apply it to today’s theories as well; there must be no free passes on such important issues.

Consider gravity, simultaneously one of the most common yet mysterious phenomena in our science. Is it a force, as Newton claimed, with no clear reason why it should attract rather than repel, no known power source, and which still puzzles scientists searching for speculative “graviton particles”, presumed to mediate its force? Or, despite this most widespread conceptualisation, both taught and used today, even in our space programmes, is it instead Einstein’s “warped spacetime” – an entirely different physical explanation, spawning its own puzzles and searches for equally speculative “gravity waves”?

Even the very concept of “dark matter”, arose to address a tenfold discrepancy between current gravitational theory and cosmic observations – mysterious invisible matter, that neither emits, absorbs, blocks or reflects any type of radiation, yet is now presumed to be the dominant component and gravitational influence in the universe.

Figure 24 (2-3) Progression of ideas leading to Atomic Expansion Theory

But if we consider the expanding-electron concept, which in turn leads to equally expanding atoms, a new gravitational theory emerges, that actually mirrors Einstein’s famous elevator-in-space thought experiment, where standing on Earth, is entirely equivalent to being accelerated upward in space. The force we feel underfoot, is then due to our resulting expanding planet, with dropped objects all equally approached by the ground, rather than the other way around, while the underlying expansion is unseen, as everything expands equally, maintaining constant (relative) sizes.

This would create the appearance of a force, somehow holding us to the ground and pulling all objects equally downward, regardless of mass, just as Newton proposed. And while Einstein opted for “warped spacetime”, atomic expansion suggests this far simpler and more literal possibility.

Intriguing perhaps, and while Expansion Theory does provide compelling parallel explanations for many observations, are there any cutting experiments that might set it apart for validation purposes? Consider holding one object, while another of equal mass hangs from it by an elastic band, then letting go. According to Newton, a gravitational force acts equally on all components, accelerating the entire balanced system of two objects and a stretched elastic downward.

Figure 25 A dropped stretched elastic band should not contract with Newton or Einstein, but should in Atomic Expansion Theory, in a force-free effective fall

Letting go does not free the elastic to contract, but instead frees the entire system to accelerate, with the bottom mass pulled downward, and the resisting inertial mass of the top object now in tow, maintaining the stretch in the elastic, caused by the earlier hanging mass. The gravitational pull, also on the top object, merely matches that on the bottom object, to ensure its mass can also attain the same acceleration, rather than slowing the fall of the overall system, with the stretched elastic then still remaining.

But this is not what happens. The elastic actually contracts during the fall, pulling the objects together. Yet, this should not occur, according to either Newton’s gravitational force, or Einstein’s "warped spacetime". However, it should occur, if the planet’s expansion was initially pushing the held object upward, forcefully stretching the elastic before the drop – an influence that would vanish during free-fall, which allows the elastic to contract, as everything floats free while the ground approaches.

This simple cutting experiment, would appear to seriously challenge both Newton and Einstein, according to the Scientific Method, where even a single negative result disproves any theory, while supporting the expanding-atom concept of gravity. But this would also appear to raise serious questions about Einstein’s theories of relativity, since Einstein’s “warped spacetime” concept of gravity, hails from his General Relativity theory, which in turn follows on from his earlier Special Relativity theory. Is this really possible?

Consider the famous “Twin Paradox” thought experiment, where a speeding astronaut returns to Earth, to discover he is much younger than his Earthbound twin. A logical flaw in this paradox claim, has been reluctantly but increasingly acknowledged over the years, since “everything is relative” in Special Relativity theory, so either twin could be considered speeding or stationary, removing any absolute age difference. But, should this flaw be pointed out, focus is invariably switched away from Special Relativity, since only the astronaut underwent actual physical acceleration in his travels, which is instead the realm of General Relativity. This switch is generally presented as a resolution to the issue – but is it?

First, this switch to General Relativity, invalidates the still often-claimed support for Special Relativity, from both this famous thought experiment, and from all related physical experiments, such as speeding particles in accelerators, or atomic clocks on circling airplanes or satellites. Yet, this fact is typically neither discussed nor even acknowledged, leaving many with the impression that the Twin Paradox, and related physical experiments, still fully apply to and support Special Relativity theory.

Second, even the switch to General Relativity, appears to be a flawed solution to this issue. One of the cornerstones of General Relativity, is the Principle of Equivalence, which states that the acceleration due to gravity on Earth, is entirely equivalent to being accelerated through space at an equivalent rate – no experiment should be able to discern any difference. This means that, even though this acceleration would produce near-light speeds within months, there should still be no physical difference between this scenario, and that of standing on Earth the whole while.

So, according to both the “everything is relative” aspect of Special Relativity, and the Principle of Equivalence in General Relativity, there would appear to be no such phenomenon as “relativistic time dilation”, despite widespread citation, of iconic theoretical and experimental claims to the contrary. Not only would this seem to question some central claims of Special Relativity, but doubly so for General Relativity, considering the earlier drop test as well. And notably, the expanding matter concept, differs not only with the drop-test prediction of both General Relativity and Newtonian gravity, but also with the time dilation claims, related to Special and General Relativity, providing very different explanations of these scenarios.

Interestingly, another test of this new concept of gravity, would be to weigh an object directly on the surface of the far side of the Moon. Since the Moon is about a quarter the size of Earth, its expansion-based surface gravity, would be one quarter as well. This is also calculated by Newton’s mass-based gravitational equations, before revising lunar mass assumptions, to match direct surface measurements from our space programmes. And while the actual one-sixth surface gravity – only directly measured on the near side, and presumed to extend around the lunar surface – is currently explained by assuming a less dense lunar composition throughout, there is now another possible explanation.

Figure 26 (3-14) The moon’s non-uniform density causes differing gravity

Expansion Theory suggests a varying density, from most dense on the near side, to least dense on the far side, which is also in keeping with one of the commonly proposed lunar creation scenarios. In this case, since the expansion of objects, would proceed from their centre of mass, there would be less expansion force on the near side, and more on the far side, due to the resulting off-centre expansion. This suggests double the surface gravity, or one third the gravity of the Earth, on the far side, to average to the one-quarter gravity suggested by the Moon’s size. This fact would not affect either the Moon’s shape or any orbits about it, but could only be determined by direct surface contact.

Atomic expansion also means, that ocean tides cannot arise from a lunar influence. Tides must occur from internal dynamics within Earth – an inner wobble, that in fact must exist according to classical physics, since the centre of mass, of the overall Earth-Moon rotational system, lies off-centre within our planet. This view suggests why the passing Moon coincides with rising tides, roughly speaking, but for purely internal reasons that follow from the creation, evolution and ongoing dynamics of the Earth-Moon system.

One of the most celebrated successes of Newton’s gravitational-force theory, and a milestone in our science, is the extension of Earth’s surface gravity, to a forceful “action-at-a-distance” quality. Newton claimed this force reaches out into space, holding the Moon in orbit. But this proposal, not only still has no solid physical explanation, for how it might operate – 300 years later, but also offers no explanation, for the immense and endless power source, that must exist to support such a powerful undiminishing force. We have developed conceptual abstractions to address this issue, in the absence of solid physical explanations, but this has left us with an array of speculative gravitational theories and physical explanations.

In contrast, the expanding atom concept, explains orbits at a distance, as an inescapable geometric consequence of surface gravity. It is easy to see, for example, how dropped objects would effectively fall, due to planetary expansion alone, and how horizontally tossed objects, would similarly curve and plummet toward the ground. Such dramatic momentum change, solely due to the geometry of expansion, demonstrates that gentler curving trajectories, traversing increasing fractions of Earth’s circumference, would result with greater horizontal speed. Unlike the absolute straight-line momentum, suggested by Newton’s first law, there is actually no reason, such an object would not travel one-third, one-half, and eventually a full orbital circumference, about an expanding planet, as its speed increased.

Figure 27 (3-6) Concept (left) and result (right) of the Natural Orbit Effect

Atomic expansion suggests additional explanations, for observations throughout our solar system, such as planetary orbits and interplanetary space travel. Consider two planets passing each other, while their expansion closes the gap between them. We would never actually see such expansion directly, as a size change, if we and all other objects expand equally, maintaining constant (relative) sizes. So the closing gap between the objects, could only manifest as unchanging planets, and for some reason, curving toward each other while passing. Newton suggested the reason is a still-unexplained attracting force, while Einstein instead proposed four-dimensional warped spacetime. However, curves and orbits would also follow, quite naturally and unavoidably, from the pure geometry of expanding matter alone.

The dynamics of orbiting expanding moons and planets, would also result in the entire solar system, and all of its contained orbits, expanding as well. This can be shown to explain, such occurrences as gravity assist manoeuvres, that accelerate spaceships as they pass planets – and where there are no known g-forces in the process – an otherwise mysterious manoeuvre, that lacks proper explanation today, upon closer examination.

And, at the level of the overall solar system, this expansion addresses widely known puzzling anomalies, with the Pioneer space probes and other spacecraft, as they travel through the solar system and beyond. These deviations from predicted trajectories, can now be considered as possible artefacts of our Newtonian gravitational models, based on a force emanating from a given mass, rather than the geometry of expansion.

Figure 28 Collage of figures from the book The Final Theory by Mark McCutcheon

And, much as expanding atoms replace the notion of “gravitational energy”, expanding subatomic particles, replace the energies of “electric charge” and “strong and weak nuclear forces”. These separate energy concepts, similarly become unnecessary abstractions, in an atomic model where neutrons and protons are not true particles. Instead, they are clusters of expanding (not “charged”) electrons, while “orbiting” electrons bounce repeatedly off, the resultant continually expanding nucleus.

Today’s “strong nuclear force”, holding the powerfully repelling “positively charged” nuclear protons together (whose required power sources are both oddly absent), is replaced by the crushing force, of rapidly expanding protons and neutrons against each other.

And the “weak nuclear force”, causing occasional nuclear decay, further suggests the characterisation of neutrons, as less stable clusters of active expanding electrons, that occasionally eject an electron, to become a more stable proton cluster. This is a more straightforward proposal, for this nuclear “decay” process.

This concept extends further to chemical bonds, currently attributed to endless electric-charge, or electromagnetic energy. And even beyond, as external clouds of expanding electrons, that we call electric and magnetic fields. Even electromagnetic energy, such as heat and light, becomes clusters of freely expanding electrons, pushing one another through space. While electricity is expanding electrons, pushing each other through wires, and extending outward as a surrounding magnetic field.

In the end, all known forms of matter and energy, become manifestations of the singular unifying phenomenon of expanding matter. Although easy dismissals are tempting with most alternate theories, a closer look may well show Expansion Theory, to be much more scientifically viable, comprehensible and verifiable, than the other seven “theory of everything” candidates. In fact, such a comparison could be very eye opening indeed.

Mark McCutcheon is the author of The Final Theory: Rethinking Our Scientific Legacy. For further reading on Expansion Theory, visit www.thefinaltheory.com. For more information about this new revolution in science, read these excerpts from his book:

Pioneer Anomaly, Slingshot Effect and Gravitational Inconsistencies Explained

www.themarginal.com/pioneer_anomaly.pdf

The Final Theory by Mark McCutcheon - Chapter 1 - Investigating Gravity

www.themarginal.com/FinalTheoryChapter1.pdf

11.2 Breakthrough in Faster-Than-Light Travel and Communication, and the Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI)

Interstellar space-travel, and near-instant communication faster-than-light; discovering a network of intelligent extraterrestrial signals; harnessing the mysterious instantaneous quantum-entanglement effect. These are all either science fiction, or things we will probably never live to see or understand, correct? Not at all. By the end of this article, you will see how clarifying, a simple but extremely fundamental misunderstanding in our science legacy, makes all of this a viable reality – now.

11.2a All Just a Misunderstanding

How can this be? It’s not as surprising as it may seem, but follows from the leap of understanding that often occurs, when simple misconceptions are clarified. It is just that this particular misconception, reaches back centuries, to the very nature of matter and energy.

Misunderstanding the nature of light, for example, the physics underlying “quantum mechanics”, and the meaning of experimental results, can easily produce a strangely complex science, and an oddly bizarre and paradoxical universe. But is this a true reflection of the world around us, or is something else going on here?

In actuality, much of today’s science, emerged in much simpler times centuries ago, now forming a legacy, of often unquestioned and presumed truths about our world. But on closer examination, many of these presumed truths, are actually just abstract models, and not physical answers at all. This misconception is powerfully reinforced, in our educational systems and science programmes, locking us into an often-troubled science paradigm of abstractions, contradictions, mysteries and paradoxes.

Newton, for example, only created a mathematical model of his proposed gravitational force. He offered no scientific or physical explanation, for its still-unknown source of power, its law-violating undiminishing pull across eons of time, or how and why it even attracts matter together at all. Einstein offered a radically different, even more abstract and mathematical model for gravity, two centuries later. He provided even fewer practical answers, resulting in both models now residing in our science.

But can the singular physical nature of gravity, truly be captured by two different theories? Can light from a distant source, be simultaneously both a “wave of pure energy”, and a “quantum-mechanical photon particle”, only physically “choosing” one or the other, based on how it is later observed? Can a magnet cling energetically to a fridge, against the constant pull of gravity, yet need no explanation for this endless energy?

11.2b Clearing it All Up

So, what is the centuries-old misunderstanding in our science? As mentioned earlier, it turns out to be a simple misunderstanding of the nature of matter and energy. Today we think of matter as passive lumps of mass, with various ethereal energy phenomena, actively driving everything. But what if, instead, it is matter itself that is active – both atomic and subatomic matter – and there are no separate “energy” phenomena at all?

The simplest example of this, is a rethink of gravity, where all atoms actively expand very slowly and in unison. Nothing would appear any different over time, but standing on an enormous expanding planet, means we would certainly feel this expansion beneath us – as a force pushing upward under our feet. Also, held objects would feel heavy, as we essentially carried them along with us, while being pushed upward. And they would appear to be pulled to the ground when released, actually allowing the expanding planet to strike them instead.

All objects would have to “fall” at the same rate, regardless of mass, which is precisely what does occur. Tossed objects, would similarly appear pulled to the ground in curving paths, that extend further the faster they are tossed, eventually never reaching the ground at all, but continuing around the planet in a continual orbit, if tossed fast enough.

11.2c Quantum Entanglement Explained, and a Communications Revolution Revealed

Today’s science explains quantum entanglement, as an experimental observation, where two photons from the same light source travel together, then are sent on two separate paths, yet apparently maintain a mysterious link with each other. Thus, if one is later altered (such as a change in polarisation), the other is instantaneously altered in the same fashion, no matter how far apart they may be. This is considered a mysterious faster-than-light communication, between two “entangled photons”.

However, with the new understanding, the nature of light is radically changed, from separate photons fired through space, to continuous beams of expanding subatomic-matter clusters, that our eyes detect, to generate the experience of colour and brightness. In this case, this is not an experiment with two photons, exhibiting mysterious “quantum entanglement”. Instead, it is merely two separate unseen continuous beams, of expanding matter clusters, physically connected back to where they were split, from one initial beam. Then, the more likely explanation of the “entanglement” effect, is that an influence altering one beam, is conducted along this continuous span of unseen physically connected matter clusters, to affect the other.

And, since vibrations in solid objects, travel faster the denser the material, the speed of conduction, through the extremely dense span of such subatomic-matter clusters in light, may well be extremely rapid – even far exceeding the speed of light. The “entanglement” experiments appear to suggest this possibility, of conducting signals along beams of light, at speeds that so far appear to be instantaneous, providing a practical possibility for faster-than-light communication.

Crucially, advanced species would likely use such communication, along existing beams of starlight, rather than generating light or radio waves, and waiting for them to physically cross space, at the relatively slow speed of light.

An analogy for the difference between these two signal-transmission methods, can be seen in the desktop toy, with a line of hanging metal spheres, suspended next to one another, often called Newton’s Cradle. When one sphere is pulled back, then released to swing and strike the others, a sphere at the far end is immediately ejected. A long line of such spheres, would allow transmission of such a signal to the far end, far faster than it would take, for a single sphere to swing that same distance on its own.

Likewise, the new understanding suggests, that we might develop ways to look for such rapidly conducted signals, hidden within existing starlight, that already connects us with the distant stars. Rather than today’s method, of looking for conventional light-speed signals, as embedded features that move along with the beam.

There could well be a hidden interstellar Newton’s Cradle-style internet, all around us, awaiting any civilisation, that reaches this fundamental understanding of matter and energy. We could also find a way, to conduct such a signal within the light of our Sun and Moon, back and forth with the Earth, revolutionising telecommunications in the process.

11.2d Much More to Come

This new understanding rethinks everything, showing that even space travel, is no longer limited by Einstein’s claimed "speed of light limit". Such apparent limits, from particle accelerator evidence, simply stem from our misunderstanding of the true nature and behaviour, of the accelerating "magnetic and electric field energy". These "energy" fields, are actually fields of expanding subatomic particles which, by nature, expand at the speed of light. Hence, particles in these accelerators, could never possibly go faster, when powered by such means.

Also, apart from the practical propulsion challenges, the fact that our spacecraft have never come close to light-speed, has nothing to do with such a speed limit in nature. It is more because we haven't truly tried, since we believe today’s light-speed myths.

The power-source violations, of the "law of conservation of energy", by gravity, magnetism, and many other observations, also now vanish. “Quantum mechanics” is as a mere fanciful model, for a much simpler physical manifestation, of expanding subatomic matter. And it suggests viable and simple new advances, toward detecting entire networks, of intelligent faster-than-light extraterrestrial communication, conducted along existing starlight.

Gone are the physical mysteries and confusion, of “quantum entanglement” and “quantum paradoxes”. It turns out, they never were true physical mysteries at all, but mere human misconceptions, of a far simpler physical reality right under our noses. The need for communication satellites circling the globe, may well now be a thing of the past, and real-time robotic “virtual reality” exploration, of distant moons and planets, could be a reality for us, controlled instantaneously from here on Earth.

Is such a revolution worth studying, considering how many billions we are spending today, on telecommunication research, quantum computers, satellites, SETI and other technology? I think so. And maybe, using light instead of our actual technology, could solve the bandwidth issues, and might produce less radiation, so it would be healthier.

11.3 Dark-Matter, Dark-Energy and the Big-Bang All Finally Resolved

11.3a The Crisis in Cosmology

Today’s crisis in Cosmology is perhaps best demonstrated, by an apparently accelerating expansion of the universe, where a ‘Dark Energy’ must be postulated, to justify this extraordinary acceleration apart – an energy that itself defies both explanation and the Law of Conservation of Energy.

And the crisis only deepens, considering there would have to be between 5 and 50 times more matter in the universe, for Einstein’s gravitational calculations to match observations. Which is why unseen ‘Dark Matter’, was conjectured to keep these calculations “correct”, and account for the “missing mass”.

A further reason for this crisis, is the now familiar ‘Big Bang’ theory – the current consensus belief, backed by the attendant vested interests, and therefore largely unquestioned, but which actually fails under objective analysis, showing a universe that is not expanding apart at all.

Objective observation shows a universe, where billions of stars organise into inwardly spiralling galaxies, that group into larger stable Galactic Clusters, then further into enormous Super Clusters, that thread throughout the universe, providing definition even on the grandest scales.

The fact that one camp solidly and consistently, reports this stable observational structure of our universe on all scales, while a separate camp powerfully and enthusiastically, promotes a completely incompatible “Big Bang” / “Dark Energy” ever-accelerating universe, merely reinforces the enormity of the crisis in today’s Cosmological community.

11.3b Deepening the Crisis: Painting the Wrong Picture of Our Universe

However, despite the enormity of this crisis, it can be readily resolved once we identify where it all began – a fundamental flaw in Hubble’s Law, which incorrectly assumes, that redshifts observed in starlight shifted toward lower frequencies, correspond to velocity away through space. But first, it is worth taking a brief overview of the journey that brought things to this point.

Earth was once considered flat and at the centre of the universe, until it was found to be round, and in a Sun-centred solar system, as only a small part of a huge galaxy. And even our galaxy, the Milky Way, was later found to be one out of billions of galaxies, in our immense universe.

Meanwhile, the universe itself changed from three dimensions to presumably four – once time was included, and from entirely regular matter, to apparently mostly invisible matter filling the cosmos. It even changed from a static universe to one coasting apart, and now even a shocking accelerating expansion.

This creates a picture of a universe, composed of a literal ‘four-dimensional spacetime fabric’, bursting forth from an actual ‘Big Bang’ creation event. With unseen exotic physical ‘Dark Matter’ filling the universe, and a new form of unexplained energy – a mysterious ‘Dark Energy’, repelling everything apart ever-faster.

To counterbalance increasing acknowledgement, of the complete lack of solid physical and scientific grounding, for much of this picture, is a unified front of increasingly fortified scientific consensus, and continually growing Nobel Prize support.

This process has resulted in a number of key assumptions and theories, becoming effective ‘laws of nature’, after which, by definition, observations must fall in line, and not conflict to suggest other interpretations. And while this is an important process for scientific advancement, it can potentially entrench incorrect ‘laws of physics’ into our science, for indefinite periods of time, sometimes with disastrous results.

Indeed, even suggesting conflicting interpretations, once a ‘law’ was established, was a very dangerous act, that history shows often carried severe penalties. It is important to note that today’s science, has its own tight control and dismissal mechanisms, that can indefinitely entrench detrimental ‘laws’, for reasons of vested interest, just as effectively as in times gone by.

11.3c Resolving the Crisis: Where It All Began – “Hubble’s Law”

One such example is Edwin Hubble’s assumption, nearly a century ago, that an observed redshift in starlight to lower frequencies, indicates a star’s motion away from us in space – based on a simple analogy, to the known Doppler Shift of moving sound sources in air. This Doppler-like assumption, was made at a time when light was presumed to be a wavelike phenomenon similar to sound, and when there was far more interest, in the enormous cosmological implications of Hubble’s assumption, than the actual immense differences between light and sound.

Sound, for example, is simple compression waves, conducted at the speed of sound, in an air medium. Whereas, even in Hubble’s day, light was considered a somewhat mysterious ‘electromagnetic energy wave’, that somehow always travelled at constant light-speed – and with no conducting medium at all. Further, light was increasingly considered an even more mysterious quantum-mechanical phenomenon, that is somehow simultaneously also a ‘photon particle’, only settling on either wave or particle once detected.

Despite these serious problems, with Hubble’s initial Doppler-inspired ‘redshift equals velocity’ assumption, the intrigue and controversy, created by a possible expanding universe coasting from a ‘Big Bang’ creation event, tipped the scales, entrenching both “Hubble’s Law” and this radically new cosmological picture, into our science. The increasing observations of redshifted starlight all around us, now had to align with Hubble’s apparent ‘law of nature’. Which could now only mean, that everything was moving away and apart, locking cosmology into this line of thought ever since.

So powerful was this view, that it now dominates our understanding of the universe, despite the fact that light, is nothing like Doppler Shift-able sound waves. Also, that light is easily red-shifted, merely by passing it through materials such as common plastics. Given this fact, the redshifts observed in starlight, across millions of light-years of space, filled with all manner of materials and gases, might not be particularly surprising. Redshifts could simply indicate a great distance across space, and not a Doppler-like velocity at all.

11.3d The Problems with Hubble’s Law Deepen

One of the most critical problems, with Hubble’s “redshift equals velocity” claim, is that it contains a clearly fatal logical and physical error, that has been overlooked for nearly a century now. If the universe were actually expanding as Hubble claimed, it would produce nothing like the straight-line, regular spacing, of the associated Hubble-Law diagram. As the plot progresses to ever-greater distances, it also represents observations that are ever further back in time as well.

The universe is now believed to be about 14-billion years old, with billions of galaxies dotted throughout it, at such great distances, that we can only reasonably describe them in terms of light years – the distance light travels in a full year. Even the nearest galaxies are millions of light-years from us, with most of them billions of light-years away, across the observable universe, extending 14 billion light-years in all directions.

As such, the points plotted on the diagram below, represent redshift measurements and the associated velocities, as required by “Hubble’s Law”, for galaxies at observed distances of one billion light-years, two billion light-years, three billion light-years, etc. And, of course, these are presumed velocities, that were occurring one billion years ago, two billion years ago, three billion years ago, etc., since it took that long for their light to reach us.

Figure 29 (6-13) Hubble’s Law – The “redshift=velocity” assumption

Cosmologists are well aware of this, frequently stating that looking out into space, is equivalent to looking back in time. Yet, they have failed to follow this understanding to its inevitable, troubling conclusion. Galaxy A, spotted one billion light years away, and which was apparently traveling at its redshift-indicated speed, one billion years ago, will in actuality now be far more distant, as it continued speeding away, over the intervening billion years.

Any regularly spaced plot of galaxies, along Hubble’s straight line, where both redshifts and velocities increase linearly with distance, shows galaxy spacing that existed in the past, and which must now be spaced with ever-increasing gaps out from us – in the present state of the universe.

This effect would be even more accentuated by, for example, the third galaxy out, Galaxy C, spotted three billion light-years away. Its “Hubble redshift” speed, is supposedly three times faster than Galaxy A. Thus, by the time of this observation, it would have been speeding for three times longer than Galaxy A, making its present gaps with the other galaxies greater, by a far more disproportionate amount than shown.

So, although the diagram shows gaps that all appear fairly equal in size, and expand apart fairly equally as well, to give a uniform universe from any location – as required by the so-called Cosmological Principle – this is actually not at all the case. Hubble’s “redshift equals velocity” interpretation, actually describes an impossible universe, where the gaps grow disproportionately larger with distance – from the perspective of every galaxy in the universe.

But of course, it is logically and physically impossible, for the actual present-moment gaps, to be ever-larger outward from us toward distant galaxies, while also being simultaneously ever-larger outward, from distant galaxies toward us.

This impossible, but very real paradox in today’s Cosmology, is shown below, with two completely incompatible gaps from galaxies A to G, viewed from Earth, and back again from galaxies G to A, viewed from galaxy G. The only possible conclusion, is that Hubble’s Law is incorrect.

Figure 30 (6-14) Galaxy spacing out from us and from a distant galaxy

11.3e Erroneous “Dark Energy” Invention Draws Nobel Prize

It is this type of problem, that has been building within the Cosmological community, to crisis proportions. Critically so in recent years, over the issue of specific types of supernovas and their distances, and apparent speeds of recession away from us. Chronic fundamental oversights in Hubble’s Law redshift interpretations, and logical paradoxes in misinterpretations, have led cosmologists to conclude, that supernova evidence proves our universe is accelerating ever-faster, due to a mysterious form of “Dark Energy”, that is entirely new to science.

Despite the fact that this new form of energy has no scientific explanation, has never been demonstrated in any experiment, and has never been identified on any energy spectrum, its “discovery” roughly 14 billion light-years away, via the spectra of a handful of supernovas, was recently awarded a Nobel Prize.

However, none of these paradoxes or mysteries would exist at all, if the universe were relatively static, and the detected supernova brightness and spectral redshifts, merely arose from the nature and distance of the enormous spans of intervening space, rather than “Hubble’s Law”.

11.3f Further Crisis Resolution: Einstein’s Erroneous General Relativity Theory

Einstein’s General Relativity theory presents a similar issue, with Einstein’s reputation helping elevate it, also, to an effective gravitational ‘law of nature’. He modelled the universe as a ‘warped four-dimensional spacetime realm’, rather than one of gravitational forces, in regular three-dimensional space.

This effective ‘law’, has likewise required observational interpretations to align with it, for nearly a century. It led to cosmologists, inventing physically unexplained and completely undetectable ‘Dark Matter’, that neither emits, absorbs, reflects or blocks light, to account for tenfold discrepancies, between Einstein’s theory and observations.

However, were it not for this ‘law of nature’ status, and Einstein’s reputation, following proper Scientific Method, would merely have led to the conclusion, that Einstein’s largely untested theory is simply wrong. It is now verified to be out by an enormous factor of ten, when simply held to the same objective unbiased scientific observation, and scrutiny, as any other theory.

A bitter pill to swallow, for huge vested interests in the scientific community, who have staunchly supported this picture of the universe for decades? No doubt. An embarrassment, to see a scientific icon knocked from his pedestal, with one of his most long-standing revered theories, shown to be completely false? Definitely. Reasons to knowingly send the whole of science and humanity off-track indefinitely, to keep these facts hidden? Hopefully not!

Now, much as with “Hubble’s Law”, once we allow ourselves to question Einstein’s effective ‘law of nature’, and simply hold it up to the same scientific scrutiny as any other theory, its tenfold disagreement with observations, immediately disproves it.

And, just as letting go of this communal mental block, frees us to completely eliminate the mysterious ‘Dark Energy’, attached to our “Hubble’s Law” beliefs, it also frees us to eliminate the mysterious ‘Dark Matter’, invisibly dominating our universe, attached to our General Relativity beliefs.

11.3g The Ongoing “Cosmological-Constant Blunder”

Einstein created his General Relativity theory – a merger of Newton's gravitational-force theory, and Minkowski's four-dimensional spacetime abstraction – to try to provide a truly universal model, and new physical understanding of gravity, due to his strong dissatisfaction with Newton's theory; hence today’s 'warped spacetime' notion of gravity was born.

However, finding that his resulting equations, could not be used to describe the static universe, generally presumed at the time, but only one that either expanded apart or contracted together, Einstein further merged a sizeably altered version of his equations, describing a hypothetical mass-less universe, envisioned by Willem de Sitter.

Since de Sitter had already added an arbitrary control parameter, to Einstein’s equations, in order to tune the dynamics of his hypothetical universe, Einstein adopted this parameter, later called the ‘Cosmological Constant’. He was hoping he might set it to a value, that made his equations valid, for our presumably static universe.

But during his attempts to model a static universe, with these merged equations, Einstein became convinced, that the universe was actually coasting apart, based on Hubble's ‘redshift equals velocity’ interpretation, of an observed redshift in starlight, all around us.

Famously calling his arbitrary 'Cosmological Constant' introduction, his “greatest blunder”, Einstein removed it from his General Relativity equations, in the hope that his original equations, might better model a universe, now apparently coasting apart, presumably from a ‘Big Bang’ creation event.

But cosmologists later noted, that observations based on Hubble’s ‘redshift equals velocity’ assumption, actually suggest that the universe is not only coasting apart, but actively accelerating apart ever faster, apparently driven by a mysterious repulsive 'Dark Energy', now dominating the universe.

And, since even Einstein’s return to his original equations, could not model this accelerating expansion apart, his “Cosmological-Constant blunder” removal, is now being reconsidered for return to General Relativity theory.

This time, its arbitrary addition is intended to model an accelerating universe model, that hopefully works for this current belief. It is now persuasively renamed from Einstein’s “greatest blunder” – his so-called ‘Cosmological Constant’ – to the apparently new and mysterious 'Dark Energy', pervading the universe.

11.3h General Relativity – a Theory that has Never Actually Worked

The problems from all of these arbitrary abstractions, mergers, additions, removals and re-additions, have steadily mounted. Newton's 'gravitational force' theory, has actually never been scientifically explained, despite its familiar and intuitive nature. And neither has Minkowski's 'spacetime' abstraction, which Einstein merged with it, to create his General Relativity theory.

Further, de Sitter never claimed that his hypothetical mass-less universe, with its arbitrary 'Cosmological Constant', was to be taken literally. And nor did Hubble ever scientifically explain or validate, his ‘redshift equals velocity’ assumption, that compelled Einstein to later remove his ‘Cosmological Constant blunder’.

As a result, and considering further ongoing alterations of Einstein’s General Relativity equations, by various scientific camps, we have had a core theory of gravity for nearly a century now, that has been cobbled together, and repeatedly and arbitrarily altered, to try to match the latest observations and beliefs, yet which has never actually worked at any point – a fact that remains the case even today.

This is the very reason, for the seemingly endless stream of ‘mysteries’ and ‘surprises’ and ‘puzzles’, that seem to arise from Cosmology, decade after decade. In actuality, it is not our universe that is so strange and bizarre, but merely the distorted theories and beliefs, through which we view our universe, that make it appear so.

11.3i False Supporting Evidence: The Cosmic Microwave Background Radiation

Even further cracks appear, once we begin allowing ourselves to question today’s cosmological picture. For example, it can be readily shown, that faint ‘Cosmic Microwave Background Radiation’, arriving from space, is not the ‘Big Bang whisper’, that it was claimed to be decades ago. It is merely microwave noise, from our local solar system and galaxy.

It is now known, that the early ground-based detector was far too crude, to discern any faint patterns from outside our galaxy. And that, the featureless detected radiation, contained no inherent indication of a distance of origin. Yet it was considered, and still is, the first detection and mapping, of the structure of the early universe. This remains the case despite hindsight now showing, that this early ‘Big Bang whisper’ claim, is an obvious error that clearly should be retracted.

Once again, the case cannot be overstated. The original crude ground-based detector, initially stumbled into an unexpected random microwave hiss of noise. It was eventually decided by some, that this hiss was the highly sought-after proof, of the then controversial ‘Big Bang’ theory. After which patterns, presumably representing the structure of the early universe, were said to be found within this radiation. A Nobel Prize was even later awarded to this effort.

Crucially, it was much more quietly later acknowledged, that the original random microwave hiss, could only have been just that – a meaningless random hiss. This is because, an extremely advanced detector would have been required, to discern any meaningful pattern, from a severely diminished signal, across billions of light years of space, then across the 100-thousand light-years of our active galaxy, then through the radiation of our solar system and its burning sun, and finally our dense atmosphere.

Also because, the detector in question was orders-of-magnitude too crude - only able to pick up a meaningless random hiss of microwave noise, given the task just described, to detect any signal originating outside our galaxy, or even well within it, let alone from the distant early universe.

Nevertheless, even today, despite full realisation and recognition of the above, no retraction of the original erroneous “Big Bang whisper detection”, has ever been issued from the Cosmological community. In fact, in quite the opposite move, a more detailed ‘Cosmic Microwave Background Radiation’ detection, performed from orbit, is said to agree with the initial ‘early universe’ detection pattern. This is despite recognition, that the initial pattern is now verifiably meaningless – with the new detection effort also awarded a Nobel Prize.

11.3j Erroneous Double Nobel Prize-Winning ‘Big-Bang’ Proof

Today's now largely unquestioned 'Big Bang' theory, was originally heavily debated, until ground-based radio telescopes detected background microwave hiss. It was claimed to have patterns, identifying it as ancient, greatly redshifted radiation from the 'Big Bang' creation event – drawing a Nobel Prize.

However, it is first important to note, that this background microwave hiss, is quite unlike redshifted starlight. It is not associated, with any observable distant stellar objects, whose radiation, is dramatically redshifted down to microwave frequencies. It is instead, an almost perfectly uniform hiss of background microwaves, arriving from all directions. As such, it is no more evidence of an origin of ancient radiation, from the distant early universe, than recent microwave noise, generated from the billions of stars in our local galaxy, or even our nearby blazing Sun.

Indeed, we now know, from the far more sensitive COBE satellite, that the original detected radiation, was composed almost entirely, of radiation from precisely these local sources. COBE also showed that any patterns, that may exist in the faint radiation from beyond our galaxy, would be far below the detection threshold, of the original radio telescopes. And so, the initial Nobel Prize-winning claims, of patterns from the early universe, were verifiably, nothing more than wishful thinking at best.

Secondly, the COBE, and later WMAP satellites, also showed that, any true ancient radiation patterns, would be dwarfed by combined microwave disturbances and noise, a hundred-thousand times more powerful, in crossing the immensity of intergalactic space, then our own galaxy of billions of active stellar objects, then our solar system with its blazing sun, and finally our highly absorbing and distorting atmosphere.

And, since a great deal of this overwhelming distortion, is largely or completely random, there is no way to reliably characterise and extract it, to uncover any extremely subtle, and highly distorted inter-mingled patterns, a hundred-thousand times weaker.

Despite these facts, those behind the COBE and WMAP satellite projects, claim that not only have they clearly discerned even more detailed patterns, of the early universe, from this radiation, but also that these patterns correlate with those in the original detection claim, drawing yet a second Nobel Prize.

Yet, as just described, it is a physical impossibility, to recover and reconstruct any faint original signal, from the overwhelming distorting random noise. Also, these later projects actually show that, it would have been impossible, for the original detector, to discern any actual ‘early universe’ patterns whatsoever, in the original radiation.

So, the first scientifically responsible outcome from the COBE and WMAP projects, should have been a resounding retraction, of the initial Nobel Prize-winning claim. As the technology to make such a claim, was now unquestionably lacking – by orders of magnitude.

However, not only was no such retraction made, but instead, the verifiably meaningless “structural map of the early universe”, was re-released, after the COBE and WMAP data had been processed for months, until it was convincingly superimposed on top of it, reinforcing it with further detail, and collecting a second Nobel Prize in the process.

As a result, a meaningless noise signal is, even today, held as verification of the 'Big Bang' theory, cementing it into our science, our collective psyches and belief systems, to the point where it is now a largely forgone conclusion, and unquestioned – if not even unquestionable – scientific ‘fact’.

11.3k Time to End Our Mounting Theoretical and Physical Crisis in Cosmology

So, from a theoretical perspective, our core gravitational theory in Cosmology, General Relativity, is a patchwork of scientifically unexplained, abstract sub-theories, with a 'Cosmological Constant' that is continually added and removed, in repeatedly failed attempts to match observations, and proclaimed as everything from a “great blunder”, to a mysterious ‘Dark Energy’ permeating the universe.

And from a physical perspective, we have recent claims, of a universe somehow accelerating apart, after a presumed 'Big Bang' creation event, despite conflicting observations increasingly showing, all the stars existing within stable galaxies or galactic clusters, threading throughout the universe.

The recent law-violating claims, of a universe accelerating apart, are based on Hubble's largely unquestioned, and scientifically unverified assumption, that redshifted starlight equals velocity. And the best 'Big Bang' evidence, is now actually verifiably, erroneously Nobel Prize-awarded microwave noise.

This is undeniably the current state of Cosmology today – and the current destination of billions of public tax dollars, earmarked for scientific investigation and advancement. It is clear that vested interests, in the scientific community, are not about to enact any significant change to this state of affairs. So, it is up to an informed and concerned public, to do something about this ongoing state of crisis, in our science.

11.3l Farewell ‘Big Bang’, ‘Dark Matter’, ‘Dark Energy’ and ‘Spacetime’

If we simply allow ourselves, to take a critical look, at a double Nobel Prize-winning observational claim, and re-think two highly questionable century-old ‘laws of nature’, we remove three of today’s largest mysteries from Cosmology: the ‘Big Bang’, ‘Dark Matter’ and ‘Dark Energy’.

It is worth noting, that these Cosmological claims, ‘laws’ and observations, are largely abstract or remote in nature. And so, they are far more susceptible to being thrown wildly off track, and require extra care and scientific due-diligence.

However, now with appropriate corrective analysis, there is no longer a mysterious infinitely small singularity, from which the entire universe burst forth, no longer completely undetectable exotic ‘Dark Matter’, dominating our universe, and no longer a mysterious law-violating ‘Dark Energy’, accelerating the universe apart.

In their place, is a possibly static universe, of potentially infinite size and age, within which, stars of regular matter, undergo continual births and deaths, with gravity-driven dynamics, in ordinary three-dimensional space.

This leaves a number of immediate questions: Does the scientific community, for some reason, want to retain our current cosmological picture, with its deep and possibly irresolvable ongoing mysteries, and unquestioned “laws of nature”? And if not, and they are truly side-tracked on a centuries-old journey, in search for answers, then, what might this gravity be, that is driving our simple and possibly static and endless universe?

Newton’s gravitational-force theory has many problems, as Einstein recognised in trying to replace it. Einstein’s warped spacetime theory, has even greater issues. And we certainly won’t get anywhere, inventing “Dark Matter” or “Dark Energy”. So, what is the answer? The answer is, we need a credible new Theory of Everything, including a new theory of gravity.

For more information about these major issues in our science, read the excerpt Cosmology in Crisis from The Final Theory by Mark McCutcheon:

www.themarginal.com/CosmologyInCrisis.pdf

11.4 Gravity Breakthrough: Springing into a Gravitational Revolution (written by Mark McCutcheon, edited by Roland Michel Tremblay)

Gravity is one of the most familiar everyday phenomena, yet it has mystified scientists and laymen for centuries. Even today, although the current official position on gravity, is a continual “spacetime warping” around objects – a claim from Einstein’s General Relativity theory, it is also still widely considered an endless attracting force emanating from objects, as claimed in Newton’s gravitational theory.

Setting aside for the moment the troubling implications, of two different physical descriptions of gravity in our science, it turns out that the behaviour of a simple spring, may hold the final answer to this age-old mystery.

Consider what happens, when a loosely coiled spring is stretched apart from both ends, while laying on a tabletop, as shown below in the left-hand frame. The opposing forces spread equally across the spring, causing an equal coil spacing across the spring, which also occurs, whether either force pulls fully from the very end, or is divided to pull directly on each coil:

Figure 31 Two opposing forces, stretching a spring horizontally, compared to a single pulling force

However, with only a single continual pulling force on one end, shown on the right, the coils stretch more at the leading end, as they strain to continually accelerate, the ongoing resisting inertia of the rest of the spring. In this case, there is successively less stretch toward the trailing end, as there is successively less trailing-coil mass, to cause inertial drag.

This deceptively simple experiment, has enormous implications, for both Newton’s gravitational force, and Einstein’s ‘warped spacetime’ theory of gravity – and for understanding the true physical nature of gravity itself.

The first important point, is that it highlights a widely overlooked but critical error, surrounding Einstein’s famous “space elevator” thought experiment, which forms the foundation of his Principle of Equivalence, and his later associated General Relativity theory of gravity.

11.4a The Erroneous “Principle of Equivalence”

Einstein claimed that all experiences and experiments, occurring inside a constantly accelerating elevator, moving upward in deep space – far from any gravitational influence – would be indistinguishable, from them occurring under the influence of Newtonian gravity on Earth.

This claim is known as the Principle of Equivalence, and forms the cornerstone of gravitational physics in today’s science. However, the simple spring experiments just discussed, can be used to show that this is an erroneous claim, with enormous implications for our understanding of gravity.

Similar to the left-frame tabletop experiment above, a hanging spring on Earth, should have two opposing forces distributed across it, equally spreading its coils – the force of gravity pulling downward, and the restraining force, that effectively pulls upward.

However, as in the right-frame of the above tabletop experiment, a spring attached to the ceiling, of Einstein’s continually accelerating deep-space elevator, far from Earthly gravity, should exhibit the unequal coil distribution of a spring, pulled from only one end:

Figure 32 A hanging spring disproves Einstein’s Principle of Equivalence with Newton

So, this shows that Einstein’s claimed “Principle of Equivalence”, between Newtonian gravity, and pure acceleration in deep space, must be wrong – the effect of being accelerated upward in space, must differ from an attracting force emanating from a planet.

If Einstein had remained faithful to his original “space elevator” inspiration, rather than developing his General Relativity theory for equivalence to Newton, he would have produced a new understanding of gravitational physics, that clearly differed from Newton’s, and which could be easily tested by a simple hanging spring experiment.

Instead, Einstein effectively abandoned his space-elevator inspiration, in favour of a mistaken “Principle of Equivalence” to Newton, and a related “warped space-time” proposal for the physics of gravity, in his General Relativity theory.

11.4b A Verifiable Revolution in our Understanding of Gravity

But why concern ourselves with this hanging spring issue, in a deep-space elevator, especially if we already know that Einstein’s Principle of Equivalence, and General Relativity theory, are widely accepted today, and supposedly even proven, by highly sophisticated experiments?

The reason is, this very same hanging spring experiment can be performed by anyone – by simply suspending a well-known spring toy from one end, showing that gravity on Earth behaves precisely, as in Einstein’s original space-elevator inspiration, and not as in either Newton’s “gravitational force” theory, or Einstein’s equivalent “warped space-time” General Relativity theory.

This simple experiment, shows a hanging spring with an unequal distribution – here on Earth – which could only occur, if it were continually accelerated upward from its suspended end, and not stretched uniformly by an attracting “gravitational force”, or equivalent “space-time warping”.

This further shows why no solid scientific explanation, for the operation of Newton’s proposed attracting force, has ever been settled upon, and nor has its apparently endless power source ever been identified or explained.

This also means, that Einstein’s efforts to mirror Newtonian gravitational theory, in his General Relativity theory, are equally verifiably in error. And that the experiments presented as proof, were conceived and designed, such that their claimed “success” actually constitutes no particularly meaningful result at all.

11.4c Could the Evidence Still Support Today’s Gravitational Theories?

The preceding discussion, shows that Newton’s theory of an attracting gravitational force, is readily disproven by a simple hanging spring. And so is Einstein’s ‘warped space-time’ General Relativity theory, which was deliberately designed, to be functionally equivalent. But before addressing what all of this means, it can still be tempting to dismiss the above discussion, with intuitive support for today’s gravitational theories, such as the following:

‘The coils at the top of a hanging spring, simply bear the weight of the rest of the spring hanging below. And those further down, have fewer coils below them, thus less weight to bear, stretching successively less. This results in more stretch at the top, and successively less toward the bottom – a non-uniform hanging spring.’

This may initially sound reasonable enough, but the first hint of a flaw in this logic, is that it is at odds with the earlier tabletop experiment, showing that two opposing forces (such as gravity pulling down, and a restraining force pulling up), should result in uniform coil spacing.

So, what is the logical flaw in the above reasoning? It is the presumption that the strain caused by weight, is solely due to a downward pull from gravity, and that this strain accumulates with the weight of the lower coils, tallying to greatly stretch the upper ones.

The error in this logic, is shown in the first frame of the diagram below, where an object’s weight is shown as solely due to a downward pull from gravity. If it were literally true, that there is nothing but a downward force on the object, then the object would not rest as a weight in our hand, but would be in a weightless free-fall, as shown in the second frame.

The very reason the object is not in a weightless free-fall, but sits instead as a weight in our hand, is because there is an opposing force – in this case from our muscles – holding it in place, as shown in the last frame:

Figure 33 Gravity plus opposing force causes weight

Similarly, the error of both logic and physics, in the weight-based reasoning for the non-uniform hanging spring, is the suggestion that the weight of each coil, is solely due to a gravitational force (frame 1 below), with downward weight accumulating along the spring.

In actuality, a scenario with only a downward gravitational force, would produce a spring in weightless free-fall (frame 2 below), which would accelerate toward the ground, with no stretching at all, in the absence of an opposing upward force.

A statically hanging spring (last frame), however, actually has two opposing forces distributed throughout it – according to today’s gravitational theory (gravity acting downward, and the restraining force acting upward), which, again, should equally spread its coils.

Figure 34 Gravity plus opposing force, should cause equal weight distribution in the coils of a spring

There can be no such thing, as ‘accumulating coil weights’ in a hanging spring, caused by a lone gravitational force pulling them downward, and adding up to cause a non-uniform distribution. There can only be equally stretched coils, from two opposing forces.

There remains no viable explanation in today’s science, for the observed non-uniform distribution of a simple hanging spring – experimentally disproving all current gravitational theory.

11.4d The True Nature of Gravity Finally Revealed

So then, what does all of this mean? If a simple hanging spring, experimentally disproves both Newton’s attracting-force suggestion, and Einstein’s warped space-time proposal, what does it mean, when the experiment mirrors Einstein’s upwardly accelerating space elevator? A strong hint, is that this experimental result, is completely in line with a compelling new theory of gravity, known as Expansion Theory.

This new theory states that all atoms – and, by extension, all objects composed of atoms – are slowly and continually expanding, by roughly one-millionth their size each second. This underlying expansion is unseen directly, as everything expands equally, but is felt as a force beneath us, from our huge expanding planet. But it is seen indirectly, as all objects, regardless of mass, appear to fall equally to the ground (which actually rises to meet them all equally).

This explains why Einstein’s space elevator, correctly captures the observed behaviour of a hanging spring on Earth, since our planet’s constant expansion, effectively acts as an elevator constantly accelerating us upward.

In this case, a suspended spring on Earth, effectively hangs in the “elevator”, with a singular continual upward pulling force, as we hold it suspended. Here, the accumulated ongoing resisting inertia, of the lower coils, would indeed cause greater stretching in the upper coils, and result in the non-uniform distribution observed in the hanging spring.

This also explains, why the spring’s behaviour does not match, either Newton’s or Einstein’s demonstrably flawed downward-pulling theories of gravity, which could only cause equal coil distribution.

And, according to the formal Scientific Method, any single solid contrary experimental result, definitively disproves any theory – regardless of how well it may otherwise match or model observations.

The only viable conclusion from this discussion, and from both experiment and our understanding of physics, is that the effect we call ‘gravity’, arises from a universe of actively expanding matter, rather than one of separate inert matter, and active “gravitational energy”, with no known, and necessarily draining, power source.

Ultimately, in Expansion Theory, all forms of “energy” turn out to be, various forms of actively expanding atomic or subatomic matter, with “energy” being a mere misunderstanding, of a universe where all matter actively expands, by its very nature of existence.

11.5 Revolutionary new physics could lead to ultimate weapons of mass destruction

As a sci-fi author and science consultant, for films and television documentaries, I have made it my mission to seek out every alternate theory out there – no matter how crazy they may seem – to explore any possibility of new physics, which might be uncovered and put to use. That is, until I came across something so perfect and convincing, that I had to stop in my tracks.

I now realise, to my complete astonishment, that the true Theory of Everything already exists, in a book published soon after the new millennium – you just haven’t heard about it yet. Who is this author, Mark McCutcheon, and what is this book, The Final Theory? My God! This is not the usual crackpot theory, used as fodder for some lame sci-fi TV series; this is it – the first truly viable new physics to have ever arisen.

As I read on and on, for the first time gaining a complete understanding, of all that is currently mysterious and weird in theoretical physics, including Newton’s gravity, Einstein’s relativity, and especially the quantum mechanics of Niels Bohr, I found myself making a complete turnaround. I will never see the world the same way again.

Yes, this Theory of Everything really does explain it all – no stone is left unturned. It explains everything, up to the mysteries surrounding the Pioneer satellites leaving the solar system, and the difficulties we have encountered landing spaceships, on other moons and planets. At long last, complete explanation of everything there ever was in physics, has finally arrived – and, as I now realise, the first and only true understanding we have ever had.

McCutcheon has just rewritten the whole of physics, and it makes sense. I cannot see how he could be wrong, and believe me, I have tried to prove him wrong in a long correspondence with him, now spanning several years.

I then started wondering, how this new understanding of every single phenomenon in physics, might be used to perfect weapons of mass destruction, even build the most powerful nuclear weapons ever made. Up until now, we never truly understood what was behind the physics, that we have exploited to make such weapons possible – it was largely a progression of abstract models, and trial-and-error. Now I believe, through this new theory, that we can have a complete understanding of it all. I cannot fault it; perhaps you can?

Who would have thought one single little idea, could revolutionise the whole of physics, and completely rewrite Newton, Einstein and Bohr, all in one time swoop? That is now the almost mythical hope for the long-sought Theory of Everything, but who among us actually believed it was possible? Completely rewriting the books on all these theories of gravity, relativity and quantum mechanics, all based on one singular new principle, running throughout it all?

Yet, I assure you, this is it; this is what Mark McCutcheon has achieved. I’m sure without even realising, the enormous impact this will have on the world, and how we will go about building more powerful weapons of mass destruction, as a consequence.

Are we wise enough, to handle this new knowledge, this entirely new physics? Well, above all else, we must do our best to uncover and communicate, the whole truth to everyone, to every single student studying physics, mathematics and chemistry world-wide. There is no point going any further, on our current path in science – our Standard Theory, filled with warped spacetime, quantum mysteries and relativity paradoxes.

These are chronic issues in our science, that never disappear, and which no one truly understands – despite the odd academic assurance to the contrary. This is not because the vast majority of us, lacks the intellectual capacity, while the handful, who are heavily invested in these specialties, are, oddly, so far beyond the rest. It is because these concepts, are inherently nonsensical, to any sensible mind without an agenda.

Only now can I see this with crystal clarity. I can now re-read the explanation attempts, offered for the various paradoxes in our science, and see the logical flaws in all of them – the Emperor is finally disrobed. Mark McCutcheon has just rewritten the whole thing for us, and I challenge you to read this book and tell me otherwise.

Now we can have a true understanding, of how nuclear weapons truly work, and what E=mc^2 really means. Now we can know the true nature, of subatomic and atomic bonds, furthering research in such areas as biological, chemical and nuclear weapons. I don’t know, but with such an understanding, of how physics and chemistry truly work, I think we may have finally stumbled upon the Holy Grail of all wars, but also, the Holy Grail of revolutionary new technologies.

And yet, I cannot say this should be hidden from view. I cannot say that such an understanding of all physics, should be kept secret. I believe we should seek the truth above all else. Especially considering how many billions of dollars, we spend on experiments and studies, that can now be clearly demonstrated to be primitive, misguided or useless, by theory alone.

This strikes me all the more, when I encounter documentaries about the physics of our world, where presumably great theoretical physicists, are actually just wasting time and money. Their time and resources could be far better spent, if they had the real physics to work with, rather than the overbaked convoluted theories they have now, and that they struggle to dumb down for us.

Expansion Theory, as Mark McCutcheon has aptly named this new theory, will ensure we will never struggle to understand how to land a spacecraft, on any moon or planet in the solar system, or needlessly lose one more astronaut. Gravity is not what we think it is today – it finally has a proper, entirely new definition. This is our only viable way out of the solar system, once we decide to seriously get to work on it.

I am now going to give you, for the first time ever, a core insight from the new theory, which you can take or leave as you see fit. But if you read the book, just as I did, I have no doubt you will be convinced of its truth.

And it is simply this: all can be explained by the fact, that the electron is the only fundamental particle in the universe, and that it constantly expands, causing all atoms, which are composed of electrons, to also expand. And since atoms are expanding entities, all objects made of atoms expand as well, at a constant rate confirmed mathematically. Every atom or object in the universe, doubles in size every 19 minutes. But this growth is unseen directly, since everything maintains the same relative size.

This means, the Earth expands by 4.9 meters each second, pushing us upward. Falling objects never truly fall, they float in the air until the Earth reaches them whilst expanding. This expansion goes on to explain all of gravity, all orbits, and all of energy. Isn’t that revolutionary?

This is Newtonian gravity completely destroyed. Objects are not attracted to each other, by a mysterious gravitational force acting at a distance. The distance between objects simply diminishes, due to the fact that all objects undergo a constant underlying expansion, including of all orbits, while empty space does not.

And as we cannot see this expansion, since we also expand, this results in effectively constant-sized objects, moving toward each other. At which point, they may hit or start orbiting each other, determined by the geometry of expansion behind the scenes.

The expansion of electrons and atoms explains everything: gravity, chemical bonds, a new model of both the electron and the atom, without any inherent charge or magnetism. The entire universe is alive with expanding electrons, pushing against each other, both within and outside the atom, in electron clouds or electron clusters, that explain radiating heat and light. The theory goes on to explain radio waves, and the whole spectrum of energy waves, which are no longer waves at all, but various configurations of expanding electrons.

The whole of physics is now explained by expanding electrons. We now have light without mysterious photons, without Einstein, without quantum mechanics. No more weird claims, that no one can understand or explain.

I never thought in a million years, that one person could come up with such a radical change of the whole of physics, all in one go, all within one revolutionary book. You thought Einstein was a genius, just wait until Mark McCutcheon explodes unto the world of physics world-wide. Every single book of physics, math and chemistry, will have to be re-written.

Can you explain what you observe in the world around you? Planetary orbits, atomic bonds, the configuration and dynamics of all matter in this world? The true nature of all these energy forces, which is shown to be an obsolete concept, in this new theory? Now I can, because I now have a clear understanding of all of physics.

I’m so pleased I won’t have to struggle to wrap my brain around understanding Einstein and quantum mechanics. I now understand why I could never quite do it, no matter how hard I tried – because it was all truly nonsense, and thankfully it is all gone now. My God, even Newton’s gravitational force is gone, replaced by a much more viable physical explanation.

It is all now simplified completely; there are no more mysteries. Now I can worry instead, about how such an understanding of the true physics of this world, how the true final Theory of Everything, could potentially be used to annihilate the world we live in.

We should always remain one step ahead, shouldn’t we? I know there are many crackpots out there, coming up with new definitions of just about everything in physics, including gravity. But remember, as in the well-known parable, while many may cry “wolf!”, there eventually really was a wolf. McCutcheon is the one voice in the crowd, who has finally truly struck gold; he cannot possibly be wrong in my opinion, and his book proves it in theory, with so many proofs page after page.

In fact, I am so impressed, I think this is such an important book which will revolutionise everything, that I’m thinking about turning the book into a television documentary. This is how much I believe, it is the only true physics we need to consider. If you read the book and you are interested in financing such a documentary, please contact me. It will happen at any rate, I can assure you. It’s just a question of whether you are in, on this coming revolution, or not. This entirely new paradigm truly needs to get around – it has to be recognised, so we can stop wasting time, money and energy, on the wrong physics.

I can’t believe how hard it is, without a proper marketing machine, to reach out and tell the world about a critical new development. In an ideal world, a book such as this, should have had such an impact by now. But obviously our world is far from ideal, so more must be said and done. You, too, will have no doubt about this, once you read the book.

The Final Theory itself is the only proof we need. It is not possible to read it, and state that this is not it, that “Expansion Theory” does not explain everything in physics, unless somehow you feel threatened by such a revolution. The long-awaited revolution in science is here, we now have a true Theory of Everything, for the first time ever. And now let’s see the leaps and bounds science can make, when finally, we have a full understanding of what we are doing.

It may lead to better weapons of mass destruction, but we already have efficient ones that could destroy us many times over, and we’re still here. More importantly, it could also lead to a new technological revolution, that has been too long in coming. Actually, it is our only hope to instantly solve the energy crisis, which is responsible for most wars in this world, and the only mean we might have, to replace our fleet of petrol and diesel cars and trucks, to electric ones. A new physics for a new millennium, and now we can finally reach out to the stars!

11.6 The Final Theory of Everything - An in-depth interview with the author Mark McCutcheon, By Roland Michel Tremblay

In 2002, at Universal Publishers, Mark McCutcheon published the first edition of his book The Final Theory. It was an instant success, however, it also created some controversy. It presented to the world, a new Theory of Everything that worked out of the box, to replace Newton’s Law of Universal Gravitation, Einstein’s Theories of Relativity, and Quantum Mechanics.

The theory is based on the one principle, that matter simply expands at a constant rate, reducing the distance between objects in an acceleration, explaining gravity. We stay on the ground, because Earth is expanding underneath our feet. This expansion is unseen by us, since everything expands proportionally at the same rate, including our measuring instruments and ourselves.

All particles, like protons and neutrons, are now composed solely of electrons, expanding against each other within the atom, preventing them from flying apart, and elucidating the strong nuclear force. A neutron is an unstable particle by nature, that decays into a more stable proton, releasing an electron in the process, to justify the weak interaction.

There are no more charges or charged particles in electromagnetism, just like there is no more force acting at a distance in gravity. And yet, the entire energy spectrum can be explained, through the simple expansion and movement of the electrons.

They move from where there is a surplus of electrons, toward where there is a depletion, in a search for balance. In a crossover effect, they also grow and shrink as they get excited, equalising in size while pushing against each other, on wires for electricity, in clouds for magnetic fields, in clusters for heat and light, and in compressed bands for electromagnetic fields, such as radio signals and microwaves.

The electrons are bouncing off, between the expanding nuclei of atoms, justifying chemical bonds. Orbits are described, by an ingenious new natural orbit effect, through the simple geometry of expansion.

This is all four main forces of nature explained, while they are no longer forces per se, now that we understand their true nature. We could never have found a Unified Field Theory within Standard Theory, as there was nothing to unify, in these four arbitrarily identified forces of nature.

Mark McCutcheon is Canadian, like me, and has a combined Electrical Engineer / Physics degree. He has successfully re-written our entire physics, and yet it has gone largely ignored, after the initial interest. This is the first in-depth interview with him, to catch up with what he thinks of his Theory of Everything now, and what he feels about the state of our physics today.

Q1. Could you describe to us, in your own words, Atomic Expansion Theory? How is it different than any other individual out there, claiming to have found a Theory of Everything, and how does it differ from the other Theories of Everything, being pursued by theoretical physicists today?

Expansion Theory, which encompasses both expanding subatomic and atomic matter, arose from my increasing awareness of many holes in accepted Standard Theory, as I progressed through my scientific education, continuing even through university. Many of the problems were so fundamental, that I saw no clear resolution, either personally or in the understanding of other scientists, who went through this same system. In retrospect, it required an entirely new perspective, on the fundamental physical sciences, to truly address these key issues, and hence an entirely new Theory of Everything.

Of course, any viable theory, must be validated by real-world observations and experiments, which was my guide and entire purpose in pursuing this issue – to not only equally explain everything in current science, but further explain that which current science did not. I was not driven by, nor interested, in a personal ‘pet theory’, but truly comprehensive and objectively verifiable answers, founded in solid logic and scientific principles.

Q2. What was your eureka moment? When did you think for the first time, that if matter was simply expanding, an entire new physics could emerge? How did you feel at the time, and what were your circumstances then?

It was a few years after university, following one of the many TV documentaries I had seen, about Einstein’s warped 4-dimensional space-time theory of gravity. It struck me just how fanciful and problematic this theory had grown, from Einstein’s original intention to revise Newton’s theory of gravity, which he clearly felt was in need of a major rethink.

So rather than accepting, being confined within the framework of one or the other, or both of these problematic theories of gravity, I pondered how I would explain my experience of gravity, simply and clearly, to beings who somehow had never experienced it.

First and foremost, I experienced an effective push from the planet below, which I had to continually combat to remain standing upright. The fact that Newton modelled this experience as an attracting force, was secondary at this point, and, again, a problematic one at that (where was the power source? specifically why did it attract – why not repel? how could it never drain, as it orchestrated the dynamics of our world and universe?).

From this push experience, it then followed that, the only way everyone around the globe, could be experiencing the same push from below, is if the entire planet was pushing outward in all directions – i.e., expanding.

The next logical conclusion, was that myself and every other object around me, had to be similarly expanding, since everything remained the same relative size. And this would make sense, from the fact that everything was made of the same atoms, which would then have to be equally expanding atoms.

The more I followed this line of thought, the more it moved from a simple abstract thought experiment, to a viable explanation, of actual real-world experience and observation, continuing through dropped objects, orbits, etc. And it also then occurred to me, that this was quite similar to Einstein’s actual simple thought experiment, that evolved over time into its ‘warped space-time’ form.

That early experiment was his suggestion, that gravity was indistinguishable in every way, to being in a box in space where there was no gravity, while being accelerated from below through space, at a constant 1g acceleration. All experience and experiments, would be indistinguishable from being in that box on Earth.

However, Einstein apparently never considered, that Earth was literally that mechanical acceleration from below, as an expanding planet, proceeding instead down the path that led to warped 4-dimensional space-time.

Q3. After that great idea, you set yourself to write a very elaborate and ambitious book, re-writing the entire physics. Could you tell us about how you went about it, how long it took, how much research you did, the entire process?

It turns out I had accumulated, quite a body of unanswered questions and problematic answers throughout my life, from grade school through university, which I eventually just came to accept and move on. So, once I had the expanding atomic-matter concept, issue after issue flooded back to mind, and as I applied my new perspective, I began to find very sensible, satisfactory answers for the first time.

This process continued to the point, where I had to start documenting it, and over a period of several months, I had what might be considered a very rough start, on an annotated first draft, of what continued to grow into The Final Theory, published several years later.

Q4. The book was finally published and it was a success, however it created some controversy. You were confronted by people who could not accept, such a radically different way to describe our world, and who could not conceive that neither Newton nor Einstein could be incorrect, although Newton had already been superseded by Einstein. How did you welcome and deal with the success, and the backlash from firm believers in Standard Theory?

I was very pleased, with the enthusiastic response from many individual readers, both in the form of online reviews, and personal email feedback. It was very rewarding to discover, that there were a great many others having similar struggles, to find sensible answers to many fundamental questions, and that this new perspective, gave them viable answers for the first time, as it did for me.

I was also equally surprised by small groups of people, who banded together via chat forums, to mount coordinated efforts, to attack and defame a book that they clearly had not even read, running on pure misconceptions and false assumptions. I found it particularly saddening, that they were trying to mislead as many people as possible, who could have greatly benefitted from the information in the book – material that I believed, and still do, to be their birth-right of understanding, of the world around them and the universe in which they live. Today such efforts are well known, as a fairly standard Internet Troll response, to just about anything that appears on the radar, but at the time I was very surprised and saddened at this dynamic.

Q5. Now that time has passed, are you disillusioned about the state of our science? This hot pursuit for dark matter, dark energy, gravitational waves, graviton particles, the Big Bang, black holes, wormholes, singularities, parallel universes, etc., all of which cannot exist within Atomic Expansion Theory? Where have we gone wrong?

I have come to see that our current scientific community, is going to continue along as usual, deeply steeped in the various concepts you raise in your question. There is too much history, tradition, and both personal and professional investment in that direction, to expect anything to change.

Every so often there is also mounting pressure, to announce success in one or another of these areas after much time, effort and expense. Be it claims of finding a key fundamental particle, of experimental success further supporting an exotic theory, of apparent detection of a new supporting physical phenomena, etc. I’ll leave it up to each individual to decide, whether they wish to seriously scrutinize and question these claims, but I believe the information in the book, will greatly assist any such inquiry.

Q6. In most articles these days, concerning dark matter and dark energy, I noticed that they fail to state why it is thought, that such concept-ideas should exist. When considering Atomic Expansion Theory, such concepts are superfluous. Could you tell us why, exactly, we are searching for dark matter and dark energy, and why you believe we won’t find them?

Once Expansion Theory is considered, replacing both Newton’s and Einstein’s closely related models, of mass/energy gravitational theories and mathematics, you can consider the expansion dynamics of matter, rather than a force or energy effect, emanating from mass.

Orbits can then be understood, as geometry of expanding objects instead – whether it’s objects orbiting planets, planets orbiting stars, or solar systems swirling within galaxies. This frees us, in today’s theories, from the tenfold discrepancies, in mass vs. observed orbital motion. This conflict has scientists, filling in these huge gaps, with claims of mysterious “dark matter”, that does not reflect, absorb or emit, any known form of energy or radiation.

In other words, ‘dark matter’ is completely made up, with no evidence or physical explanation, rather than taking a second look, at current unquestioned theories. This is the exact opposite of the proper Scientific Method – if experiment and observation, clearly disagree with a theory, the theory must be in error. We aren’t supposed to instead invent, inexplicable justifications to retain the theory.

The same applies to the idea of ‘dark energy’, which violates one of the current fundamental laws of physics – the Law of Conservation of Energy. The interpretation of observations, is claimed to show the universe flying apart, with ever-greater acceleration. But without any explanation, for the source of this supposed ever-increasing energy. Plus, of course, every known attracting or repelling force, weakens with distance. But this mysterious ‘dark energy’, is claimed to strengthen, even as matter presumably accelerates, further and further apart.

All of this arises from an interpretation, of distant shifted light frequencies, as indicating accelerating velocities, when far simpler explanations exist. Such as the known fact, that similar shifts should be expected, simply due to light passing through space filled with gas and plasmas, for billions of years. Such light shifting occurs, even just passing light through gas or mere millimeters of plastic, in lab environments.

There is a concept of Occam’s razor, which says the simplest answer is probably the correct one. Why invent physically unexplainable, law-violating ‘dark energy’, when there are far simpler and more viable answers?

Q7. Would you say that science is closed to new theories and ideas, and that it is difficult, to get any new idea which lays outside Standard Theory, to be considered? What would you change in science today, that could prevent this serious impediment, to identifying a new Theory of Everything worth considering?

I think the issue is largely one of human psychology. We would all like to think of science as an idealistic machine, of pure objective logic and reason – basically the embodiment of the Scientific Method. But the reality, of course, is that this idealistic machine is operated by humans, who are susceptible to personal agendas, cognitive biases, vested interests, logical-fallacies, funding influences and pressures, competition, preconceived ideas, emotion-based decisions, etc.

Given this reality, although there is much well-intentioned rhetoric around, searching for better understanding, and possibly even, a true Theory of Everything that rewrites the textbooks, for the most part, this seems true only to the extent, that it doesn’t upset the human element too much.

When it comes down to it, most expert individuals and institutions, aren’t truly willing to potentially risk their authority, reputation, status and funding – to consider that, much of what they have studied and professed, may be in question. And the assumption is, that the sought-after understanding, will be in line with all of these human concerns; but what if it is not? That appears to be the real roadblock.

Q8. What do you think of people like me, and others out there, who have picked up your theories, and are developing them further? Are you encouraging everyone to do the same?

Absolutely. This is not my pet theory. If correct, as it appears to be, it is humanity’s birth-right of understanding. It belongs to each and every one of us, allowing us to truly understand our world and universe, and make the most of it in whatever ways possible.

Q9. Any last thought you would like to share with us?

Just to take note of the growing global realization, that the ‘Internet Trolls’ do not have the interests of others at heart. They have their own personal agendas, and are neither sincere nor knowledgeable in their efforts, doing a great disservice to others who allow them undue influence.

A revolutionary new understanding awaits!

* * *

About the Author

Roland Michel Tremblay was born in Québec City in 1972, and is a published author of novels, philosophy, essays, poetry and journals, both in France and in the United Kingdom. He has a College Diploma in Human Sciences from the Cégep of Jonquière in Québec, a Bachelor of Arts degree, Specialisation Lettres Françaises, from the University of Ottawa in Ontario, and a Master of Arts degree in Romance Languages and Literatures (French) from the University of London, Birkbeck College, UK. As a career he produced international conferences, and worked as a Clerk in a Crown Court in London. He now lives and writes in an old cottage deep in the heart of the Welsh countryside.

* * *

Amazon

YouTube

Patreon

Goodreads

BookBub

Facebook

X (Twitter)

LinkedIn

Instagram

Pinterest

Snapchat

TikTok

Also by Roland Michel Tremblay

Destructivism: The Path to Self-Destruction

Who are we? Where are we heading? What is the universe and our purpose within it? Destructivism is a philosophical discussion about humanity and the world in general, assessing the grand questions of existence and of our way of life.

The first section concerning politics, covers such topics as democracy, capitalism, identity, freedom, war, globalisation, and justice. The ethics section talks about love, hate, life, trust, and fairness. The epistemology section addresses consciousness, dreams, death, soul, and knowledge. While metaphysics discusses virtuality, determinism, time, and a theory of everything unveiling an entirely new physics, to explain the world we live in.

Between 2008 and 2011, several of these essays gathered a lot of attention, as they were published as articles on independent news websites. Despite Destructivism not being overtly controversial, it led me to being placed under surveillance with not one, but two vans sitting at all times outside my flat in London.

My landline was making strange clicking noises, my computer was under constant attack and rendered unusable, and I even received veiled threats. But this pales in comparison to my close friend, a writer who helped with the research and inspiration for these articles, being found dead soon after saying she had been poisoned.

Either writing philosophy equates to being a domestic terrorist to be censored, intimidated or eliminated, or there must be something in this book which was frightening some powerful people. Perhaps it was the essays about dystopia, dictatorship, despotism, economics, New World Order, or rigged elections?

It certainly drives the point home, that unless as a society we soon regain our common sense, we will continue to head towards self-destruction. In a way this book was quite prophetic, since less than a decade later, we pretty much achieved self-destruction. Destructivism helps uncover how we got there in the first place.

* * *

Anna Maria: A Paranormal Science Fiction Mystery

Living in a thatched roof cottage in Richmond Park in West London, clairvoyant Anna Maria investigates unexplained phenomena and mysteries with her neighbour the Duke of Connaught. As their relationship evolves, they experience parallel universes, time travel, precognition, déjà vu, ghosts, and space exploration.

In God lives in Chiswick, Anna Maria and the Duke of Connaught meet Ms Barnsworth, a mentally ill patient who claims she’s from another universe in which she is sent to a space station around Saturn. She is also apparently capable of creating human beings out of the vacuum of space.

In The Marginals, our heroes meet two scientists who are studying statistical probabilities, predictions of the future and people’s behaviours. When they meet, they realise that they are a perfect match, but don't dare admit to it in order to avoid being the victim of this predestination.

In Psi-Star we find out about how Anna Maria at 18 learned to cope with being the most psychic woman alive whilst developing quantum computers in Victoria.

In Déjà Vu they get to fear a Professor from Oxford capable of changing reality at will.

In Dead Girl’s Song, we meet a special ghost from York in quest for the key to the city.

In Righteous Citizens of Sidmouth, our characters have to fight against a small group of people who denounce online inhabitants who do not conform to their beliefs.

In London’s Library from the Future, it is not easy to distinguish the reality from what books from the future are describing. Should they destroy the career of the Prime Minister or not?

In The Uncertainty of King George Varney, the existence of some of our descendants is due to a temporal paradox, and the survival of humanity after two world wars depends on Anna Maria finishing the work she started years ago.

In The Box on the Seven Dials, the Duke of Connaught experiences for himself what mind powers can do to his own personal existence.

In The Richmond Park Experiment, we find out about other scale universes.

Finally, in Bibliotheca Alexandrina in El Cerro Del Pueblo, they investigate interdimensional worlds.

* * *

Bibliography

[1] D. Cannon, Conversations With Nostradamus: His Prophecies Explained (Trilogy), Huntsville, AR: Ozark Mountain Publishing, Inc., 1991-1994.

[2] D. Cannon, The Convoluted Universe (5 book series), Huntsville, AR: Ozark Mountain Publishing, Inc., 2001-2015.

[3] D. Cannon, The Custodians: "Beyond Abduction", Huntsville, AR: Ozark Mountain Publishing, Inc., 1998.

[4] R. M. Cluff, World Top Secret: Our Earth IS Hollow!: The Scientific, Scriptural and Historical Evidence that Our Earth Is Hollow!, Sun City, AZ: Independently published, 2020.

[5] E. Hicks and J. Hicks, Ask and It Is Given: Learning to Manifest Your Desires, Carlsbad, CA: Hay House Inc., 2004.

[6] J. A. Keel, Flying Saucer to the Center of Your Mind: Selected Writings of John A. Keel, A. Colvin, Ed., Seattle, WA: Metadisc Books, 2013.

[7] J. A. Keel, Operation Trojan Horse: The Classic Breakthrough Study of UFOs, Charlottesville, VA: Anomalist Books, 2013.

[8] J. A. Keel, THE EIGHTH TOWER: On Ultraterrestrials and the Superspectrum, Charlottesville, VA: Anomalist Books, 2013.

[9] J. A. Keel, The Mothman Prophecies, London: Hodder & Stoughton, 2002.

[10] J. B. Leith, Genesis of the Space Race: The Inner Earth and the Extra Terrestrials, Ooltewah, TN: Timestream Pictures & Books, 2015.

[11] M. McCutcheon, The Final Theory, Rethinking Our Scientific Legacy (Second Edition), Irvine, CA: Universal Publishers, Inc., 2010.

[12] W. Penre, The Wes Penre Papers - A Journey through the multiverse, Levels of Learning, Eugene, OR: Self-published online, 2011.

[13] J. Roberts, The Early Sessions of the Seth Material (9 book series), R. Butts and R. Stack, Eds., Port Washington, NY: New Awareness Network, 1997-2002.

[14] M. Talbot, The Holographic Universe: The Revolutionary Theory of Reality, New York, NY: HarperCollins, 2011.

[15] Urantia Foundation, The Urantia Book: Revealing the Mysteries of God, the Universe, World History, Jesus, and Ourselves, Chicago, IL: Urantia Foundation, 1955.

* * *